Definitions and Interpretation
The following terms, unless the context requires otherwise, have the following meanings:—
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z
| Term | Meaning |
| A | |
| "Accountants Act" | the Accountants Act (Chapter 2) of Singapore and any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof |
| "Act" or "Companies Act" | the Companies Act (Chapter 50) of Singapore and any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof |
| "admission" | admission of securities to the Official List of the Exchange |
| "annual accounts" | the financial statements for the financial year in question, including the balance sheet, the profit and loss accounts, and the notes to the accounts |
| "applicant" or "issuer" | a company or other legal person or undertaking some or all of whose securities are the subject of an application for listing, or have been admitted to listing |
| "associate" | in the case of a company, (a) in relation to any director, chief executive officer, substantial shareholder or controlling shareholder (being an individual) means:— (i) his immediate family; (ii) the trustees of any trust of which he or his immediate family is a beneficiary or, in the case of a discretionary trust, is a discretionary object; and (iii) any company in which he and his immediate family together (directly or indirectly) have an interest of 30% or more; (b) in relation to a substantial shareholder or a controlling shareholder (being a company) means any other company which is its subsidiary or holding company or is a subsidiary of such holding company or one in the equity of which it and/or such other company or companies taken together (directly or indirectly) have an interest of 30% or more; in the case of a REIT, "associate" shall have the meaning defined in the Code on Collective Investment Schemes issued by the MAS; and in the case of a business trust, (a) in relation to any director, chief executive officer, or controlling shareholder of the trustee-manager, substantial unit-holder or shareholder of the trustee-manager, substantial unit-holder or controlling unit-holder of the business trust (being an individual) means:— (i) his immediate family; (ii) the trustees of any trust of which he or his immediate family is a beneficiary or, in the case of a discretionary trust, is a discretionary object; and (iii) any company in which he and his immediate family together (directly or indirectly) have an interest of 30% or more; and (b) in relation to the controlling shareholder of the trustee-manager or substantial unit-holder or controlling unit-holder of the business trust (being a company) means any other company which is its subsidiary or holding company or is a subsidiary of such holding company or one in the equity of which it and/or such other company or companies taken together (directly or indirectly) have an interest of 30% or more; in the case of an individual, means (a) his immediate family; (b) the trustees of any trust of which he or his immediate family is a beneficiary or, in the case of a discretionary trust, is a discretionary object; and (c) any company in which he and his immediate family together (directly or indirectly) have an interest of 30% or more |
| "associated company" | a company in which at least 20% but not more than 50% of its shares are held by the listed company or group |
| B | |
| "borrowing company" | means a company that is or will be under a liability (whether or not such liability is present or future) to repay any money received or to be received by it in response to an invitation to the public to subscribe for or purchase debt securities of the company |
| "business combination" | the initial acquisition of operating business or asset by a SPAC under Rule 210(11)(m)(iii). Such acquisition may be in the form of a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganisation, or such other similar business combination methods, in accordance with the business strategy and acquisition mandate disclosed in the prospectus issued in relation to the SPAC’s IPO |
| C | |
| "CDP" or "Depository" | the Central Depository (Pte) Limited |
| "capital" | share capital including preference shares |
| "class" | equity securities or debt securities, the rights of which are identical (and in addition, for debt securities, which form a single issue or series). For this purpose a temporary difference, such as for the next dividend payment, is ignored |
| "chief executive officer" | the most senior executive officer who is responsible under the immediate authority of the board of directors for the conduct of the business of the issuer |
| "circular" | a document issued to holders of listed securities in connection with seeking the holders' approval, excluding notices of meeting, annual reports and accounts, interim accounts and proxy forms |
| "Code" | the Code of Corporate Governance, as from time to time amended, modified or supplemented |
| "company" or "corporation" | a company wherever incorporated or otherwise established |
| "company warrants" | equity securities carrying rights to subscribe for or purchase shares from the issuer |
| "conflicts of interest" | [Deleted] |
| "connected persons" | in relation to a company means a director, chief executive officer or substantial shareholder or controlling shareholder of the company or any of its subsidiaries or an associate of any of them; in relation to a REIT means a director, chief executive officer or controlling shareholder of the manager or substantial unit-holder or controlling unit-holder of the REIT or any of its subsidiaries or an associate of any of them; and in relation to a business trust means director, chief executive officer or controlling shareholder of the trustee-manager or substantial unit-holder or controlling unit-holder of the business trust or any of its subsidiaries or an associate of any of them |
| "control" | the capacity to dominate decision-making, directly or indirectly, in relation to the financial and operating policies of a company |
| "controlling interest" | the interest of the controlling shareholder(s) |
| "controlling shareholder" | a person who:— (a) holds directly or indirectly 15% or more of the total voting rights in the company. The Exchange may determine that a person who satisfies this paragraph is not a controlling shareholder; or (b) in fact exercises control over a company |
| "convertible debt securities" | debt securities convertible into or exchangeable for equity securities, and debt securities with non-detachable options, warrants or similar rights to subscribe for or purchase equity securities attached |
| "convertible equity securities" | units of shares including, but not limited to, options, warrants, or other transferable rights to subscribe for or purchase shares |
| "convertible securities" | convertible equity securities or convertible debt securities |
| D | |
| "debt securities" | debentures, units of debentures, and securities (other than equity securities) classified by the Exchange as debt securities |
| "Designated Market-Maker" | an entity approved as a Designated Market-Maker in accordance with the Rules and Bye-Laws of SGX-ST |
| "domestic corporation" | a company incorporated in Singapore |
| "dual class share structure" | a share structure that gives certain shareholders voting rights disproportionate to their shareholding. Shares in one class carry one vote, while shares in another class carry multiple votes |
| E | |
| "enhanced voting process" | a voting process in a general meeting of the issuer where votes are cast on the basis that one multiple voting share is limited to one vote |
| "equity securities" | shares (including preference shares) and convertible equity securities, and securities (other than debt securities) classified by the Exchange as equity securities |
| "Exchange's listing rules", "Rules" or "this Manual" | the provisions of this Manual (excluding the Code and the Practice Notes) as from time to time amended, modified or supplemented |
| "executive officers" | the management team (excluding directors) of an issuer, REIT manager, or trustee manager, as the case may be, including its chief executive officer, chief financial officer, chief operating officer and any other individual, regardless of title, who (a) performs or has the capacity to perform any function or responsibility equivalent to that of the foregoing persons or (b) is responsible for ensuring that the issuer complies with its obligations under the Exchange's listing rules |
| "expert" | includes engineer, valuer, accountant, financial adviser and any other person whose profession or reputation gives authority to a statement made by him |
| F | |
| “financial assistance” | includes:— (a) the lending of money, the guaranteeing or providing security for a debt incurred or the indemnifying of a guarantor for guaranteeing or providing security; and (b) the forgiving of a debt, the releasing of or neglect in enforcing an obligation of another, or the assuming of the obligations of another |
| "financial year" | in relation to any company, means the period in respect of which any profit and loss accounts of the corporation laid before it in general meeting is made up, whether that period is a year or not |
| "foreign corporation" | a company incorporated outside Singapore |
| "foreign debt securities" | debt securities that are issued by foreign corporations, supranational bodies, governments or governmental bodies |
| "foreign equity securities" | equity securities that are issued by foreign corporations |
| "foreign issuer" | an issuer incorporated or otherwise established outside Singapore |
| "founding shareholder" | person who founded and sponsored the establishment of a SPAC |
| G | |
| "group" | the issuer and its subsidiaries, if any (and the guarantor company, if any) |
| "guarantor company" | in relation to a borrowing company, means a company that has guaranteed or has agreed to guarantee the repayment of any money received or to be received by the borrowing company in response to an invitation to the public to subscribe for or purchase debt securities of the borrowing company |
| I | |
| "immediate family" | in relation to a person, means the person's spouse, child, adopted child, step-child, sibling and parent |
| "independent qualified person" | a qualified person that fulfils the following requirements: (i) the qualified person must not be a sole practitioner; (ii) if the qualified person producing the report is not a partner or director of his firm, the report must also be signed off by a partner, director or an authorised representative on behalf of the firm; (iii) the qualified person and his firm's partners, directors, substantial shareholders and their associates must be independent of the issuer, the issuer's directors, the issuer's substantial shareholders, the issuer's advisers and their associates; (iv) the qualified person and his firm's partners, directors, substantial shareholders and their associates must not have any interest, direct or indirect, in the issuer, the issuer's subsidiaries or associated companies and will not receive benefits (direct or indirect) other than remuneration paid to the qualified person in connection with the qualified person's report; and (v) remuneration paid to the qualified person or the qualified person's firm in connection with the qualified person's report must not be dependent on the findings of the qualified person's report. |
| "investment fund" | means a collective investment scheme and includes an investment company, a mutual fund and a unit trust |
| "issue manager" | broking members of the Exchange, banks or corporate finance firms accredited by the Exchange to advise on listing applications for initial public offerings or listings by way of introduction, and includes financial advisers advising on reverse takeovers |
| "issue manager group" | (a) the issue manager and any other company which is its subsidiary or holding company or is a subsidiary of such holding company; (b) the controlling shareholder(s) of the issue manager; and (c) the director(s), chief executive officer(s) (or equivalent person(s)) and key officer(s) of the issue manager who are directly involved in the decision-making with respect to a new listing application. Where the issue manager is a Singapore-based entity of a foreign financial institution, a reference to the issue manager's director(s), chief executive officer(s) (or equivalent person(s)) and key officer(s) who are directly involved in the decision-making with respect to a new listing application shall mean a reference to the Singapore-based entity's director(s), chief executive officer(s) (or equivalent person(s)) and its key officer(s) who are directly involved in the decision-making with respect to that listing application. However, where the director(s), chief executive officer(s) (or equivalent person(s)) and key officer(s) of an overseas-based entity of that issue manager are directly involved in the decision-making with respect to that listing application, such persons would likewise be included within the issue manager group. References to a new listing includes an initial public offering, a listing by way of an introduction or a reverse takeover. |
| L | |
| "life science company" | a company that is involved in research and development or production or commercialisation of any item using living organisms or their life processes, which is based on biology, medicine, or ecology |
| "listed" | admitted to the Official List of the Exchange and not removed |
| "local debt securities" | debt securities issued by domestic corporations or local bodies |
| "local equity securities" | equity securities issued by domestic corporations |
| M | |
| "management team" | in relation to a SPAC, means the executive directors and executive officers of the SPAC |
| "managerial position" | means a position equivalent to, or more senior than, the head of a department or division (whether organized by function, product or territory) |
| "market day" | a day on which the Exchange is open for securities trading |
| "member company" | an entity that has been approved as a Clearing Member Company or a Non-Clearing Member Company of SGX-ST in accordance with the rules of SGX-ST, as in effect from time to time |
| "mineral, oil and gas company" | a company whose principal activities consist of exploration, development or production of mineral, oil or gas.This excludes companies that purely provide services or equipment to other companies engaged in such activities |
| "multiple voting share" | in relation to a dual class share structure, a share that carries multiple votes but that otherwise has the same rights as an ordinary voting share. A multiple voting share is neither listed nor traded |
| O | |
| "Offeror Concert Party Group" | the offeror and parties acting in concert with it, where the expression "acting in concert" has the meaning ascribed to it under the Takeover Code |
| "Official List" | the list of issuers maintained by the Exchange in relation to the SGX Main Board or Catalist |
| "OFR Guide" | Guide for the operating and financial review issued by the Council on Corporate Disclosure and Governance |
| "ordinary voting share" | in relation to a dual class share structure, a share that carries one vote |
| P | |
| "permitted investments" | in relation to a SPAC, means investments in cash or cash equivalent short-dated securities of at least A-2 rating (or an equivalent) |
| "placement tranche" | securities offered for placement by the placement agent on behalf of the issuer, in accordance with the terms and conditions of the invitation |
| "poll" | method of voting under which shareholders are given one vote for each share held |
| "Practice Notes" | the practice notes issued by the Exchange from time to time under and pursuant to Rule 109, as may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time |
| "property valuation report" | a report that meets the following minimum requirements: (a) is prepared by a property valuer in accordance with the property valuation standards; and (b) states the name, professional qualifications and the relevant licence registration number of the property valuer in charge of the valuation, and the standards employed by the property valuer |
| "property valuation standards" | (a) for real properties located in Singapore, the standards set by the Singapore Institute of Surveyors and Valuers; or (b) for real properties located outside of Singapore, the International Valuation Standards or the relevant local standards for real property prescribed by a recognised professional body or relevant authority in the country where the real property is located |
| "property valuer" | a person who meets the following minimum requirements: (a) the property valuer must: (i) for valuation to be conducted for real properties located in Singapore, be a holder of an appraiser’s licence issued by the Inland Revenue Authority of Singapore and a member of the Singapore Institute of Surveyors and Valuers; or (ii) for valuation to be conducted for real properties located outside of Singapore, have a licence issued by a relevant authority to perform property valuation in the relevant market. If there is no licensing requirement in the relevant market, such property valuer must be a member of a recognised professional body which has disciplinary powers to suspend or expel the member; (b) the property valuer has at least five years of experience in valuing real properties in a similar industry and area as the real property in which the valuation is to be conducted; (c) the property valuer and his firm must be independent of the issuer. The property valuer, his associates and any of his firm’s partners or directors cannot be a substantial shareholder, director or employee of the issuer or any of the issuer’s subsidiaries. His firm must not be a related corporation or a substantial shareholder of the issuer or any of the issuer’s subsidiaries; (d) the property valuer must not be a sole practitioner; and (e) the property valuer must not have been found to be in breach of any rule or law relevant to real property valuation and is not: (i) denied or disqualified from membership of or licensing from; (ii) subject to any sanction imposed by; (iii) the subject of any disciplinary proceedings by; or (iv) the subject of any investigation which might lead to disciplinary action by, any professional body or authority relevant to real property valuation |
| "principal subsidiary" | a subsidiary whose latest audited consolidated pre-tax profits (including discontinued operations that have not been disposed and excluding the non-controlling interest relating to that subsidiary) as compared with the latest audited consolidated pre-tax profits of the group (including discontinued operations that have not been disposed and excluding the non-controlling interest relating to that subsidiary) accounts for 20% or more of such pre-tax profits of the group |
| "prospectus" or "offering memorandum" or "introductory document" | a listing document, or in the case of reverse takeovers or business combinations a circular, or any equivalent document issued or proposed to be issued in connection with an application for listing of securities |
| "public" | persons other than:— (a) directors, chief executive officer, substantial shareholders, or controlling shareholders of the issuer or its subsidiary companies; (b) associates of the persons in paragraph (a); and (c) founding shareholders and management team of the SPAC, and their associates |
| "public subscription tranche" | securities offered for subscription through a physical public offer subscription form, an automated teller machine, the Internet banking website or the mobile banking interface (where applicable) of the participating banks, or such other mode of public subscription in accordance with the terms and conditions of the invitation |
| Q | |
| "qualified person" | a person who has the appropriate experience in the type of activity undertaken or to be undertaken by a mineral, oil and gas company, meeting the following minimum requirements: (a) is professionally qualified and a member or licensee in good standing of a relevant Recognised Professional Association; (b) has at least five years of relevant professional experience in the estimation, assessment and evaluation of: (i) the mineral or minerals, oil or gas that is under consideration; and (ii) the activity which the issuer is undertaking; and (c) has not been found to be in breach of any relevant rule or law and is not: (i) denied or disqualified from membership of; (ii) subject to any sanction imposed by; (iii) the subject of any disciplinary proceedings by; or (iv) the subject of any investigation which might lead to disciplinary action by, any relevant regulatory authority or professional association. |
| "qualified person's report" | a report prepared by a qualified person in accordance with paragraph 5 of Practice Note 6.3. |
| R | |
| "Recognised Professional Association" | a self-regulatory organisation of professionals recognised by the Exchange in the mineral, oil or gas industries which: (a) admits members on the basis of academic qualifications and experience; (b) requires compliance with organisation's professional standards of competence and ethics established; and (c) has disciplinary powers to suspend or expel a member. |
| “record date” | the date fixed by an issuer for the purpose of determining entitlements to dividends, rights, allotments or other distributions of holders of its securities |
| "relative" | (a) a person's immediate family; and (b) in relation to the persons in paragraph (a), means that person's spouse, child, adopted child, step-child, sibling, or parent |
| "reserves" | the following meanings, or their equivalent under the relevant Standard used: (a) with regard to minerals, the economically mineable part Measured and/or Indicated of a resource. It includes diluting materials and allowances for losses which may occur when the material is mined or extracted and is defined by studies at pre-feasibility or feasibility level as appropriate that include application of modifying factors. Such studies demonstrate that, at the time of reporting, extraction could reasonably be justified. Reserves can be further categorised as: (i) "Proved Reserve" is the economically mineable part of a Measured Mineral Resource. A Proved Reserve implies high degree of confidence in the modifying factors; and (ii) "Probable Reserve" is the economically mineable part of an Indicated, and in some circumstances, a Measured Mineral Resource. The confidence in the modifying factors applying to a Probable Reserve is lower than that applying to a Proved Reserve; (b) with regard to oil and gas, those quantities of petroleum anticipated to be commercially recoverable by application of development projects to known accumulations from a given date forward under defined conditions. Reserves can be further categorised as: (i) "Proved Reserve" is an incremental category of estimated recoverable volumes associated with a defined degree of uncertainty. Proved Reserves are those quantities of petroleum, which by analysis of geoscience and engineering data, can be estimated with reasonable certainty to be commercially recoverable, from a given date forward, from known reservoirs and under defined economic conditions, operating methods and government regulations. If deterministic methods are used, the term reasonable certainty is intended to express a high degree of confidence that the quantities will be recovered. If probabilistic methods are used, there should be at least a 90% probability that the quantities actually recovered will equal or exceed the estimate; (ii) "Probable Reserve” is an incremental category of estimated recoverable volumes associated with a defined degree of uncertainty. Probable Reserves are those additional Reserves that are less likely to be recovered than Proved Reserves but more certain to be recovered than Possible Reserves. It is equally likely that actual remaining quantities recovered will be greater than or less than the sum of the estimated Proved Reserves plus Probable Reserves (2P). In this context, when probabilistic methods are used, there should be at least a 50% probability that the actual quantities recovered will equal or exceed the 2P estimate; and (iii) "Possible Reserve" is an incremental category of estimated recoverable volumes associated with a defined degree of uncertainty. Possible Reserves are those additional reserves which analysis of geoscience and engineering data suggests are less likely to be recoverable than Probable Reserves. The total quantities ultimately recovered from the project have a low probability to exceed the sum of Proved Reserves plus Probable Reserves plus Possible Reserves (3P), which is equivalent to the high estimate scenario. When probabilistic methods are used, there should be at least a 10% probability that the actual quantities recovered will equal or exceed the 3P estimate. |
| "resources" | the following meanings, or their equivalent under the relevant Standard used: (a) with regard to minerals, a concentration or occurrence of solid material of economic interest in or on the earth's crust in such form, grade (or quality), and quantity that there are reasonable prospects for eventual economic extraction. The location, quantity, grade (or quality), continuity, and other geological characteristics of a mineral resource are known, estimated or interpreted from specific geological evidence and knowledge, including sampling. Mineral resources are sub-divided, in order of decreasing geological confidence, into: (i) "Measured Resource" is that part of a mineral resource for which quantity, grade (or quality), densities, shape, physical characteristics, are estimated with a confidence sufficient to allow the application of modifying factors to support detailed mine planning and final evaluation of the economic viability of the deposit. Geological evidence is derived from detailed and reliable exploration, sampling and testing gathered through appropriate techniques from locations such as outcrops, trenches, pits, workings and drill holes, and is sufficient to confirm geological and grade (quality) continuity between points of observation where data and samples are gathered; (ii) "Indicated Resource" is that part of a mineral resource for which quantity, grade (or quality), densities, shape, physical characteristics are estimated with a sufficient confidence to allow the application of modifying factors in sufficient detail to support mine planning and evaluation of the economic viability of the deposit. Geological evidence is derived from adequately detailed and reliable exploration, sampling and testing gathered through appropriate techniques from locations such as outcrops, trenches, pits, workings and drill holes, and is sufficient to assume geological and grade (or quality) continuity between points of observation where data and samples are gathered; and (iii) "Inferred Resource" is that part of a mineral resource for which quantity and, grade (or quality) are estimated on the basis of limited geological evidence and sampling. Geological evidence is sufficient to imply but not verify geological and grade (or quality) continuity. It is based on exploration, sampling and testing information gathered through appropriate techniques from locations such as outcrops, trenches, pits, workings and drill holes. (b) with regard to oil and gas, refers to: (i) "Contingent Resources" are those quantities of petroleum estimated, as of a given date, to be potentially recoverable from known accumulations by application of development projects, but which are not currently considered to be commercially recoverable due to one or more contingencies; and (ii) "Prospective Resources" are those quantities of petroleum which are estimated, as of a given date, to be potentially recoverable from undiscovered accumulations. |
| "resulting issuer" | the resultant entity that trades on the SGX-ST upon the completion of a business combination by a SPAC |
| S | |
| "SFA" | the Securities and Futures Act (Chapter 289) of Singapore and any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof |
| "SGX" | Singapore Exchange Limited |
| "SGX-ST" or "the Exchange" | Singapore Exchange Securities Trading Limited |
| "SGX Main Board" | SGX-ST Main Board |
| "SGXNET" | Singapore Exchange Network, a system network used by listed companies in sending information and announcements to the Exchange or any other system networks prescribed by the Exchange for the purpose of the Exchange making that information available to the market |
| "scripless system" | system under which trading of securities is settled on a book-entry basis |
| "scrip counters" | issuers whose transactions in their securities are settled by physical delivery of the certificates relating to such securities |
| "securities" | debt securities, equity securities and investment funds |
| "securities account" | the securities account maintained by a depositor with CDP |
| "SGX RegCo" | Singapore Exchange Regulation Pte. Ltd. |
| "SGX RegCo Board" | SGX RegCo's board of directors |
| "special purpose acquisition company" or "SPAC" | a company with no prior operating history, operating and revenue-generating business or asset at the point of the IPO, and raises proceeds for the sole purpose of undertaking a business combination in accordance with the business strategy and acquisition mandate disclosed in the prospectus issued in relation to the SPAC’s IPO |
| "Standard" | the standards:— (a) under one of the following codes or guidelines: (i) National Instrument 43-101 Standards of Disclosure for Minerals Projects ("NI43-101"), including Companion Policy 43-101, promulgated by the Canadian Securities Administrators; (ii) Australasian Code for Reporting of Exploration Results, Mineral Resources and Ore Reserves promulgated by the Joint Ore Reserves Committee of the Australasian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy, Australian Institute of Geoscientists and Minerals Council of Australia ("JORC Code"); (iii) Pan European Standard for Reporting of Exploration Results, Mineral Resources and Mineral Reserves ("PERC Standard"); and (iv) Australian Code for Public Reporting of Technical Assessments and Valuations of Mineral Assets promulgated by the VALMIN Committee ("VALMIN Code"), with regards to valuations;
with regard to oil and gas, (v) Petroleum Resource Management System promulgated by the Society of Petroleum Engineers, the World Petroleum Council, the American Association of Petroleum Geologists and the Society of Petroleum Evaluation Engineers ("SPE-PRMS"); (b) as promulgated by one of the following organisations: (i) Australasian Joint Ore Reserves Committee ("JORC"); (ii) Pan European Reserves and Resources Reporting Committee ("PERC"); (iii) Canadian Institute of Mining, Metallurgy and Petroleum ("CIM"); and (iv) The Canadian Securities Administrators ("CSA")
with regard to oil and gas, (v) Society of Petroleum Engineers ("SPE"); (vi) World Petroleum Council ("WPC"); (vii) the American Association of Petroleum Geologists ("AAPG"); and (viii) the Society of Petroleum Evaluation Engineers ("SPEE"); or (c) an equivalent standard that is acceptable to the Exchange. |
| "structured warrants" | equity securities carrying rights: (a) to purchase from, or sell to, the person issuing them (not being the listed issuer) the underlying financial instrument in accordance with the terms of issue; or (b) to receive from the person issuing them (not being the listed issuer) a cash payment calculated by reference to the fluctuations in the value or price of the underlying financial instrument in accordance with the terms of issue |
| "subsidiary holdings" | shares referred to in Sections 21(4), 21(4B), 21(6A) and 21(6C) of the Companies Act |
| "summary property valuation report" | a summary of a property valuation report which is prepared in accordance with Rule 222(3)(c) |
| "summary qualified person's report" | a summary report prepared by a qualified person in accordance paragraph 6 of Practice Note 6.3. |
| "supranational body" | any institution or organisation at a world or regional level whose members or constituents are governments or governmental organisations |
| T | |
| "Takeover Code" | the Singapore Code on Take-overs and Mergers |
| "the Authority" | the Monetary Authority of Singapore |
| "treasury shares" | treasury shares as defined in the Companies Act. For the purpose of the Listing Rules, treasury shares will be excluded from references to "issued share capital" and "equity securities", and for the calculation of market capitalisation and public float where referred to in the Listing Rules |
| "trustee" | means (a) a company registered as a trust company under the Trust Companies Act; or (b) a company, other than a trust company referred to in paragraph (a), that is a public company under the Act or under the laws of any other country which has been declared by the Minister to be a trustee for the purposes of the Act |
| U | |
| "underlying financial instrument" | securities, a basket of securities or an index |
| W | |
| "weighted average price" | the total value of transactions in a listed security (for each transaction, the price multiplied by volume) for that market day divided by the volume transacted for that market day |
Interpretations
(1) Unless the context requires otherwise, words importing the singular include the plural and vice versa, and words importing the masculine include the feminine and neuter and vice versa.
(2) Where definitions in the Exchange's listing rules are wider than or the obligations and requirements imposed by the Exchange's listing rules are more onerous than the provisions of any ordinance, regulation or other statutory provision from time to time in force in Singapore, issuers shall be required to comply with such broader obligations provided that where any provision of the Exchange's listing rules is in conflict with the provisions of any such ordinance, regulation or other statutory provision, the provisions of such ordinance, regulation or other statutory provision shall prevail.
(3) Unless the context requires otherwise, terms that are not specifically defined in the listing rules will have the same meaning as assigned to them under the Act.
Amended on 29 September 2011, 1 August 2013, 27 September 2013, 7 October 2015, 31 March 2017, 2 May 2017, 15 September 2017, 26 June 2018, 23 August 2018, 11 July 2019, 10 January 2020, 7 February 2020, 12 February 2021, 3 September 2021 and 29 October 2025.
101
A principal function of the Exchange is to provide a fair, orderly and transparent market for the trading of securities.
102
This Manual sets out the requirements which apply to issuers, the manner in which securities are to be offered, and the continuing obligations of issuers.
103
This Manual seeks to secure and maintain confidence in the market. The underlying principles of the listing rules include the following: —
104
(1) Suitability for listing depends on many factors, including:
(a) the issuer’s ability to satisfy the specific numerical standards and qualitative factors set out in this Manual, and particularly in respect of the issuer’s directors, management, and controlling shareholders;
(b) the issuer’s financial position; and
(c) the disclosures provided in the prospectus, offering memorandum or introductory document.
(2) Issuers making listing applications should appreciate that compliance with the Exchange's listing rules may not in itself ensure an issuer's suitability for listing. The Exchange retains the discretion to accept or reject applications and in reaching its decision will have regard to the general principles outlined in Rule 103.
(3) The Exchange reserves the right to subject a listed issuer's change in principal business to the Exchange's approval if in the Exchange's opinion:
(a) the integrity of the market may be adversely affected; or
(b) it is in the interests of the public to do so.
Amended on 29 October 2025.
105
Amended on 29 September 201129 September 2011, 7 October 20157 October 2015 and 7 February 20207 February 2020.
106
The Exchange may impose additional requirements or make any listing subject to special conditions whenever it considers it appropriate.
107
The Exchange may waive or modify compliance with a listing rule (or part of a rule) either generally or to suit the circumstances of a particular case, unless the listing rule specifies that the Exchange will not waive it. The Exchange may grant a waiver subject to such conditions, as it considers appropriate. If the Exchange waives a listing rule (or part of a rule) subject to a condition, the condition must be satisfied for the waiver to be effective. Where a waiver is granted, the issuer must announce the waiver, the reasons for seeking the waiver and the conditions, if any, upon which the waiver is granted as soon as practicable.
108
Where the Exchange rejects an application made pursuant to this Manual, it may, if it considers it appropriate, disclose the reasons for its decision but is under no obligation to do so.
109
110
Purpose
Composition
Referral of a specific listing application
Amended on 7 October 20157 October 2015, 15 September 201715 September 2017 and 15 July 201915 July 2019.
Part IV Issue Managers, Issuer's Directors and Issuer's Executive Officers
Amended on 10 January 202010 January 2020.
111
An applicant must appoint an issue manager who will act as the sponsor for and manage the applicant's listing on the Exchange.
An issue manager must be able to give the applicant impartial and competent advice and must have the necessary experience to discharge its professional duties as an issue manager fully and professionally.
The issue manager is responsible for preparing the applicant for a new listing (including an initial public offering, a listing by way of an introduction or a reverse takeover).
Amended on 29 September 201129 September 2011, 7 October 20157 October 2015 and 10 January 202010 January 2020.
112A
At least one issue manager must be independent of an applicant for a new listing (including an initial public offering, a listing by way of an introduction or a reverse takeover).
The Exchange retains the discretion to deem an issue manager independent or otherwise. In determining whether an issue manager is independent, the Exchange will have regard to the matters set out in Practice Note 2.1A
Added on 10 January 202010 January 2020.
112B
An issue manager must:—
Added on 10 January 202010 January 2020.
113
Amended on 29 September 201129 September 2011.
114
Amended on 7 October 20157 October 2015 and 10 January 202010 January 2020.
115
Applicants and issuers must pay such fees and charges as prescribed by the Exchange from time to time. The Exchange may waive any fee or charges.
Amended on 25 September 201525 September 2015.
117
When the Exchange publishes or releases an issuer's announcement on its behalf, the Exchange shall not be responsible to check the accuracy of the facts or any of the contents of such announcement, and shall not be liable for any damages or losses however arising as a result of publishing the announcement or disseminating the information in the announcement. The issuer shall indemnify the Exchange for any such losses or damages or costs, including any arising as a result of legal proceedings brought by any third party.
201
This Chapter sets out the requirements and procedures for an issuer seeking admission to the Official List of the Exchange and a listing of its equity securities. These requirements are generally applicable to all issuers, including companies incorporated in Singapore or elsewhere. The Exchange may vary the requirements in a particular case.
202
An issuer may apply for admission to the Official List of the SGX Mainboard. The listing may be a primary or a secondary listing. The Exchange has absolute discretion concerning the admission of an issuer to the Exchange's Official List (and its removal) and quotation of its equity securities (and their suspension). The Exchange may approve applications for listing unconditionally or subject to condition(s), or may reject applications for listing, as it thinks appropriate. The Exchange also reserves the right to vary any such condition(s) or impose additional conditions.
Amended on 7 February 20207 February 2020.
203
In reviewing a listing application, the Exchange will consider a number of factors, including:
(1) the issuer’s ability to satisfy the specific numerical standards and qualitative factors set out in this Manual, and particularly in respect of the issuer’s directors, the management, and controlling shareholders;
(2) the issuer's financial position; and
(3) the disclosures provided in the prospectus, offering memorandum or introductory document.
Amended on 29 October 2025.
204
Additional guidelines for the listing of property investment and property development companies are set out in Part VI of this Chapter. Requirements for the listing of global depository receipts are also set out in Part XI of this Chapter.
Amended on 29 September 201129 September 2011.
205
Issuers, other than investment companies, whose assets consist wholly or substantially of cash or short-dated securities will not normally be admitted to the Official List.
206
Partly-paid shares may be admitted to listing provided at least one month's notice in advance of the amount and time of payment of each call is given to shareholders. The Exchange may impose restrictions on the dealings in such shares until they are fully paid.
208
The Exchange may prescribe additional or other requirements for the listing of specific types of issuers not specifically addressed by this Chapter.
209
While an issuer remains on the Official List of SGX Mainboard, it must comply with the listing rules. If the issuer has a secondary listing on SGX Mainboard, it must comply with Rule 217.
Amended on 7 February 20207 February 2020.
210
An issuer applying for listing of its equity securities on the SGX Mainboard must meet the following conditions:—
(1) Shareholding Spread And Distribution
(a) The following table sets out the shareholding and distribution requirements:—
| PUBLIC FLOAT | DISTRIBUTION | ||||
| Market Capitalisation (S$ million) ("M") | Proportion of post-invitation share capital in public hands | Number of shareholders | Total Offer | Distribution | |
| S G X - M A I N B O A R D | M < 300 | 25% | 500 | O < 75 | At least 40% of the invitation shares or $15 million whichever is lower, must be distributed to investors each allotted not more than 0.8% of the invitation shares or $300,000 worth of shares whichever is lower. |
| 300 ≤ M < 400 | 20% | 500 | 75 ≤ O < 120 | At least 20% of the invitation shares must be distributed to investors, each allotted not more than 0.4% of the invitation shares. | |
| 400 ≤ M < 1000 | 15% | 500 | O ≥ 120 | No requirement applicable. | |
| M ≥ 1000 | 12% | 500 | Notes: 1) The shareholdings of an applicant and his associates must be aggregated and treated as one single holder. 2) Preferential allotments made pursuant to Rule 234 must be excluded. | ||
(i) The shareholding spread must not be obtained by artificial means, such as giving shares away and offering loans to prospective shareholders to buy the shares.
(ii) In the computation of the percentage of shares to be held in public hands, existing public shareholders may be included, subject to an aggregate limit of 5% of the issuer's post-invitation issued share capital and provided such shares are not under moratorium. For the purpose of this rule, "existing public shareholders" refer to shareholders of the issuer immediately before the invitation and who are deemed "public" as defined in the Manual. This rule is not applicable to an application for listing by way of introduction.
(iii) An overall distribution of shareholdings that is expected to provide an orderly secondary market in the securities when trading commences, and that will be unlikely to lead to a corner situation in the securities.
(iv) The subscription and allocation value of the shares at IPO for each investor must be at least S$500 and must be based on an integral multiple of a board lot.
(b)
(i) For a secondary listing, an issuer must have at least 500 shareholders worldwide. Where the Exchange and the primary home exchange do not have an established framework and arrangement to facilitate the movement of shares between the jurisdictions, the issuer should have at least 500 shareholders in Singapore or 1,000 shareholders worldwide.
(ii) The subscription and allocation value of the shares at IPO for each investor must be at least S$500 and must be based on an integral multiple of a board lot (either traded on the primary home exchange or on the Exchange as may be agreed by the Exchange).
(2) Quantitative Criteria
An issuer must be a going concern or be the successor of a going concern, and satisfy one of the following requirements:
(a) Minimum consolidated pre-tax profit (based on full year consolidated audited accounts) of at least S$10 million for the latest financial year and an operating track record of at least three years.
(b) Profitable in the latest financial year (pre-tax profit based on the latest full year consolidated audited accounts), an operating track record of at least three years and a market capitalisation of not less than S$150 million based on the issue price and post-invitation issued share capital.
(c) Operating revenue (actual or pro forma) in the latest completed financial year and a market capitalisation of not less than S$300 million based on the issue price and post-invitation issued share capital. Real Estate Investment Trusts and Business Trusts who have met the S$300 million market capitalisation test but do not have historical financial information may apply under this rule if they are able to demonstrate that they will generate operating revenue immediately upon listing.
(3) Profit Test
With respect to the profit tests in Rule 210(2)(a) and 210(2)(b), the following shall apply:
(a) An issuer must have been engaged in substantially the same business and have been under substantially the same management throughout the period for which the three years operating track record applies.
(b) [Deleted]
(c) In determining the profits, non-recurrent income and items generated by activities outside the ordinary course of business must be excluded.
(d) The Exchange will normally not consider an application for listing from an issuer which has changed or proposes to change its financial year end if the Exchange is of the opinion that the purpose of the change is to take advantage of exceptional or seasonal profits to show a better profit record.
(4) Financial Position And Liquidity
(a) The group must be in a healthy financial position, having regard to whether the Group has a positive cash flow from operating activities.
(b) [Deleted]
(c) [Deleted]
(d) The audited financial statements submitted with the listing application and disclosed in the prospectus, offering memorandum or introductory document must not:
(i) be subject to an adverse opinion, a qualified opinion, or a disclaimer of opinion by the auditors; or
(ii) include a statement by the auditors that a material uncertainty relating to going concern exists.
(5) Directors And Management
(a) The directors and executive officers should have appropriate experience and expertise to manage the group's business. A director who has no prior experience as a director of an issuer listed on the Exchange must undergo training in the roles and responsibilities of a director of a listed issuer as prescribed by the Exchange. If the nominating committee is of the view that training is not required because the director has other relevant experience, the basis of its assessment must be disclosed. As a pre-quotation disclosure requirement, an issuer must release a statement via SGXNET or in the prospectus, offering memorandum or introductory document identifying for each director, whether the person has prior experience as a director of an issuer listed on the Exchange or if he has other relevant experience, and if so, provide details of his directorships and other relevant experience. If the director has no prior experience as a director of an issuer listed on the Exchange and has no other relevant experience, the issuer must confirm that the person has undertaken training as prescribed by the Exchange.
(b) The character and integrity of the directors, management, founding shareholders and controlling shareholders of the issuer will be a relevant factor for consideration. In considering whether the directors, management, founding shareholders and controlling shareholders have the character and integrity expected of a listed issuer, the Exchange will take into account the disclosure made in compliance with Rule 246(5)(a).
(c) The issuer's board must have at least two non-executive directors who are independent and free of any material business or financial connection with the issuer. Independent directors must comprise at least one-third of the issuer’s board. In the event of any retirement or resignation which renders the issuer unable to meet any of the foregoing requirements, the issuer should endeavour to fill the vacancy within two months, but in any case not later than three months.
(d) A director will not be independent under any of the following circumstances:
(i) if he is employed or has been employed by the issuer or any of its related corporations in the current or any of the past three financial years;
(ii) if he has an immediate family member who is employed or has been employed by the issuer or any of its related corporations in the current or any of the past three financial years, and whose remuneration is or was determined by the remuneration committee of the issuer; or
(iii) [Deleted]
(iv) if he has been a director of the issuer for an aggregate period of more than nine years (whether before or after listing). Such director may continue to be considered independent until the conclusion of the next annual general meeting of the issuer.
(e) The issuer must establish one or more committees as may be necessary to perform the functions of an audit committee, a nominating committee and a remuneration committee, with written terms of reference which clearly set out the authority and duties of the committees.
(6) Chain Listing
A subsidiary or parent company of an existing listed issuer will not normally be considered suitable for listing if the assets and operations of the applicant are substantially the same as those of the existing issuer. In arriving at a decision, the Exchange will consider the applicant's business or commercial reasons for listing.
(7) Articles Of Association
An issuer must ensure that its Articles of Association or constituent documents meet the requirements in Appendix 2.2.
(8) Life Science Companies
A life science company that cannot meet the requirements in Rule 210(2), 210(3) and/or 210(4)(a) may list its equity securities on the SGX Mainboard if it fulfils the following conditions:
(a) Successfully raised funds from institutional investors, accredited investors or other relevant persons specified in sections 274 and 275 of the SFA (or such equivalent persons in the relevant jurisdictions where funds were raised), where such fundraising has been completed at least 6 months prior to the date of the listing application;
(b) Market capitalisation of not less than S$300 million based on the issue price and post-invitation issued share capital;
(c) As its primary reason for listing, the use of proceeds of the IPO to bring identified products to commercialisation;
(d) Demonstrates that it has, at least, a two-year record of operations, and has been primarily engaged in laboratory research and development in respect of its identified products in the one year prior to listing, and submits to the Exchange the following:
(i) [Deleted]
(ii) the successful development of at least one of its identified products beyond the concept stage, in accordance with the general principles set out in Practice Note 6.2; and
(iii) the relevant expertise and experience of its key management and technical staff; and
(e) Available working capital that is sufficient for its present requirements and for at least 18 months after listing.
For the avoidance of doubt, an issuer seeking a listing of its equity securities on the SGX Mainboard through this Rule 210(8) must satisfy all other listing requirements in Rule 210 apart from Rule 210(2), 210(3) and 210(4)(a).
(9) Mineral, Oil and Gas Companies
(a) A mineral, oil and gas company must be able to establish the existence of a meaningful portfolio of reserves in a defined area which is substantiated by a qualified person's report prepared by an independent qualified person.
(b) The effective date of the qualified person's report must not be more than 6 months from the date of lodgement of the offer document.
(c) A mineral, oil and gas company must have working capital that is sufficient for its present requirements and for at least 18 months after listing which must include (i) operating, general and administrative and financing costs; (ii) property holding costs; and (iii) costs of any proposed exploration and/or development. Working capital shall be considered as the applicant's ability to access cash and other available liquid resources (including proceeds from the initial public offering and projected cashflows but excluding future borrowings/financing which have not been obtained) in order to meet its liabilities as they fall due. Where projected cashflows are relied upon, the issue manager must submit a confirmation to the Exchange that it is satisfied that the projections are prepared by the applicant's directors after due and careful enquiry. Proceeds from the initial public offering can be taken into consideration only if the invitation is fully underwritten. If the invitation is not underwritten but the listing is subject to a specified minimum amount to be raised from the invitation, the proceeds taken into consideration shall be limited to the minimum amount to be raised.
(d) A mineral, oil and gas company must have at least one independent director with appropriate industry experience and expertise.
(e) All mineral, oil and gas companies must satisfy other listing requirements in Rule 210.
(f) A mineral, oil and gas company that cannot meet the requirements in Rule 210(2), (3) and/or (4)(a) may list its securities on the SGX Mainboard if it fulfills the following additional conditions:
(i) has market capitalisation of not less than S$300 million based on the issue price and post-invitation issued share capital; and
(ii) discloses its plans and milestones to advance to production stage with capital expenditure for each milestone. These plans must be substantiated by the opinion of an independent qualified person.
(g) The issue manager must submit a confirmation to the Exchange that after conducting due diligence, the issue manager is not aware of any matter that has caused it to believe that the listing applicant:
(i) has not obtained all material licences, permits or certificates necessary to conduct its operations from the relevant governmental bodies in the jurisdictions where the Group operates;
(ii) is not in compliance with all laws, rules and regulations in all jurisdictions in which the Group operates, including but not limited to, the proper incorporation and good standing of any incorporated subsidiary or interest, except where such non-compliance is not material to the Group's business operations; and
(iii) does not possess title to or valid and enforceable rights to any assets (including licenses and agreements) as is appropriate to the listing applicant or the Group, except where such lack of, or defect in, such title or rights is not material to the Group's business operations.
In relying on the opinion from a legal adviser in providing the confirmation to the Exchange, the issue manager should make due diligence inquiries including:
(i) assessing the suitability of the legal adviser having regard to whether the legal adviser has the relevant experience and is authorized to practise and advise in the relevant jurisdiction; and
(ii) reviewing the terms and scope of engagement.
(10) Dual Class Share Structure
(a) In this Rule 210(10):
(i) "permitted holder group" means a group of persons or an entity permitted to hold multiple voting shares in accordance with Rule 210(10), and includes a holder of multiple voting shares;
(ii) "responsible director" means, in relation to any multiple voting shares, a director who is required to be appointed in accordance with Rule 210(10); and
(iii) references to any sale or transfer of multiple voting shares include any sale or transfer of interest (including beneficial interest or voting right) thereto, and whether or not for value.
(b) A listing applicant that intends to list with a dual class share structure must be suitable for listing with a dual class share structure.
(c) An issuer must specify the holders of multiple voting shares at IPO. The Exchange may permit a group of persons or an entity to be treated as a permitted holder group. In the case of a permitted holder group, an issuer must specify the scope of the permitted holder group at IPO. The issuer may not add to the scope subsequently.
(d) Each multiple voting share shall not carry more than 10 votes per share. An issuer must specify the number of votes at IPO, and may not increase such number subsequently.
(e) Subject to Rule 210(10)(f):
(i) a holder of multiple voting shares must be appointed as a responsible director; or
(ii) in the case of a permitted holder group, a responsible director must be appointed for the permitted holder group. The Exchange may require any other person to be appointed as a responsible director.
(f) An issuer with a dual class share structure must have automatic conversion provisions which provide that a multiple voting share will be converted into an ordinary voting share on a one-for-one basis in the event that:
(i) the multiple voting share is sold or transferred to any person, and in the case of a permitted holder group, other than to persons in the permitted holder group; or
(ii) a responsible director ceases service as a director (whether through death, incapacity, retirement, resignation or otherwise), and in the case of a permitted holder group, other than where a new responsible director is appointed,
unless otherwise specifically approved by shareholders through the enhanced voting process. The relevant holder of the multiple voting share, the person to whom the multiple voting share is to be sold or transferred and such responsible director (as the case may be), and their respective associates, must abstain from voting on the resolution.
(g) Holders of ordinary voting shares holding at least 10% of the total voting rights on a one-share-one-vote basis must be able to convene a general meeting.
(h) In any general meeting, the number of votes that may be cast by holders of ordinary voting shares who are not also holders of multiple voting shares must be at least 10% of the total voting rights of the issuer.
(i) The majority of each of the committees performing the functions of an audit committee, a nominating committee and a remuneration committee, including the respective chairmen, must be independent.
(j) The issuer must ensure that the requirements relating to the dual class share structure and the rights of the multiple voting shares and ordinary voting shares in Rules 210(10)(c) to 210(10)(i) are prescribed in its Articles of Association or other constituent documents.
(11) Special Purpose Acquisition Company or SPAC
(a) An issuer that intends to list as a SPAC must be suitable for listing and is not permitted to adopt a dual class share structure at IPO. In assessing the suitability of the SPAC, the Exchange may take into account any factor it considers relevant including, but not limited to, the factors set out in Practice Note 6.4.
Quantitative Criterion
(b) Market capitalisation of not less than S$150 million based on the issue price and post-invitation issued share capital.
Shareholding Spread
(c) At least 25% of its total number of issued shares excluding treasury shares must be held by at least 300 public shareholders.
Issue Price
(d) The issue price of the securities offered for subscription or sale, for which a listing is sought, must be at least S$5 each. Securities may consist of a share and warrant (or other convertible securities).
Minimum Securities Participation
(e) The issuer’s founding shareholders and management team must, in aggregate, subscribe for a minimum value of equity securities (based on the subscription price at IPO) in accordance with the following requirements:
| Market Capitalisation (S$ million) (“M”) | Proportion of subscription |
| 150 ≤ M < 300 | 3.5% |
| 300 ≤ M < 500 | 3.0% |
| M ≥ 500 | 2.5% |
The form of equity securities participation may be by way of (i) subscription of units, shares or warrants at IPO; (ii) by irrevocable commitment provided at the time of the IPO, to subscribe for equity securities of the issuer no later than simultaneously with the completion of the business combination, or (iii) by a combination of the methods in (i) and (ii), subject to compliance with the listing rules and such other conditions as the Exchange may consider appropriate. For the avoidance of doubt, the subscription price of the equity securities participation by way of the method in (ii) must not be lower than the subscription price of the respective equity securities at IPO.
(f) The extent of the aggregate equity interests in the issuer acquired by the founding shareholders, management team, and their associates at nominal or no consideration is generally permitted up to 20% of the issued share capital of the issuer (on a fully diluted basis) immediately following closing of the IPO. The Exchange retains discretion in considering the appropriateness of such equity ownership, taking into account the overall structure of the issuer. For avoidance of doubt, such limit includes equity interests arising from warrants or other convertible securities acquired at nominal or no consideration.
Board Committees
(g) The majority of each of the committees performing the functions of an audit committee, a nominating committee and a remuneration committee, including the respective chairmen, must be independent.
Moratorium
(h)
(i) The moratorium requirements specified in Rules 227, 228 and 229 must be satisfied. The period of moratorium specified in Rules 229(1) to (4) commences on the date of listing up to and including the completion date of the business combination.
(ii) The moratorium requirements specified in Rules 227, 228 and 229 are applicable to all equity securities of the issuer held by the founding shareholders, the management team, and their respective associates on the date of listing. The period of moratorium specified in Rule 229 commences on the date of listing up to and including the completion date of the business combination.
(iii) Following the completion of the business combination, all equity securities of (A) the founding shareholders and the management team of the issuer, and their associates; and (B) the controlling shareholders of the resulting issuer and their associates, and executive directors of the resulting issuer with an interest in 5% or more of the issued share capital of the resulting issuer, will be subject to the moratorium requirements in Rules 227, 228 and 229 (in accordance with the resulting issuer’s compliance with Rules 210(2)(a), (b) or (c), or Rule 210(8), or Rule 210(9)) from the completion date of the business combination.
IPO Proceeds and Escrow Requirements
(i)
(i) Immediately upon listing on the Exchange, the issuer must place at least 90% of the gross funds raised from its IPO in an escrow account opened with and operated by an independent escrow agent which is a financial institution licensed and approved by the Monetary Authority of Singapore. The amount placed in the escrow account cannot be drawn down except for the purpose of the business combination, on liquidation of the issuer or such other circumstances set out in Practice Note 6.4.
(ii) The escrow agent appointed by the issuer must be independent of the founding shareholders, the management team, and their associates.
(iii) The issuer must secure and maintain the escrow arrangement(s) at all times over the funds in the escrow account until the termination of the escrow account in accordance with Rule 210(11)(i)(v).
(iv) The issuer (through the escrow agent) shall only be permitted to hold its assets in permitted investments in the form of cash or cash equivalent short-dated securities of at least A-2 rating (or an equivalent) until completion of a business combination that meets the Exchange’s requirements.
(v) The issuer (through the escrow agent) may invest the escrowed funds in permitted investments in accordance with Rule 210(11)(i)(iv) and the escrow agreement governing the escrowed funds must provide for:
(A) The termination of the escrow account and release of the escrowed funds on a pro rata basis to shareholders who exercise their redemption rights in accordance with Rule 210(11)(m)(x) and the remaining escrowed funds to the issuer, if the issuer completes a business combination within the permitted time frame; and
(B) The termination of the escrow account and the distribution of the escrowed funds to shareholders (other than the founding shareholders, the management team, and their associates in respect of all equity securities owned or acquired by them prior to or pursuant to the IPO) in accordance with the terms of Rules 210(11)(n)(i) to (iv).
The content of the escrow agreement must comply with the requirements as set out in paragraph 3 of Practice Note 6.4.
(vi) The IPO proceeds that are not placed in the escrow account, and interest or other income earned on the escrowed funds from permitted investments, may be applied as payment for administrative expenses incurred by the issuer in connection with the IPO, for general working capital expenses and for the purpose of identifying and completing a business combination.
Issue of Warrants and Other Convertible Securities
(j) Where any warrants or other convertible securities are issued in connection with the IPO or prior to the completion of a business combination, these convertible securities must comply with the following requirements:
(i) Part VI of Chapter 8;
(ii) the exercise price of warrants or other convertible securities must not be lower than the price of the ordinary shares offered for the IPO;
(iii) the warrants or other convertible securities must not be exercisable prior to the completion of the business combination;
(iv) the warrants or other convertible securities must not have an entitlement to the funds held in the escrow account upon liquidation of the issuer or redemption of the ordinary shares by shareholders; and
(v) the tenure of the warrants or other convertible securities must expire on the earlier of the (A) maximum tenure under the issuance terms as stated in the prospectus issued in connection with the issuer’s IPO; or (B) permitted time frame for completion of a business combination where no business combination is completed within such time period.
(k) An issuer must establish a percentage limit of not more than 50% as to the maximum dilution to the issuer’s post-invitation issued share capital with respect to the conversion of any warrants or other convertible securities issued by the issuer in connection with the IPO.
Additional Continuing Listing Requirements Prior to Completion of a Business Combination
(l)
(i) Prior to the completion of a business combination, the Exchange may permit the issuer to raise additional funds through the issue of equity securities where (A) the issuance is made on a pro rata basis and in accordance with the requirements in Chapter 8; (B) at least 90% of the gross proceeds raised are placed in escrow in accordance with Rule 210(11)(i)(i); and (C) the proceeds raised are for the purpose of financing the business combination and/or related administrative expenses. For avoidance of doubt, contemporaneous with completion of the business combination, the issuer may raise additional funds (including by way of a placement or subscription for the issuer’s equity securities by institutional and/or accredited investors) in accordance with Chapter 8.
(ii) The issuer shall not be permitted to obtain any form of debt financing (excluding short term trade or accounts payables in the ordinary course of business) other than contemporaneous with completion of its business combination provided that the (A) funds in the escrow account must not be used as collateral or subject to encumbrance for the debt financing; and (B) funds drawn down from the debt financing must be applied towards the financing of the business combination and/or related administrative expenses. A credit facility may be entered into prior to completion of a business combination, but should be drawn down contemporaneous with, or after completion of a business combination.
(iii) The issuer must not provide any financial assistance to any person or entity until it has fully financed or satisfied the consideration of the business combination and the ownership of the business(es) or asset(s) acquired under the business combination is beneficially and legally vested with the resulting issuer.
(iv) The issuer will not be permitted to adopt any security-based compensation arrangement prior to the completion of a business combination.
Business Combination
(m)
(i) The issuer must complete a business combination within 24 months from the date of listing. Where the issuer has entered into a legally binding agreement for a business combination before the end of the 24-months period, the issuer shall have up to not more than 12 months from the relevant deadline to complete the business combination, subject to an overall maximum time frame of 36 months from the date of listing, and provided that:
(A) such an extension is permitted by and in accordance with all relevant laws and regulations governing the issuer in its place of constitution;
(B) the Exchange is notified of such an extension in a timely manner;
(C) the extension is announced via SGXNET by the issuer in a timely manner; and
(D) in the announcement referred to in paragraph (C), the issuer must confirm that:
(1) there is no material adverse change to the financial position of the issuer since the date of prospectus issued in connection with its listing on the Exchange;
(2) the extension is permitted by and in accordance with all relevant laws and regulations governing the issuer in its place of constitution; and
(3) the issuer will provide quarterly updates to investors on its progress in meeting key milestones in completing the business combination via SGXNET.
(ii) Other than the extension circumstance specified in Rule 210(11)(m)(i), the issuer must (A) apply to the Exchange for an extension of time to complete the business combination; and (B) specifically obtain the approval of a majority of at least 75% of the votes cast by shareholders at a general meeting to be convened. The issuer must justify a compelling reason for the extension of time and any application for extension of time must be submitted to the Exchange at least 2 months before expiry of the permitted time frame.
For the purpose of voting on the extension of time, the founding shareholders, the management team, and their associates, are not permitted to vote with shares acquired at nominal or no consideration prior to or at the IPO of the issuer. The Exchange retains the discretion to reject an application for extension of time if the Exchange is of the opinion that there is no compelling justification for the time extension and/or it is in the interests of the public to do so.
(iii) The initial business or asset acquired pursuant to the business combination must have a fair market value of at least 80% of the amount in the escrow account at the time of entry into the binding agreement for the business combination transaction, excluding any amount held in the escrow account representing deferred underwriting fees and any taxes payable on the income earned on the escrowed funds.
Where the SPAC consummates multiple concurrent acquisitions or mergers as part of the business combination, there must be at least one initial acquisition which satisfies the requirement of having a fair market value constituting at least 80% of the amount in the escrow account at the time of entry into the binding agreements for the business combination transactions. Such concurrent transactions must be in separate resolutions and conditional upon the initial acquisition, and completed simultaneously on or around the same day within the permitted time frame.
(iv) The business combination must result in the resulting issuer having an identifiable core business of which it has a majority ownership and/or management control. The Exchange may consider a business combination involving an acquisition of a minority stake in a business(es) or asset(s), where the resulting issuer can demonstrate that it has management control of such business(es) or asset(s).
(v) The issuer must appoint a financial adviser, who is an issue manager, to advise on the business combination. The financial adviser is expected to have regard to the due diligence guidelines issued by The Association of Banks in Singapore when conducting due diligence on the business combination.
(vi) The issuer must appoint a competent and independent valuer to value the business(es) or asset(s) to be acquired under the business combination where (A) a placement or subscription for the issuer’s equity securities by institutional and/or accredited investors, is not conducted in contemporaneous with the business combination; or (B) the business(es) or asset(s) to be acquired under the business combination involves a mineral, oil and gas company, or property investment/development company. A summary valuation report must be included in the shareholders’ circular in relation to the business combination.
The Exchange retains the discretion to require the issuer to appoint a competent and independent valuer to value the business(es) or asset(s) to be acquired under the business combination.
(vii) The resulting issuer pursuant to the completion of the business combination must satisfy, where applicable, Rules 210(1) to 210(10), and 222.
(viii) The business combination must be respectively approved by a simple majority of independent directors, and an ordinary resolution passed by shareholders at a general meeting to be convened.
For the purpose of voting on the business combination, the founding shareholders, the management team, and their associates, are not permitted to vote with shares acquired at nominal or no consideration prior to or at the IPO of the issuer.
(ix) Chapter 9 applies where the business combination is (A) an interested person transaction; or (B) entered into with the founding shareholders, members of the management team, and/or their respective associates. The shareholders’ circular in relation to the business combination to which Chapter 9 applies, must contain an opinion from an independent financial adviser and the issuer’s audit committee stating that the terms of the transaction are on normal commercial terms and are not prejudicial to the interest of the issuer and its minority shareholders.
(x) Each independent shareholder (other than the founding shareholders, the management team, and their respective associates) shall be entitled to redeem his ordinary shares for a pro rata portion of the amount in the escrow account at the time of the business combination vote, provided that the business combination is approved and completed within the permitted time frame. Such amounts must be paid to the electing independent shareholder as soon as practicable upon completion of the business combination, and ordinary shares tendered in exchange for cash must be cancelled.
An issuer may establish a limit as to the maximum number of shares with respect to which an independent shareholder, together with any associates or persons acting jointly or in concert, may exercise a redemption right, provided that such limit (A) may not be set at lower than 10% of the shares issued at IPO; and (B) is disclosed in the IPO prospectus and shareholders’ circular in relation to the business combination. Any redemption limit established by the issuer must apply equally to all independent shareholders entitled to a redemption right.
(xi) All notices convening general meetings in relation to the business combination must be sent to shareholders at least 21 calendar days before the meeting (excluding the date of notice and date of the meeting).
Liquidation
(n)
(i) Prior to completion of the business combination, in the event a material change occurs in relation to the profile of the founding shareholders and/or the management team which may be critical to the successful founding of the issuer and/or successful completion of the business combination, the issuer shall seek approval of a majority of at least 75% of the votes cast by independent shareholders at a general meeting to be convened for the continued listing of the issuer on the Exchange. For the purpose of voting on the continued listing of the issuer, the founding shareholders, the management team, and their associates, are not considered as independent.
The Exchange retains discretion to determine a circumstance an event of material change under this rule.
(ii) Where the issuer (A) fails to complete a business combination within the permitted time frame in accordance with Rule 210(11)(m)(i); (B) fails to obtain specific shareholders’ approval in accordance with Rule 210(11)(m)(ii); or (C) is directed to delist by the Exchange before the completion of a business combination in accordance with Rule 210(11)(p), the issuer shall be liquidated. The amount held in the escrow account at the time of the liquidation distribution (and such other accounts held by the issuer), net of taxes payable and direct expenses related to the liquidation distribution, shall be distributed to shareholders on a pro rata basis as soon as practicable, as permissible by the relevant laws and regulations. Any interest, income derived and deferred underwriting commissions accrued in the escrow account will form part of the liquidation distribution.
(iii) The founding shareholders, the management team, and their associates must waive their right to participate in the liquidation distribution in respect of all equity securities owned or acquired by them prior to or pursuant to the IPO.
(iv) The underwriters of the IPO must waive their rights to any deferred underwriting commissions deposited in the escrow account in the event the issuer liquidates prior to completion of a business combination.
Delisting
(o) If the issuer fails to (i) complete a business combination within the permitted time frame in accordance with Rule 210(11)(m)(i); or (ii) obtain specific shareholders’ approval in accordance with Rule 210(11)(m)(ii), the Exchange will delist the issuer’s securities on or about the date on which the liquidation distribution is completed.
(p) The Exchange will consider whether the continued listing of the resulting issuer after completion of the business combination will be in the best interests of the Exchange and the public, and will have the discretion to suspend, direct the commencement of the liquidation distribution in accordance with Rules 210(11)(n)(ii) to (iv) and delist the issuer’s securities prior to completion of the business combination.
For the avoidance of doubt, a SPAC seeking listing of its equity securities on the SGX Mainboard must satisfy Rules 210(5), 210(7), 211A, 215, 216, 218, 219, 221, 223 to 224B, 230 to 234, 239 to 240 and 242 to 250.
Amended on 29 September 2011, 10 August 2012, 27 September 2013, 19 January 2015, 26 June 2018, 23 August 2018, 1 January 2019, 7 February 2020, 3 September 2021, 1 January 2022, 11 January 2023 and 29 October 2025.
211A
(1) For primary listings, the financial statements submitted with the application, and future periodic financial reports, must be prepared in accordance with Singapore Financial Reporting Standards (International) ("SFRS(I)s"), or International Financial Reporting Standards ("IFRS"), or US Generally Accepted Accounting Principles ("US GAAP"). Accounts that are prepared in accordance with IFRS or US GAAP need not be reconciled to SFRS(I)s. In the case of a collective investment scheme that is authorised by MAS, it must comply with the applicable requirements under the Code on Collective Investment Schemes.
(2) For secondary listings, the financial statements submitted with the listing application, and future periodic financial reports, need only be reconciled to SFRS(I)s, or IFRS, or US GAAP.
(3) The annual financial statements must be audited by certified public accountants in accordance with Singapore Standards on Auditing, International Standards on Auditing, US Generally Accepted Auditing Standards, or auditing standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), as the case may be.
Added on 12 February 2021 and amended on 29 October 2025.
212
A Catalist issuer may apply to the Exchange in writing for transfer to SGX Mainboard. The Exchange may allow the transfer if an issuer meets the following requirements:—
Amended on 10 August 201210 August 2012.
213
For the purpose of the transfer, an issuer may be required to increase the proportion of its issued and paid-up capital held in public hands to meet the minimum shareholding spread requirements applicable to SGX Mainboard issuers.
214
If an issuer has a sufficient spread of shareholders and no marketing of securities is necessary, the transfer to the SGX Mainboard may be effected after the issuer has made a public announcement of the transfer and a copy of the announcement has been sent to shareholders.
215
Foreign issuers may list on the SGX Mainboard. The listing may be a primary listing or a secondary listing.
Amended on 7 February 20207 February 2020.
216
Amended on 29 September 201129 September 2011.
217
A foreign issuer applying for a secondary listing must already be listed or will be concurrently listed on a foreign stock exchange (referred to as the "home exchange") and must be, or will be, subject to the listing (or other) rules of the home exchange where it has a primary listing. The application need not comply with Part VIII of this Chapter with regard to the moratorium on promoters' shareholdings. A foreign issuer with a secondary listing on the Exchange need not comply with the Exchange's listing rules, provided that it undertakes to:—
218
All securities will be quoted in Singapore dollars, unless the Exchange agrees to a quotation in a foreign currency, or unless the Monetary Authority of Singapore's policy on the internationalisation of the Singapore dollar requires otherwise. Listing applicants are encouraged to consult the Exchange if they prefer a quotation in a foreign currency.
219
Arrangements satisfactory to the Exchange must be made to enable shareholders in Singapore to register their shareholdings promptly.
220
Amended on 26 March 201826 March 2018, 7 February 20207 February 2020 and 12 February 2021.
222 Property Investment/Development Companies
In addition to the requirements for listing on the SGX Mainboard, a property investment/development company applying for admission to the Official List must also meet the following requirements:
(1) Leasehold Period
Disclose in the prospectus, offering memorandum or introductory document whether properties that have remaining leases of less than 30 years, in aggregate, account for more than 50% of the group's operating profits or net property income for the past three years (whichever is the higher). If so, disclose the risks and implications of such a portfolio, and the issuer’s plans (if any) to manage portfolio properties’ lease profiles post-listing.
(2) Appointment of Property Valuer
An issuer must appoint a property valuer to conduct a valuation of all its principal freehold and leasehold properties. The Exchange may require an issuer to appoint a second property valuer to conduct a valuation on the properties.
(3) Property Valuation Report
(a) The property valuation report must state the effective date at which the properties are valued, which should not be more than six months from the date of the application for listing.
(b) A summary property valuation report must be included in the offer document. The property valuation report must be made available for inspection, without charge, at the issuer's Singapore registered office.
(c) A summary property valuation report must contain the following:
(i) information required for prospectuses and circulars in accordance with the standards of the Singapore Institute of Surveyors and Valuers, as set out in Practice Note 2.4; and
(ii) the name, professional qualifications and the relevant licence registration number of the property valuer in charge of the valuation, and the standards employed by the property valuer.
Amended on 7 February 2020, 12 February 2021 and 29 October 2025.
223
(1) Where an interested person has an interest in any entity or group carrying on the same business or dealing in similar products as the issuer or its group, the issuer must, in the prospectus, offering memorandum or introductory document, disclose:
(a) the name of that entity or in a case of a group, the immediate holding entity of that group;
(b) a description of the business of that entity or group;
(c) the name of the interested person involved;
(d) the nature and extent of his or her interest in that entity or group, and the extent to which he or she is involved in the management of that entity or group either directly or indirectly; and
(e) a description of the conflicts of interest thereby arising.
(2) An issuer (other than a REIT or business trust) must, in the prospectus, offering memorandum or introductory document, disclose the measures (if any) to resolve or mitigate such conflicts. Where any conflict of interest is not resolved or mitigated, the disclosure in the prospectus, offering memorandum or introductory document must include the reasons why such conflict is not resolved or mitigated.
(3) An issuer that is a REIT or business trust must resolve or mitigate conflicts of interest prior to listing as set out in paragraph 3 of Practice Note 4.1. Such issuer must, in the prospectus, offering memorandum or introductory document, disclose such conflicts and the measures to resolve or mitigate such conflicts.
Amended on 7 February 2020 and 29 October 2025.
224A
If a transaction is, or is proposed to be, entered into between the entity at risk and an interested person, and such transaction is expected to continue after listing, the prospectus, offering memorandum or introductory document must include:
(1) for real estate investment trusts: the disclosures for “interested party transactions” as required by the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Collective Investment Schemes) Regulations 2005; and
(2) for other issuers: the disclosures for “interested person transactions” as required by the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Securities and Securities-based Derivatives Contracts) Regulations 2018.
Added on 29 October 2025.
224B
For the purposes of this Part (including the disclosure requirements referred to in Rule 224A), “entity at risk”, “interested person” and “transaction” have the meanings given to them in Rule 904.
Added on 29 October 2025.
225 Purpose of a Moratorium
The purpose of a moratorium is to maintain the promoters' commitment and the commitment of holders of multiple voting shares to the issuer and align their interests with that of public shareholders.
Amended on 26 June 201826 June 2018.
226
For the purpose of this Chapter, "promoters" of an issuer are: —
Amended on 31 March 201731 March 2017.
227
The promoters must give contractual undertakings to the issue manager to observe a moratorium on the transfer or disposal of all their interests in the securities of the issuer.
228
Where a promoter has an indirect shareholding in the applicant, the promoter must also provide an undertaking to maintain the promoter's effective interest in the securities under moratorium during the moratorium period. However where an indirect shareholding is held through a company which is listed, the promoter's holding in that listed company is excluded from the moratorium.
229
The period of moratorium must not be shorter than the following:—

Where
M = the number of shares subject to moratorium;
VCP = the total cash paid for the shares acquired by the investor within the 12 months preceding the date of the listing application;
VIPO = the value of the investor's total shareholdings acquired within 12 months preceding the date of the listing application based on the issue price at the initial public offering, or if there is no initial public offering, the price agreed by the Exchange; and
P = the total number of shares paid for by the investor in the 12 months preceding the date of the listing application.
Where the investors have shares remaining unsold at the time of the initial public offering, the proportion of such remaining shares to be subject to a moratorium for 6 months after listing shall be computed based on the following cash formula:—

Where
M = the number of shares subject to moratorium;
VCP = the total cash paid for the shares acquired by the investor within the 12 months preceding the date of the listing application;
VIPO = the value of the investor's total shareholdings acquired within 12 months preceding the date of the listing application based on the issue price at the initial public offering, or if there is no initial public offering, the price agreed by the Exchange; and
P = the total number of shares paid for by the investor in the 12 months preceding the date of the listing application.
Amended on 27 September 201327 September 2013, 31 March 201731 March 2017, and 7 February 20207 February 2020.
229A
The holders of multiple voting shares must give contractual undertakings to the issue manager to observe a moratorium on the transfer or disposal of their entire shareholdings in the issuer in respect of their interests in both multiple voting shares and ordinary voting shares at the time of listing for at least 12 months after listing.
Added on 26 June 201826 June 2018.
230
An offering of securities for subscription or sale must include a public subscription tranche. In addition to the public subscription tranche, an issuer may also distribute its securities either by way of a placement, or book-building, or by a combination of these methods, subject to compliance with the listing rules and such other conditions as the Exchange may consider appropriate.
Amended on 2 May 20172 May 2017.
231
The issuer must issue a prospectus or offering memorandum, in connection with an offering of securities for subscription or sale. The prospectus or offering memorandum must comply with Chapter 6.
232
The issue manager, underwriter, lead broker, distributor, or any of their connected clients (as defined in Rule 240) or their discretionary managed portfolios (whether proprietary or not) must not be allocated or allotted more than 25% of the securities made available for placement by each of them respectively. Any allocation or allotment to such parties must be disclosed in the form specified in Rule 240. This rule does not apply to securities taken up pursuant to an underwriting or sub-underwriting agreement.
Amended on 2 May 20172 May 2017.
233
Where an invitation involves a public subscription tranche, the following rules apply to allocation and allotment of securities in this tranche:—
Amended on 2 May 20172 May 2017.
233A
Added on 2 May 20172 May 2017.
234
The issuer may reserve up to 10% of the offered securities for allocation and allotment to its employees, directors, customers, suppliers and persons who have contributed to the success of the issuer.
Amended on 29 September 201129 September 2011.
235
An issuer may apply for listing of its securities by way of introduction without any offer being made of its securities for subscription or sale, if it complies with the relevant shareholding spread requirements.
236
An introduction will normally be appropriate in the following circumstances:—
237
An introduction may not be permitted if an issuer has made an offer of securities in Singapore within six months before its listing application. An issuer is also not permitted to make any offer of securities in Singapore within three months after its listing. This rule does not apply to offers of securities that fall under Division 1, Subdivision (4) (excluding section 277) or Division 2, Subdivision (4) (excluding section 305B) of Part 13 of the SFA.
Amended on 29 October 2025.
238
The applicant must issue an introductory document in connection with an introduction. The introductory document must comply with the Exchange's requirements set out in Chapter 6. The Exchange may modify or waive any particular requirement if it considers it appropriate.
239
An issue of securities in connection with a listing on the Exchange can be made with or without it being underwritten. An issuer which proposes to make an issue without underwriting should consult the Exchange as early as possible.
240
241
The issue price of the equity securities (other than convertible equity securities) offered for subscription or sale, for which a listing is sought, must be at least S$0.50 each.
Amended on 10 August 201210 August 2012.
242
An issuer offering equity securities for subscription or sale must keep the offer open for at least 2 market days (excluding the date of commencement of offer). The Exchange may allow a shorter period for a secondary listing involving an offer of shares.
243
An applicant may consult the Exchange to resolve specific issues prior to the submission of an application. Unless the Exchange prescribes otherwise, the following sets out the usual main steps in the listing process:—
244
The Exchange will decide whether to issue an eligibility-to-list letter as soon as practicable after receipt of a complete application. If the applicant makes material amendments to the prospectus, the time may start to run from the date the material amendment is notified to the Exchange. On a case-by-case basis, the Exchange may agree to vary the procedures or time indicated if an issue involves a concurrent dual listing or international offering. Any proposed variation in procedures and timetable must be agreed with the Exchange before the submission of the application.
245
The listing application is intended to serve the purpose of placing before the Exchange the information essential in determining the suitability of the applicant for admission to the Official List of, and its securities for public trading on, the Exchange. The applicant, its issue manager and all professionals who are involved in the preparation of the listing application must therefore ensure that all information that is material to the Exchange's decision on the application is made available promptly to the Exchange. Rule 740 applies to information supplied as part of an application.
246
The application must include:
(1) Particulars as required in Appendix 2.1 with a checklist showing compliance with the admission requirements set out in Rules 210, 211 and 222, whichever is applicable.
(2) Prospectus, offering memorandum or introductory document, whichever is applicable. The document should be accompanied by a checklist of compliance with Fifth Schedule or Seventeenth Schedule, Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Securities and Securities-based Derivatives Contracts) Regulations 2018, or Third Schedule, Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Collective Investment Schemes) Regulations 2005, as amended from time to time, and where applicable.
(3) In the case of a primary listing, the draft memorandum and articles of association or other constituent document, which must comply with Appendix 2.2 and which is marked at the right hand margin to indicate compliance with Appendix 2.2, including a confirmation by the legal advisers to the issuer that the draft memorandum and articles of association or other constituent document are in compliance with Appendix 2.2. In the case of a secondary listing, the memorandum and articles of association or other constituent document (incorporating all amendments made to date) which has been filed with its home exchange.
(4) Confirmation by the issue manager that:—
(a) having exercised due care, diligence and skill, the issuer satisfies the admission requirements;
(b) all documents required by the listing rules to be included in the application has been or will be supplied to the Exchange;
(c) any other matters known to the issue manager which should be taken into account have been disclosed in the prospectus or otherwise in writing;
(d) if any further information becomes available before listing, it will inform the Exchange; and
(e) the directors of an applicant have been informed of their obligations under the listing rules as well as the relevant Singapore laws and regulations.
(f) it is satisfied that the profit forecast, if any, has been made by the applicant's directors after due and careful enquiry and consideration.
(5)
(a) Declaration by each of the applicant's (and where applicable REIT manager's or trustee-manager's) director, executive officer, founding shareholder (in the case of a SPAC listing applicant), controlling shareholder, controlling unitholder (where applicable), and officer occupying a managerial position and above who is a relative of such director, founding shareholder (in the case of a SPAC listing applicant), controlling shareholder or controlling unitholder (where applicable), in the form set out in paragraph 8, Part 7 of the Fifth Schedule, Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Securities and Securities-based Derivatives Contracts) Regulations 2018, as amended from time to time. This rule is not applicable to an application for a secondary listing.
(b) [Deleted]
(c) [Deleted]
(6) Resumes and particulars of each of the applicant's (and where applicable REIT manager's or trustee-manager's) director, executive officer, founding shareholder (in the case of a SPAC listing applicant), controlling shareholder and controlling unitholder (where applicable), and if the founding shareholder (in the case of a SPAC listing applicant), controlling shareholder or controlling unitholder (where applicable) is a company or partnership, resumes and particulars of each of its director, executive officer, controlling shareholder and partner. In the case where such entity is listed on a stock exchange and the relevant information relating to each relevant person is publicly available, this requirement is not applicable, but the issue manager must inform the Exchange of any material changes.
(7) [Deleted]
(8) Detailed profit and cash flow projections for the current year and ensuing year of the applicant and each principal subsidiary and associated company must be submitted upon request by the Exchange. In the case of a secondary listing, this requirement is not applicable.
(9) Auditors' report to management on the internal control and accounting systems of the issuer and its principal subsidiaries. In the case of a secondary listing, this requirement is not applicable. Where there are material weaknesses in an issuer's internal control and accounting systems, there must, in the prospectus, offering memorandum or introductory document, be adequate disclosure of such weaknesses and the steps to address them.
(10) For an applicant which is engaged in property investment or development, the property valuation report(s) of each principal asset of the group that is revalued. In the case of a secondary listing, this requirement is not applicable.
(11) The requisite listing fee.
(12) Confirmation by the issuer that it has obtained all requisite approvals, and is in compliance with laws and regulations, that would materially affect its business operations.
(13) Statement by the directors of the applicant on whether the applicant, its subsidiaries, associated companies or any part of its undertakings and assets had previously applied for a listing in Singapore or elsewhere.
If so, to advise on the details of such application including the date of application, the relevant stock exchange, the status and outcome of the application, issues raised by the relevant stock exchange and conditions imposed.
If no prior listing has been sought, a confirmation from the directors of the applicant that they are not aware of any reasons why the applicant cannot be listed on any exchange.
(14) Confirmation by the Board of Directors and the issue manager of the applicant that, in relation to the appointment of auditing firms, the applicant is in compliance with Rule 712 and Rule 715 or 716. Unless otherwise determined by the Exchange, Rule 712(2A) does not apply to secondary listings.
(15) For an issuer seeking to list as a SPAC, the escrow agreement governing the escrowed funds.
Amended on 29 September 2011, 25 September 2015, 10 January 2020, 7 February 2020, 12 February 2021, 3 September 2021 and 29 October 2025.
247
The Exchange may require an applicant to provide additional information and documents which it requires for a proper consideration of the application. The Exchange may, in its absolute discretion, waive or modify compliance with any of these requirements.
Documents to be Submitted After Approval In-Principle and Before the Prospectus, Offering Memorandum or Introductory Document is Issued
248
As soon as practicable after the company receives approval in-principle for listing from the Exchange but in any event not later than the date of issue of the prospectus, offering memorandum or introductory document, the following must be submitted:—
Amended on 3 September 2021.
Documents to be Submitted On or Before the Closing Date of the Offering, or Where Appropriate, as Soon as Practicable After Issue of the Prospectus, Offering Memorandum or Introductory Document
Amended on 7 February 20207 February 2020.
249
As soon as practicable on or before the closing date of the offering, or after the issue of the prospectus, offering memorandum or introductory document, the following documents must be submitted:—
Amended on 7 February 20207 February 2020.
250
As soon as practicable before trading commences, or after the close of the offering, the following documents must be submitted: —
(i) Where the total offer size is less than $75 million based on the issue price, at least 40% of the invitation shares or $15 million whichever is lower, must be distributed to investors, each allocated and allotted not more than 0.8% of the invitation shares or $300,000 worth of shares whichever is lower:— | |||
| Holding Size | No of Holders | Total Holdings | Total Holdings as a % of Total Invitation |
| Regulated Portion Not more than 0.8% of total invitation shares or $300,000 worth of shares (whichever is lower) | |||
| Unregulated Portion Not more than 0.8% of total invitation shares or $300,000 worth of shares (whichever is lower) More than 0.8 % of total invitation shares or $300,000 worth of shares (whichever is lower) | |||
| Total: | | | |
Note:
(ii) Where the total offer size based on the issue price is $75 million or more but less than $120 million, at least 20% of the invitation shares must be distributed to investors, each allocated and allotted not more than 0.4% of the invitation shares:— | |||
| Holding Size | No of Holders | Total Holdings | Total Holdings as a % of Total Invitation |
| Regulated portion Not more than 0.4% of total invitation shares | |||
| Unregulated Portion Not more than 0.4% of total invitation shares More than 0.4% of total invitation shares | |||
| Total: | | | |
Note:
Amended on 7 October 20157 October 2015 and 3 September 2021.
251
Part XI sets out the requirements for the listing of global depository receipts representing equity securities of a corporation issued by a third party ("depository").
For the purposes of this Part, the following definition applies:—
Amended on 29 September 201129 September 2011.
252
253
The corporation must undertake to:
256
Added on 7 February 20207 February 2020.
301
This Chapter applies to the listing of debt securities, such as bonds, notes and loan stocks, issued by domestic or foreign corporations, supranational bodies, governments, government agencies or any other entities, whether established in Singapore or elsewhere, offered to specified investors and non-specified investors.
For purpose of this Chapter, "specified investors" means persons specified under sections 274 or 275 of the SFA (or such equivalent terms in the relevant jurisdictions where the debt securities are subscribed), and "non-specified investors" means persons who are not specified investors.
Amended on 19 May 201619 May 2016.
302
An issuer can seek listing of its debt securities in one of the following ways:—
303
One of the following requirements must be met for the listing of an issue of local debt securities:—
Amended on 19 May 201619 May 2016.
304
One of the following requirements must be met for the listing of an issue of foreign debt securities:—
Amended on 19 May 201619 May 2016.
305
A foreign issuer is normally required to appoint a paying agent in Singapore while the debt securities are quoted on the Exchange and upon the issue of debt securities in definitive form. The Exchange may accept other arrangements to enable definitive certificate holders of the bearer debt securities in Singapore to be paid promptly.
306
Where an issue of debt securities is offered to non-specified investors, the issuer must announce the outcome of the offer, and where appropriate, the level of subscription, the basis of allocation and allotment, and the subscription rate for the offer, prior to the listing of the debt securities.
Amended on 29 September 201129 September 2011 and 19 May 201619 May 2016.
307
If debt securities are:—
the terms of issue of the debt securities must provide for appropriate adjustments to the conversion rights in the event of any alteration to the capital of the issuer, and whether the holders of the debt securities and/or options have any participating rights in the event of a takeover offer for the issuer.
308
Amended on 29 September 201129 September 2011 and 19 May 201619 May 2016.
309
The principal amount of each listed series of a Medium Term Note Programme must be at least S$5 million (or its equivalent in foreign currencies).
Amended on 29 September 201129 September 2011 and 19 May 201619 May 2016.
310
An applicant may consult the Exchange to resolve specific issues prior to the submission of an application. Unless the Exchange prescribes otherwise, the following sets out the usual main steps in the listing process.
311
The Exchange will decide whether to issue an eligibility-to-list letter as soon as practicable after receipt of a complete application. If the applicant makes material amendments to the prospectus, offering memorandum or introductory document, the time may start to run from the date the material amendment is notified to the Exchange.
312
If a prospectus is required, a checklist showing compliance with Part II of Chapter 6 must be provided. If, under applicable law, an application is made to the relevant government authority for any waiver or modification of any prospectus requirement, a copy of such letter must be submitted together with the prospectus.
313
If the debt securities are offered without a prospectus and primarily to specified investors, the offering memorandum or introductory document must contain the information that such investors would customarily expect to see in such documents.
Amended on 19 May 201619 May 2016.
314
The documents set out below must be submitted together with the applicable listing fee. Where the debt securities are issued by an issuer whose equity securities are listed on the Exchange, or where the debt securities are offered primarily to specified investors, the issuer need only submit the documents set out in Rule 314(5), 314(6), 314(7) and 314(8).
(1) The Memorandum and Articles of Association or other constituent documents if any, incorporating all amendments to date.
(2) [Deleted]
(3) Auditors' report to management on the internal control and accounting system of the issuer and its principal subsidiaries.
(4) For an issuer which is engaged in property investment or development, property valuation report(s) of each principal asset of the group that is revalued.
(5) The mortgage indenture or equivalent instrument certified by the trustee.
(6) The trust deed and a checklist showing compliance with the requirements in Rule 308(3), (4) and (5).
(7) Other documents, such as a deed poll, that may be applicable to the issue of debt securities.
(8) A checklist showing compliance with the relevant requirements under Rules 303 to 309.
Amended on 29 September 2011, 19 May 2016, 12 February 2021 and 29 October 2025.
315
After the issuer receives approval in-principle from the Exchange, the following documents must be submitted before the listing of the debt securities:—
316
For the purposes of this Part, the following definitions apply: —
Amended on 19 May 201619 May 2016.
317
Debt securities initially offered only to specified investors may be made available for trading on the Exchange by non-specified investors after the seasoning period, subject to compliance with the provisions in this Part.
Added on 19 May 201619 May 2016.
318
The issuer or guarantor must meet the criteria for exemption under the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Exemption for Offers of Post-Seasoning Debentures) Regulations 2016. For avoidance of doubt, the material date to measure the "look-back" periods under the criteria for exemption will be based on, as the case may be, the instances prescribed in Rule 319.
Added on 19 May 201619 May 2016.
319
The issuer or guarantor must comply with the criteria referred to in Rule 318 at the following times, as applicable:
Added on 19 May 201619 May 2016.
320
The issuer shall comply with the following:
Added on 19 May 201619 May 2016.
321
If the issuer offers additional debt securities to non-specified investors through such re-taps, the aggregate principal amount of the offers through the re-taps must not exceed such amount specified in the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Exemption for Offers of Post-Seasoning Debentures) Regulations 2016. There is no cap on the amount of debt securities offered through a re-tap to specified investors.
Added on 19 May 201619 May 2016.
322
Added on 19 May 201619 May 2016.
323
An issuer shall immediately disclose to the Exchange via SGXNET any information which may have a material effect on the price or value of its debt securities or on an investor's decision whether to trade in such debt securities.
Added on 19 May 201619 May 2016.
324
An issuer shall immediately announce the following:
Added on 19 May 201619 May 2016.
325
In respect of debt securities where Rule 308 applies:
Added on 19 May 201619 May 2016 and Amended on 12 February 2021.
326
An issuer shall release all announcements via SGXNET, unless specified otherwise.
Added on 19 May 201619 May 2016.
401
This Chapter sets out the Exchange's requirements on the listing of investment funds denominated in Singapore Dollars or in foreign currency.
402
An investment fund may be incorporated or established in Singapore or in another country. If it is incorporated or established in a foreign country, the fund may be required to satisfy the Exchange that there are adequate rules governing such funds.
403
Investments held by an investment fund need not be limited to shares and securities, but may take the form of partnership arrangements, participations, joint ventures and other forms of non-corporate investment.
404
An investment fund applying for listing must comply with the following requirements:
(1) For an investment fund denominated in Singapore Dollars:
(a) a minimum asset size of at least S$20 million; and
(b) at least 25% of the investment fund's total number of issued shares excluding treasury shares or units is held by at least 500 public shareholders (100 in the case of a venture capital fund). In the case of a business trust or REIT, Rule 210(1)(a) will apply in respect of the shareholding spread and distribution.
(2) For an investment fund denominated in a foreign currency:
(a) a minimum asset size of at least US$20 million (or its equivalent in other currencies);
(b) a spread of holders necessary for an orderly market in the shares or units of the fund. In the case of a business trust or REIT, Rule 210(1)(a) will apply in respect of the shareholding spread and distribution;
(c) in the case of an investment fund incorporated or established in a foreign country, facilities for the transfer and registration of securities in Singapore (if required by the Exchange); and
(d) in the case of an investment fund that is an exchange traded fund incorporated or established in a foreign country, the investment fund must be listed, or approved for listing, on a foreign stock exchange acceptable to the Exchange.
Investments
(3) An investment fund which is denominated in Singapore Dollars (other than a venture capital fund or a hedge fund) must comply with the following:—
(a) It must limit its investments in companies which are related to the investment fund's substantial shareholders, investment managers or management companies, to a maximum of 10% of gross assets;
(b) It must abide by the same investment and borrowing restrictions prescribed by the Code on Collective Investment Schemes; and
(c) It must restrict investments in unlisted securities to 30% of gross assets.
Investment Policy
(4) A newly formed investment fund must not change its investment objectives and policies in the first three years unless approved by a special resolution of the shareholders in a general meeting.
Investment Manager
(5) The management company (if there is no management company, the sponsor or trustee) must be reputable and have an established track record in managing investments. Generally, the management company (sponsor or trustee) must have been in operation for at least five years.
(6) The persons responsible for managing the investments of the investment fund must be reputable and have a track record in managing investments for at least 5 years. They must have satisfactory experience in managing the particular types of funds for which listing is sought.
Non-Traded Fund
(7) An investment fund that is listed, but does not intend to trade its units on the Exchange, will not have to comply with Rules 404(1)(b), 404(2)(b), 404(2)(c) and 404(2)(d).
Real Estate Investment Trust (REIT)
(8)
(a) An application for the listing of a REIT must comply with Chapters 2 and 4 of the Listing Manual. On a continuing listing basis, the REIT is required to comply with all listing rules applicable to equity securities, with necessary adaptations.
(b) A REIT is not required to comply with the following listing rules:—
(i) Rules 404(3)(a) and 404(3)(c);
(ii) Rule 404(5);
(iii) Rule 407(4) relating to the financial track record of the investment manager and investment adviser;
(iv) Rule 748(1);
(v) Rule 748(3). However, it must comply with the disclosure requirements under the Code on Collective Investment Schemes; and
(vi) Rule 909(4). However, it must comply with the requirements for interested person transactions under the Code on Collective Investment Schemes.
(c) Acquisition of properties and assets of the REIT must be completed before the commencement of listing.
(d) Right of first refusal agreements granted by the controlling unitholder to the REIT for the purpose of mitigating conflicts of interest must be valid as long as the conflicts of interest exist.
Exchange Traded Fund (ETF)
(9)
(a) An ETF is not required to comply with the following rules:—
(i) Rule 111;
(ii) Rule 112;
(iii) Rule 113;
(iv) Rules 404(1)(b) or 404(2)(b). However, it must appoint at least one Designated Market Maker;
(v) Rule 704(3);
(vi) Rule 704(17);
(vii) Rule 704(18);
(viii) Rule 704(19);
(ix) Rule 705(2);
(x) Rule 707. However, the ETF must comply with the relevant provisions under the Code on Collective Investment Schemes;
(xi) Rules 708 to 710. However, the ETF must make the necessary disclosures as required under Paragraph 7.2.1 of the Code on Collective Investment Schemes;
(xii) Rules 711 to 711B and Rule 712(2A);
(xiii) Rules 724;
(xiv) Rule 730. However, in the event material provisions in the trust deed or other constituent documents are amended, it is required to notify unitholders of any alteration via SGXNET;
(xv) Chapter 8; and
(xvi) Chapter 12 relating to annual reports. However, it must comply with the provisions in Chapter 12 relating to shareholder circulars.
Amended on 29 September 2011, 20 July 2016, 7 February 2020, 12 February 2021 and 29 October 2025.
405
The following sets out the usual steps in the listing process for investment funds:—
406
The Exchange will normally decide on an application that is complete within four weeks of the date of submission of an application.
407
The application must contain the following information:—
408
The Exchange may require the applicant to provide additional information and any other documents which it requires for a proper consideration of the application.
409
One copy of the following documents must be submitted together with the prescribed listing fee:—
Amended on 29 September 201129 September 2011.
410
As soon as practicable after the investment fund receives approval in-principle from the Exchange, the following documents should be submitted:—
412
A venture capital fund must be offered for sale and be quoted for trading in denominations of at least S$5,000.
413
A hedge fund applying for listing must:
414
The following will apply to a hedge fund:
501
This Chapter sets out the requirements for the listing of structured warrants issued by third party issuers. Other warrants issued by third party issuers will be considered if they qualify as securities.
502
Structured warrants must be issued by a third-party issuer which is:—
503
A financial institution which does not meet the capital requirements in Rule 502(1) must:—
504
Where an issue of structured warrants is based on securities which are listed or quoted on the Exchange:—
Amended on 31 March 201731 March 2017.
505
Where an issue is based on securities of an entity that is not listed or quoted on the Exchange:—
506
Subject to Rule 507, no structured warrants may be issued on securities that are not listed or quoted on a stock exchange.
508
The following rules apply to all categories of structured warrants:
Placement and Holder Size
[Deleted]
Issue Price
Issue Size
Tenure of Issue
Exercise Settlement
Conversion Ratio
Adjustments
Designated Market-Maker
Amended on 19 January 201519 January 2015 and 7 February 20207 February 2020.
509
510
The offering memorandum, or base and supplemental listing documents, must contain information in sufficient detail to enable investors to have a full and proper understanding of:—
511
Without limiting Rule 510, the offering memorandum, or base and supplemental listing documents, must include the following information:—
512
If, at any time after the issue of the offering memorandum or base and supplemental listing documents and before the listing of the structured warrants, the issuer becomes aware that:—
the issuer must issue a supplementary listing document providing details of the change or new matter.
513
While an issuer has structured warrants listed on the Exchange, it must announce through the Exchange the following information:—
514
An issuer must immediately announce if it becomes aware that any obligation of the Designated Market-Maker is not being fulfilled.
515
An issuer may place out structured warrants in tranches under a structured warrant program ("warrant program"). For example, an issuer may apply to the Exchange for the launch of a S$25 million issue of structured warrants. The issue may be issued in 5 tranches of S$5 million each.
516
517
An issuer may apply for additional tranches (which have not previously been approved under the warrant program) to be listed on the Exchange.
518
When applying for the listing of structured warrants, an issuer must submit an indicative term sheet to the Exchange for its consideration. The indicative term sheet must set out the principal features of the structured warrants.
601
This Chapter sets out the requirements of a prospectus, offering memorandum and introductory document. Apart from complying with Part II of this Chapter, investment funds, life science companies, mineral, oil and gas companies and special purpose acquisition companies must also comply with the requirements in Part III, Part IV, Part V and Part VI respectively.
Amended on 27 September 2013 and 3 September 2021.
602
A prospectus must comply with:
603
An offering memorandum or introductory docment must include information in sufficient detail to enable the targeted investors to have a full and proper understanding of the applicant's business, financial conditions, prospects, and risks.
605
Where the securities of an issuer are listed, or will be simultaneously listed, on another stock exchange which is its home exchange, the issuer may incorporate the information required in this Chapter by reference to a recent prospectus or equivalent document lodged with, or to be simultaneously lodged with, the home exchange or regulatory body.
606
The Exchange will have regard to the International Disclosure Standards for Cross-Border Offerings and Initial Listings by Foreign Issuers published by the International Organization of Securities Commissions when considering the adequacy of disclosure.
Amended on 29 October 2025.
607
Where an issuer is seeking a secondary listing by way of an introduction pursuant to Rule 235, the introductory document should comply with the prospectus disclosure requirements in the SFA. Where there are differences between the prospectus disclosure requirements in the SFA and that of its home exchange, the issuer may consult the Exchange to resolve the specific issues.
608
Where an issuer is seeking a primary listing by way of an introduction pursuant to Rule 235, or where an issuer is seeking a listing through a reverse takeover pursuant to Rule 1015 or where a SPAC is seeking shareholders’ approval for a business combination, the introductory document or the shareholders' circular (as the case may be) must comply with the prospectus disclosure requirements in the SFA, with the necessary adaptations.
Amended on 3 September 2021.
609
Amended on 29 September 201129 September 2011 and 7 February 20207 February 2020.
610
The following additional information should be provided in the prospectus, offering memorandum, introductory document and shareholders' circular:
(1) A statement to appear prominently on the cover page of the document that an application has been made to Singapore Exchange Securities Trading Limited ("SGX-ST") for permission to list all the securities of the issuer already issued as well as those securities which are the subject of this issue. Such permission will be granted when the issuer has been admitted to the Official List. Acceptance of applications will be conditional upon issue of the securities and upon permission being granted to list all the issued securities of the issuer. Monies paid in respect of any application accepted will be returned if the said permission is not granted.
(2) A statement that Singapore Exchange Securities Trading Limited ("SGX-ST") assumes no responsibility for the correctness of any of the statements or opinions made or reports contained in this document. Admission to the Official List is not to be taken as an indication of the merits of the issuer or of the securities.
(3) A statement by directors and vendors (where the issue involves the sale of vendor shares) in the form set out in Practice Note 12.1.
(4) In the case of an introductory document or an offering memorandum, a statement as required in Practice Note 12.1.
(5) The board must comment on the adequacy and effectiveness of the issuer's internal controls (including financial, operational, compliance and information technology controls) and risk management systems. A statement on whether the audit committee concurs with the board's comment must also be provided. Where material weaknesses are identified by the board or the audit committee, they must be disclosed together with the steps to address them.
(6) A statement by the issuer's audit committee that, after making all reasonable enquiries, and to the best of their knowledge and belief, nothing has come to the attention of the audit committee members to cause them to believe that the person appointed as the chief financial officer (or its equivalent rank) does not have the competence, character and integrity expected of a chief financial officer (or its equivalent rank) of a listed issuer.
(7) Where as required by any relevant law applicable to the issuer and/or any of its principal subsidiaries, any legal representative(s) (or person(s) of equivalent authority, however described) has been appointed or designated with sole powers to represent, exercise rights on behalf of, and enter into binding obligations on behalf of, the issuer or that principal subsidiary:
(a) Identity of the legal representative(s) (or person(s) of equivalent authority);
(b) Powers and responsibilities of the legal representative(s) (or person(s) of equivalent authority);
(c) Any risks in relation to the appointment, including concentration of authority and impediments to their removal; and
(d) A description of the processes and procedures put in place to mitigate the risks in relation to the appointment and an opinion by the board on the adequacy of these processes and procedures.
(8) A statement by the issuer whether any of the independent directors of the issuer sits on the board of its principal subsidiaries that are based in jurisdictions other than Singapore.
(9) In the case of debt securities, the following information must also be provided:—
(a) Principal terms and conditions of issue to be publicly offered, including issue price, redemption price, form, rate of interest, guarantees constituted in favour of holders of debt securities and maturity date;
(b) Financial covenants of the issuer, including those concerning capital increases (in the case of convertible debt securities issues) and issues of other forms or series of debt securities;
(c) Definition of events constituting defaults and effect upon acceleration of maturity of debt securities;
(d) Provisions for modifications of terms and conditions of debt securities to be publicly offered; and
(e) Name and provisions concerning functions, rights and obligations of representative of debt securities holders.
(10) In the case of a dual class share structure, the following information must also be prominently provided:—
(a) A statement on the cover page of the document that the issuer is a company with a dual class share structure;
(b) Details of the dual class share structure and its associated risks;
(c) The rationale for adopting the dual class share structure;
(d) Matters that are subject to the enhanced voting process and the implications to holders of ordinary voting shares;
(e) Key provisions of the Articles of Association or other constituent documents relating to the dual class share structure; and
(f) The following details for each holder of multiple voting shares:
| Name of shareholder | Number of multiple voting shares | Total voting rights of multiple voting shares | Number of ordinary voting shares | Total voting rights of ordinary voting shares | Total voting rights of both multiple voting shares and ordinary voting shares |
Amended on 29 September 2011, 26 June 2018, 1 January 2019, 7 February 2020 and 29 October 2025.
611
Apart from complying with applicable law and Part II of this Chapter, a prospectus issued by an investment fund must also contain the additional information set out in this Part. An offering memorandum or introductory document issued by an investment fund in connection with a listing on the Exchange must also contain the information required in this Part. If the investment fund is a unit trust, references to "share" mean "unit" and the items must be adapted accordingly so that the equivalent information is given.
612
The document must include a statement that "an application has been made to the Singapore Exchange Securities Trading Limited ("SGX-ST") for permission to list all the shares of the investment fund, including shares which are the subject of this issue and the Exchange assumes no responsibility for the correctness of any of the statements made or opinions expressed in this prospectus and admission to the Official List is not an indication of the merits of the investment fund or its shares.
613
In relation to the investment fund, state the following:—
614
In relation to the investment manager, investment adviser, administration agent and custodian, state the following:—
615
In respect of the investment manager, state the following:—
617
Details of the investment objectives, including capital and income objectives and the investment policy, including a summary of the restrictions which will be observed on the investment of the investment fund's assets and the intended diversification of assets by country or region and, in the case of a newly-formed investment fund, a statement that such an investment policy will be adhered to for at least three years following the issue of the prospectus, offering memorandum or introductory document, unless otherwise agreed by the shareholders of the investment fund by a special resolution in general meeting. The investment fund should also disclose the extent to which it intends to invest in options, warrants, commodities, futures contracts, unlisted securities and precious metals and must include an appropriate negative statement if it intends not to invest in any such investments.
618
Details of the investment fund's foreign exchange policy and in particular, details of any foreign exchange controls or restrictions of relevance to the investment fund or its investment policy or objectives.
619
Particulars of the investments:—
Amended on 7 February 20207 February 2020.
621
For a unit trust, the following additional information is required:—
622
The following information must be included with respect to the buying and selling of units in the unit trust:—
623
Apart from complying with applicable law and Part II of this Chapter, a prospectus or an offering memorandum or introductory document issued by a life science company in connection with a listing on the Exchange, should contain the additional information set out in Practice Note 6.2.
624
Apart from complying with applicable law and Part II of this Chapter, a prospectus or an offering memorandum or introductory document issued by a mineral, oil and gas company in connection with a listing on the Exchange, should contain the additional information set out in Practice Note 6.3.
Added on 27 September 201327 September 2013.
625
Apart from complying with applicable law and Part II of this Chapter, a prospectus issued by a SPAC in connection with a listing on the Exchange, should contain the following additional information:
(1) Full disclosure of the issuer’s structure and inherent risk factors;
(2) Acquisition mandate and conditions (including the target business sector, types of asset, or geographic area for the purposes of undertaking a business combination);
(3) Business strategy including selection criteria or factors of the business combination;
(4) A statement by the directors of the issuer that the issuer has not (a) entered into a written binding acquisition agreement; or (b) engaged in advanced negotiations with high certainty of entering into a written binding acquisition agreement, with respect to a potential business combination;
(5) Profile including the track record and repute of the founding shareholders and the management team (including investment, merger and acquisition and/or operating experience, and ability to create value for shareholders);
(6) Terms of (a) the initial investment in the issuer by; and (b) the benefits and/or rewards prior to or upon completion of the business combination that would be provided to, the founding shareholders, the management team, and their associates (including justification for any discounts to the initial investment, and value of the benefits and/or rewards, and commentary on the alignment of their interests with the interests of other shareholders);
(7) Prominent disclosure on the (a) impact of dilution to shareholders due to (i) there being less equity contribution from the founding shareholders, the management team, and their associates in respect of their equity interests and such other known dilutive factors or events; and (ii) the conversion of any warrants or other convertible securities issued by the issuer in connection with the IPO including the maximum percentage dilution limit established in accordance with Rule 210(11)(k) and the basis for the established limit; and (b) mitigating measures taken to minimize impact of dilution to shareholders;
(8) Nature of the permitted investment(s) made with the escrowed funds by the escrow agent, as well as any intended use of the interest or other proceeds earned on the escrowed funds from the permitted investment(s);
(9) Voting, redemption and liquidation rights of shareholders. This includes (a) basis of computation for pro rata entitlement in the event of a redemption of shares and liquidation of the issuer; (b) any threshold on the aggregate percentage of shares owned by shareholders who exercise their redemption rights beyond which the issuer will not proceed with the business combination, and the basis for the quantum set; and (c) the terms and procedures for the liquidation distribution upon failure to meet the permitted time frame to complete a business combination;
(10) The limit as to the maximum number of shares with respect to which an independent shareholder, together with any associates or persons acting jointly or in concert, may exercise a redemption right (if applicable);
(11) Pertinent terms of any arrangement or agreement with the founding shareholders and/or the management team. This includes the nature and extent of management compensation such as whether the directors and the executive officers will be entitled to any compensation prior to consummation of the business combination, and if so, the basis for such management compensation taking into account any equity interests given, and the estimated annual aggregate compensation to be paid to the directors and the executive officers prior to consummation of the business combination;
(12) Pertinent terms of any side voting arrangement or agreement respectively entered into by the SPAC and /or founding shareholders with other shareholders including the impact of such arrangement or agreement to shareholders;
(13) Potential conflicts of interest between the issuer and the founding shareholders, the directors and the management team, and their associates (including measures (if any) to address potential conflicts of interest where the issuer pursues a business combination target in which the aforementioned persons or entity have an interest in);
(14) Potential conflicts of interests a financial advisor and underwriters may have in providing additional services to the issuer such as identifying potential business combination targets, including description of the potential additional services, fees and commissions, and whether any commissions are conditional and deferred;
(15) With reference to Rule 210(11)(n)(i), in the event a material change occurs prior to completion of the business combination in relation to the profile of the founding shareholders and/or the management team which may be critical to the successful founding of the issuer and/or successful completion of the business combination, the issuer will seek a majority approval of at least 75% of the votes cast by independent shareholders at a general meeting to be convened;
(16) Valuation methodologies intended to be used in valuing the business combination, if known;
(17) Confirmation by the directors of the issuer that the issuer will not obtain any form of debt financing and provide financial assistance other than in accordance with Rules 210(11)(l)(ii) and (iii); and
(18) Information required in Rule 832 (where warrants or other convertible securities are issued by the issuer in connection with the IPO).
Added on 3 September 2021 and amended on 29 October 2025.
626
Apart from complying with applicable law and Part II of this Chapter, a shareholders’ circular issued by a SPAC in connection with the business combination, should contain the additional information set out in Practice Note 6.4.
Added on 3 September 2021.
701
This Chapter sets out continuing requirements which an issuer is required to observe once admitted to the Official List. Additional continuing requirements are set out in the following chapters:—
Chapter 8 Changes in Capital
Chapter 9 Interested Person Transactions
Chapter 10 Significant Transactions
Chapter 11 Takeovers
Chapter 12 Circulars and Annual Reports
Amended on 7 February 20207 February 2020.
703
Condition 1: a reasonable person would not expect the information to be disclosed;
Condition 2: the information is confidential; and
Condition 3: one or more of the following applies:
704
In addition to Rule 703, an issuer must immediately announce the following:—
General
(1) Any change of address of the registered office of the issuer or of any office at which the Register of Members or any other register of securities of the issuer is kept.
(2) Any proposed alteration to the Memorandum of Association or Articles of Association or Constitution of the issuer (see Rule 730 which requires issuers to seek the Exchange's approval for any alteration to their Articles or constituent documents).
(3) [Deleted]
(4) Any call to be made on partly paid securities of the issuer or of any of its principal subsidiaries.
(5) Any adverse opinion, disclaimer of opinion, qualified opinion or emphasis of a matter (including a material uncertainty relating to going concern) by the auditors on the financial statements of:—
(a) the issuer; or
(b) any of the issuer's subsidiaries or associated companies, if the adverse opinion, disclaimer of opinion, qualified opinion or emphasis of a matter has a material impact on the issuer's consolidated accounts or the group's financial position.
(6) If an issuer has previously announced its preliminary full-year results, any material adjustments to its preliminary full-year results made subsequently by auditors.
Appointment Or Cessation of Service
(7)
(a) Any appointment or cessation of service of key persons such as director, chief executive officer, chief financial officer, chief operating officer, general manager or, qualified person or other executive officer of equivalent authority, company secretary, registrar or auditors of the issuer. The announcement of an appointment or cessation of service of key persons such as director, chief executive officer, chief financial officer, chief operating officer, general manager or, qualified person or other executive officer of equivalent authority must contain the information contained in Appendix 7.4.1 or Appendix 7.4.2, as the case may be.
(b) In the case of a cessation of service of any director, chief executive officer, chief financial officer, chief operating officer, general manager or other executive officer of equivalent authority, such persons must inform the Exchange in writing as soon as possible if he is aware of any irregularities in the issuer which would have a material impact on the group, including financial reporting.
(8) Any appointment or reappointment of a director to the audit committee. The issuer must state in the announcement whether the board considers the director to be independent. The issuer must also provide such additional disclosure as may be appropriate in the circumstances to enable its shareholders to assess the independence or otherwise of the appointed director. In the event of any retirement or resignation which renders the audit committee unable to meet the minimum number (not less than three) the issuer should endeavour to fill the vacancy within two months, but in any case not later than three months.
(9) Any appointment of a person who is a relative of a director or chief executive officer or substantial shareholder of the issuer to a managerial position in the issuer or any of its principal subsidiaries. The announcement must state the job title, duties and responsibilities of the appointee, and the information required in Rule 704(7).
(10) Any promotion of an appointee referred to in Rule 704(9).
(11) Any appointment of, or change in legal representative(s) (or person(s) of equivalent authority, however described), appointed as required by any relevant law applicable to the issuer and/or any of its principal subsidiaries, with sole powers to represent, exercise rights on behalf of, the issuer and/or that principal subsidiary.
(12) For issuers with principal subsidiaries based in jurisdictions other than Singapore, any of its independent directors' appointment or cessation of service from the boards of these principal subsidiaries.
(13) Within 60 days after each financial year, the issuer must make an announcement of each person occupying a managerial position in the issuer or any of its principal subsidiaries who is a relative of a director or chief executive officer or substantial shareholder of the issuer as set out in Appendix 7.2 Part II. If there are no such persons, the issuer must make an appropriate negative statement. The Exchange may require the issuer to provide additional information on any such person, including his remuneration, any changes to his duties, responsibilities and remuneration package.
Appointment of Special Auditors or Additional Auditors
(14) Any appointment of a special auditor or an additional auditor. The issuer may be required by the Exchange to announce the findings of the special auditors or the additional auditors.
General Meetings
(15) The date, time and place of any general meeting. All notices convening meetings must be sent to shareholders at least 14 calendar days before the meeting (excluding the date of notice and the date of meeting). For meetings to pass special resolution(s), the notice must be sent to shareholders at least 21 calendar days before the meeting (excluding the date of notice and the date of meeting).
(16) Immediately after each general meeting and before the commencement of the pre-opening session on the market day following the general meeting, whether the resolutions put to a general meeting of an issuer were passed. The announcement shall include:
(a) Breakdown of all valid votes cast at the general meeting, in the following format:
| Resolution number and details | Total number of shares represented by votes for and against the relevant resolution | For | Against | ||
| Number of shares | As a percentage of total number of votes for and against the resolution (%) | Number of shares | As a percentage of total number of votes for and against the resolution (%) | ||
(b) Details of parties who are required to abstain from voting on any resolution(s), including the number of shares held and the individual resolution(s) on which they are required to abstain from voting; and
(c) Name of firm and/or person appointed as scrutineer.
Acquisitions and Realisations
(17) Any acquisition of:—
(a) shares resulting in the issuer holding 10% or more of the total voting rights of a quoted company; and
(b) except for an issuer which is a bank, finance company, securities dealing company or approved financial institution, quoted securities resulting in the issuer's aggregate cost of investment exceeding each multiple of 5% of the issuer's latest audited consolidated net tangible assets. The announcement must state:—
(i) the issuer's aggregate cost of investment in quoted securities before and after the acquisition, and such amounts as a percentage of the latest audited consolidated net tangible assets of the issuer;
(ii) the total market value of its investment in quoted securities before and after the acquisition; and
(iii) the amount of any provision for diminution in value of investment in quoted securities.
An issuer should not include the issuer's holdings in its subsidiaries and associated companies listed or quoted on the Exchange or on a foreign stock exchange when computing its investment in quoted securities.
(c) [Deleted]
(d) [Deleted]
(18) Any sale of:—
(a) shares resulting in the issuer holding less than 10% of the total voting rights of a quoted company; and
(b) except for an issuer which is a bank, a finance company, a securities dealing company or an approved financial institution, quoted securities resulting in the issuer's aggregate cost of investment in quoted securities falling below each multiple of 5% of the issuer's latest audited consolidated net tangible assets. The announcement must contain the same information as required under Rule 704(17)(b)(i) to (iii), relating to a sale instead of an acquisition.
(c) [Deleted]
(d) [Deleted]
(19) Any acquisition or disposal of shares or other assets which is required to be announced under Chapter 10.
Winding Up, Judicial Management, etc
(20) Any application filed with a court to wind up the issuer or any of its subsidiaries, or to place the issuer or any of its subsidiaries under judicial management.
(21) The appointment of a receiver, judicial manager or liquidator of the issuer or any of its subsidiaries
(22) [Deleted]
(23) Where Rule 704(20), (21) or (32) applies, a monthly update must be announced regarding the issuer's financial situation, including:—
(a) the state of any negotiations between the issuer and its principal bankers or trustee; and
(b) the issuer's future direction, or other material development that may have a significant impact on the issuer's financial position.
If any material development occurs between the monthly updates, it must be announced immediately. No monthly updates are required for a voluntary liquidation of a dormant subsidiary by the issuer that is announced pursuant to Rule 704(21).
Announcement of Results, Dividends, etc
(24) Any recommendation or declaration of a dividend (including a bonus or special dividend, if any), the rate and amount per share and date of payment. If dividends are not taxable in the hands of shareholders, this must be stated in the announcement and in the dividend advice to shareholders. If there is a material variation in the interim or final dividend rate compared to that for the previous corresponding period, the directors must state the reasons for the variation at the time the dividend is recommended or declared. If the directors decide not to declare or recommend a dividend, this must be announced together with the reason(s) for such decision.
(25) After the end of each of the first three quarters of its financial year, half year or financial year, as the case may be, an issuer must not announce any:—
(a) dividend;
(b) bonus issue or rights issue;
(c) record date;
(d) capital return; or
(e) passing of a dividend,
(f) [Deleted]
unless it is accompanied by the financial statements for the quarter, half year or financial year (as set out in Appendix 7.2), as the case may be, or the financial statements (as set out in Appendix 7.2) have been announced.
Record Date
(26) Any intention to fix a record date, stating the date, reason and address of the share registry at which the relevant documents will be accepted for registration. At least 5 market days of notice (excluding the date of announcement and the record date) must be given for any record date. Issuers could consider a longer notice period, where necessary. The Exchange may agree to a shorter books closure period. In fixing a record date, an issuer must ensure that the last day of trading on a cum basis falls at least 1 day after the general meeting, if a general meeting is required to be held.
(27) The issuer must not fix a record date for any purpose until at least 8 market days after the previous record date. This rule does not prohibit identical record dates for different purposes.
Treasury Shares and Subsidiary Holdings
(28) Any sale, transfer, cancellation and/or use of treasury shares, stating the following:—
(a) Date of the sale, transfer, cancellation and/or use;
(b) Purpose of such sale, transfer, cancellation and/or use;
(c) Number of treasury shares sold, transferred, cancelled and/or used;
(d) Number of treasury shares before and after such sale, transfer, cancellation and/or use;
(e) Percentage of the number of treasury shares against the total number of shares outstanding in a class that is listed before and after such sale, transfer, cancellation and/or use; and
(f) Value of the treasury shares if they are used for a sale or transfer, or cancelled.
(28A) Any sale, transfer, cancellation and/or use of subsidiary holdings, stating the following:—
(a) Date of the sale, transfer, cancellation and/or use;
(b) Purpose of such sale, transfer, cancellation and/or use;
(c) Number of subsidiary holdings sold, transferred, cancelled and/or used;
(d) Number of subsidiary holdings before and after such sale, transfer, cancellation and/or use; and
(e) Percentage of the number of subsidiary holdings against the total number of shares outstanding in a class that is listed before and after such sale, transfer, cancellation and/or use.
Employee share option or share scheme
(29) Any grant of options or shares. The announcement must be made on the date of the offer and provide details of the grant, including the following:—
(a) Date of grant;
(b) Exercise price of options granted;
(c) Number of options or shares granted;
(d) Market price of its securities on the date of grant;
(e) Number of options or shares granted to each director and controlling shareholder (and each of their associates), if any; and
(f) Validity period of the options.
Use of Proceeds
(30) The use of the IPO proceeds and any proceeds arising from any offerings pursuant to Chapter 8 as and when such funds are materially disbursed and whether such a use is in accordance with the stated use and in accordance with the percentage allocated in the prospectus or the announcement of the issuer. Where the proceeds are used for general working capital purposes, the issuer must announce a breakdown with specific details on the use of proceeds for working capital. Where there is any material deviation from the stated use of proceeds, the issuer must also announce the reasons for such deviation.
Loan Agreements / Issue of Debt Securities
(31) When the issuer or any of its subsidiaries enters into a loan agreement or issues debt securities that contain a specified condition, and the breach of this specified condition will be an event of default, an enforcement event or an event that would cause acceleration of the repayment of the principal amount of the loan or debt securities, significantly affecting the operations of the issuer or results in the issuer facing a cash flow problem:—
(a) the details of the specified condition; and
(b) the level of these facilities that may be affected by a breach of such specified condition.
For the purpose of Rule 704(31) and Rule 728, a "specified condition" is a condition that makes reference to the shareholding interests of any controlling shareholder of the issuer, REIT manager or trustee-manager, or unitholding interests of any controlling unitholder of the REIT or business trust, as the case may be, or a restriction on any change in control of the issuer, REIT, business trust, REIT manager or trustee-manager, or on any change of the REIT manager or trustee-manager, as the case may be.
(32) For any loan agreement or debt securities of the issuer or any of its subsidiaries, any breach of, or occurrence of any event under the terms of, the loan agreement or debt securities if it, in the opinion of the issuer's directors, may:
(a) have a significant impact on the operations of the issuer; or
(b) result in the issuer facing a cash flow problem.
Restatement of Financial Statements Required by Regulatory Authority
(33) Any requirement by a regulatory authority to restate or re-file financial statements, indicating clearly the reasons for being required to do so.
Public Sanctions
(34) Any public reprimand or public sanction relating to non-compliance with applicable laws or regulations, including any applicable accounting standards.
Third and Subsequent Consecutive Financial Year Losses
(35) When the issuer records pre-tax losses for the third and subsequent consecutive financial year (based on audited full year consolidated accounts) as set out in Appendix 7.8.
Amended on 1 January 2011, 29 September 2011, 19 November 2012, 27 September 2013, 1 August 2015, 31 March 2017, 26 June 2018, 23 August 2018, 1 January 2019, 7 February 2020, 7 February 2020, 12 February 2021 and 29 October 2025.
705
(1) An issuer must announce the financial statements for the full financial year (as set out in Appendix 7.2) immediately after the figures are available, but in any event not later than 60 days after the relevant financial period.
(2) An issuer must announce the financial statements for each of the first three quarters of its financial year (as set out in Appendix 7.2) immediately after the figures are available, but in any event not later than 45 days after the quarter end if:—
(a) [Deleted]
(b) [Deleted]
(c) [Deleted]
(d) its auditors have issued an adverse opinion, a qualified opinion or a disclaimer of opinion on the issuer's latest financial statements; or
(e) its auditors have stated that a material uncertainty relating to going concern exists in the issuer's latest financial statements.
(2A) Unless otherwise determined by the Exchange, an issuer that is required to announce its financial statements under Rule 705(2) will have a grace period of one year to comply with the requirement, such grace period commencing on the date on which the condition in Rule 705(2) is met. An issuer must continue to comply with Rule 705(2) for so long as any condition in Rule 705(2) is met.
(2B) Rule 705(2) will not apply to an issuer if:—
(a) it is undergoing judicial management, winding up or provisional liquidation; or
(b) its assets consist wholly or substantially of cash or short-dated securities as referred to in Rule 1018.
(2C) An issuer that is required by the Exchange to announce its quarterly financial statements must prominently include a statement on the cover page of its announcement of its quarterly financial statements that such an announcement is pursuant to an Exchange requirement.
(3)
(a) [Deleted]
(b) An issuer that is not required to comply with Rule 705(2) must either:
(i) announce the financial statements for each of the first three quarters of its financial year (as set out in Appendix 7.2); or
(ii) announce its first half financial statements (as set out in Appendix 7.2),
in each case immediately after the figures are available, but in any event not later than 45 days after the relevant financial period.
If an issuer that is not required to comply with Rule 705(2) announces its quarterly financial statements in a format other than as set out in Appendix 7.2, it must comply with Rule 705(3)(b)(ii).
(3A) An issuer that prepares its financial statements under Rule 705 in accordance with Appendix 7.2 must also prepare such financial statements in accordance with the relevant accounting standards for interim financial reports under Singapore Financial Reporting Standards (International) ("SFRS(I)s"), or International Financial Reporting Standards ("IFRS"), or US Generally Accepted Accounting Principles ("US GAAP").
(4) Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to the first announcement to be made by the issuer pursuant to Rule 705(1), 705(2), or 705(3)(b) following its listing on the Exchange, where the time period between the date of its listing and the final date for the issuer to make the relevant announcement pursuant to Rule 705(1), 705(2), or 705(3)(b) above is less than 30 days, the issuer shall have 30 days from the relevant deadline to make the relevant announcement of the financial statements provided that the following conditions are satisfied:
(a) the extension is announced by the issuer at the time of the issuer's listing; and
(b) in the announcement referred to in paragraph (a), the issuer must confirm that there is no material adverse change to the financial position of the issuer since the date of its prospectus or introductory document issued in connection with its listing on the Exchange.
(5) In the case of an announcement of interim financial statements (quarterly or half-yearly, as applicable, but excluding full year financial statements), an issuer's directors must provide a confirmation that, to the best of their knowledge, nothing has come to the attention of the board of directors which may render the interim financial statements to be false or misleading in any material aspect. In order to make this confirmation, directors would not be expected to commission an audit of these financial statements. The confirmation may be signed by 2 directors on behalf of the board of directors.
Use of Funds/Cash for Life Science Companies and Mineral, Oil and Gas Companies that Qualified for Listing pursuant to Rule 210(8) and Rule 210(9) respectively
(6) An issuer which qualified for listing pursuant to Rule 210(8) or Rule 210(9) must make a quarterly announcement on the use of funds/cash for the quarter and a projection on the use of funds/cash for the next immediate quarter, including material assumptions, immediately after the figures are available but in any event not later than 45 days after the first three quarters of the financial year and not later than 60 days after the last quarter. The issuer's directors must also provide a confirmation that, to the best of their knowledge, nothing has come to their attention which may render such information provided false or misleading in any material aspect. In order to make this confirmation, the directors would not be expected to commission an external audit or review of the statements. The confirmation may be signed by 2 directors on behalf of the board of directors.
This rule ceases to apply:
(i) For life science companies, once the issuer is able to meet the profit criteria under Rule 210(2)(a) or all its principal products have reached commercialisation;
(ii) For mineral, oil or gas companies, once the issuer is able to meet the profit criteria under Rule 210(2)(a) or all its principal mineral, oil or gas assets are in production.
(7) In the announcements required by Rule 705(1) and (6), a mineral, oil and gas company must also include details of exploration (including geophysical surveys), development and/or production activities undertaken by the issuer and a summary of the expenditure incurred on those activities, including explanations for any material variances with previous projections, for the period under review. If there has been no exploration, development and/or production activity respectively, that fact must be stated.
Amended on 27 September 2013, 23 August 2018, 7 February 2020, 12 February 2021 and 29 October 2025.
706
In addition to the information required under Rule 705, the Exchange may require additional information to be disclosed.
706A
Added on 7 February 20207 February 2020.
707
Amended on 7 February 20207 February 2020.
708
The chairman's statement (or equivalent) in the annual report must provide a balanced and readable summary of the issuer's performance and prospects, and should represent the collective view of the board. If the Chairman's statement does not represent the collective view of the board, the view of each dissenting director must be disclosed in the annual report.
709A
The annual financial statements must be:
(a) prepared in accordance with Singapore Financial Reporting Standards (International) ("SFRS(I)s"), International Financial Reporting Standards ("IFRS"), or US Generally Accepted Accounting Principles ("US GAAP"); and
(b) audited by certified public accountants in accordance with Singapore Standards on Auditing, International Standards on Auditing, US Generally Accepted Auditing Standards, or auditing standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), as the case may be.
Added on 7 February 2020 and amended on 12 February 2021 and 29 October 2025.
710
An issuer must describe in its annual report its corporate governance practices with specific reference to the principles and the provisions of the Code. An issuer must comply with the principles of the Code. Where an issuer's practices vary from any provisions of the Code, it must explicitly state, in its annual report, the provision from which it has varied, explain the reason for variation, and explain how the practices it had adopted are consistent with the intent of the relevant principle.
Amended on 1 January 20191 January 2019.
710A
Added on 1 January 2022.
711
An issuer may issue a summary financial statement in accordance with the Companies Act or any other applicable written law, regulation or code. However, the Exchange may require the issuer to disclose additional information.
Amended on 31 March 201731 March 2017.
711A
An issuer must issue a sustainability report for its financial year, no later than 4 months after the end of the financial year, or where the issuer has conducted external assurance on the sustainability report, no later than 5 months after the end of the financial year.
Added on 20 July 201620 July 2016 and amended on 1 January 2022.
711B
- The sustainability report must describe the sustainability practices with reference to the following primary components:(a) material environmental, social and governance factors;
(aa) climate-related disclosures;
(b) policies, practices and performance;
(c) targets;
(d) sustainability reporting framework; and
(e) Board statement and associated governance structure for sustainability practices. - If the issuer excludes any primary component, it must disclose such exclusion and describe what it does instead, with reasons for doing so. An issuer must not exclude the primary component in Rule 711B(1)(aa).
- The issuer’s sustainability reporting process must be subject to internal review. The issuer may additionally commission an independent external assurance on the sustainability report.
- The primary component in Rule 711B(1)(aa) must comply with the requirements on climate-related disclosures set out in Practice Note 7.6.
Added on 20 July 2016 and amended on 1 January 2022 and 1 January 2025.
712
Amended on 29 September 201129 September 2011, 27 September 201327 September 2013 and 12 February 2021.
713
715
Amended on 29 September 201129 September 2011.
716
An issuer may appoint different auditing firms for its subsidiaries or significant associated companies (referred to in Rule 715(1)) provided that:—
Amended on 29 September 201129 September 2011.
717
An issuer must disclose in the annual report the names of the auditing firm(s) for its significant subsidiaries and associated companies.
Amended on 29 September 201129 September 2011.
719
An issuer should have adequate and effective systems of internal controls (including financial, operational, compliance and information technology controls) and risk management systems. The audit committee may commission an independent audit on internal controls and risk management systems for its assurance, or where it is not satisfied with the systems of internal controls and risk management.
If the audit committee of an issuer becomes aware of any suspected fraud or irregularity, or suspected infringement of any Singapore laws or regulations or rules of the Exchange or any other regulatory authority in Singapore, which has or is likely to have a material impact on the issuer's operating results or financial position, the audit committee must discuss such matter with the external auditor and, at an appropriate time, report the matter to the board.
An issuer must establish and maintain on an ongoing basis, an effective internal audit function that is adequately resourced and independent of the activities it audits.
Amended on 29 September 201129 September 2011 and 1 January 20191 January 2019.
Directors and Management
Amended on 29 September 201129 September 2011 and 7 February 20207 February 2020.
720
Amended on 29 September 201129 September 2011, 27 September 201327 September 2013, 7 October 20157 October 2015, 1 January 20191 January 2019, 7 February 20207 February 2020, 1 August 2021 and 1 January 2022.
721
If an agreement has been entered into in connection with any acquisition or realisation of assets or any transaction outside the ordinary course of business of the issuer or its subsidiaries, and such an agreement has been disclosed publicly, the announcement must include a statement that a copy of the relevant agreement will be made available for inspection during normal business hours at the issuer's registered office for a period of 3 months from the date of the announcement.
723
An issuer must ensure that at least 10% of the total number of issued shares excluding treasury shares (excluding preference shares and convertible equity securities) in a class that is listed is at all times held by the public.
724
Amended on 7 October 20157 October 2015.
725
An issuer must appoint two authorised representatives who must be either directors or a director and the company secretary.
726
The responsibilities of an authorised representative are as follows: —
727
If the Exchange is not satisfied that the authorised representative is fulfilling his or her responsibilities adequately, it may require the issuer to terminate the appointment and appoint a replacement. The issuer must immediately notify the Exchange of the new authorised representative's appointment and relevant particulars.
728
Amended on 29 September 201129 September 2011, 31 March 201731 March 2017, 26 June 201826 June 2018 and 7 February 20207 February 2020.
Restriction on Transfers of Securities
Added on 29 September 201129 September 2011 and amended on 7 February 20207 February 2020.
729
Where the trading of securities of an issuer is suspended, there must not be any transfers of securities, unless approved by the Exchange.
Amended on 29 September 201129 September 2011.
730
730A
Added on 1 January 20141 January 2014 and amended on 1 August 20151 August 2015.
730B
For an issuer with a dual class share structure, the following matters must be voted through the enhanced voting process:
For the avoidance of doubt, the relevant voting thresholds in respect of each of the above matters will continue to apply.
Added on 26 June 201826 June 2018.
730C
An issuer must announce any change in its financial year end, stating the reasons for the change.
Added on 7 February 20207 February 2020.
731
An issuer must allot securities and despatch certificates within 10 market days of the closing date for applications to subscribe for a new issue of securities. The Exchange may grant an extension of time.
732
An issuer must:—
"Certificate No. . ...... is held in the Company's office against this transfer No. .......................... for ........................ on the .............. Register. This transfer must be completed and returned within forty-two days from this date, .......
Name of Company
Official Signature(s)"
733
If in the exercise of its rights under Rule 732(5), an issuer refuses to register a transfer of a security, it must give to the lodging party written notice of the refusal and the precise reasons therefore within 10 market days after the date on which the transfer was lodged with the issuer.
735
The number of securities represented by any certificate must be clearly shown in words and figures on the face of the certificate or in such other manner as may be approved by the Exchange.
736
Any certificates should be designed so that forgery and/or alterations are readily detectable. The printing of securities certificates must be entrusted to recognised security printers. The paper for securities must be first class bond or banknote paper containing a watermark of the printer or issuer. If more than one class of securities are listed on the Exchange, the colour of the certificates for each class of securities must be distinctly different. Where an issuer's Articles of Association restrict the percentage of shares held in foreign hands and the shares of the issuer are accordingly designated as foreign shares or local shares, such foreign shares and local shares are considered to be two separate classes of shares for the purpose of this rule.
737
Proxy forms must be designed in a manner that will allow a shareholder appointing a proxy to indicate how the shareholder would like the proxy to vote (whether to vote in favour of or against, or to abstain from voting) in relation to each resolution.
Amended on 7 February 20207 February 2020.
738
An issuer must give the Exchange, or any Member Company upon request, an extract of the stock or share register. This must show details on or between the named date or dates of all entries relating to the registration or transfer of stock and shares, including particulars of the relevant certificate numbers and the names into which or from which any particular stock or shares may have been transferred. Where the issuer's securities are traded on the scripless system, the issuer authorises CDP to provide the Exchange, at the Exchange's request, with an extract of the issuer's securities held in each securities account maintained by CDP, in such detail as may be required by the Exchange.
739
An issuer must permit its securities to be transferred to CDP or from a main register to a branch register (and vice versa) without restriction.
740
A document given to the Exchange by an entity, or on its behalf, becomes and remains the property of the Exchange to deal with as it wishes, including copying, storing in a retrieval system, transmitting and selling to the public, and publishing any part of the document and permitting others to do so. The documents referred to in this rule include a document given to the Exchange in support of a listing application or in compliance with the listing rules.
741
Documents for overseas shareholders shall be forwarded by air or by facsimile transmission or, in another way that ensures that the documents will be received quickly.
742
Where an issue of securities is to be made overseas and is supported by a prospectus or other public documents, the prospectus or other public documents must be submitted to the Exchange in English. Such documents must be endorsed "Specimen — For information only".
743
An issuer must supply the Exchange with such number of final printed copies as the Exchange may require from time to time (and one soft copy in such format as the Exchange may require) of the following documents for public release:—
Amended on 7 February 20207 February 2020.
748
An investment fund must comply with Chapter 8, Parts I to IV of this Chapter, and the following requirements:—
Periodic Reports
Annual Report
Amended on 7 February 20207 February 2020.
749
A mineral, oil and gas company must comply with paragraph 2 of Practice Note 6.3 for any disclosure of reserves, resources or exploration results.
750
A mineral, oil and gas company must comply with the following:
Where the announcement involves the reporting of new material reserves or resources that have not been previously disclosed, or a 50% change or more in reserves or resources that have been previously reported on, the summary qualified person's report must be prepared by an independent qualified person.
Added 27 September 201327 September 2013 and amended on 23 August 201823 August 2018.
751
An issuer with a secondary listing on the SGX Main Board must:
on a continuing basis.
Added on 3 November 20143 November 2014.
752
An issuer must comply with Rules 210(10)(c) to 210(10)(i) on a continuing basis.
Added on 26 June 201826 June 2018.
753
An issuer with a dual class share structure must prominently include a statement on the cover page of its announcements that the issuer is a company with a dual class share structure.
Added on 26 June 201826 June 2018.
754
While the issuer remains on the Official List of the SGX Mainboard, it must comply with the listing rules in Chapters 7 to 13, and the following additional requirements:
Change of Acquisition Mandate
(1) Any proposed change of acquisition mandate for the business combination must be approved by a majority of at least 75% of the votes cast by shareholders at a general meeting to be convened.
Notification of Change in Information
(2) The issuer must immediately announce via SGXNET:
(a) any material change to the information disclosed in the prospectus of the IPO including (i) any change of the escrow agent of its escrow account and change in the permitted investments; and (ii) any change in maximum percentage dilution limit established by the issuer under Rule 210(11)(k);
(b) upon becoming aware that it will not be able to complete its business combination within the permitted time frame, immediately announce this fact, and the reasons for the inability to complete;
(c) any material change described in Rule 210(11)(n)(i); and
(d) where a business combination is not completed or is rescinded by any party to the transaction due to any reason, (i) the reasons for the non-completion or recission of the transaction; (ii) the financial impact of the non-completion or recission on the issuer; and (iii) the possible course(s) of action to protect the interests of the shareholders of the issuer. Notwithstanding this, the issuer must provide timely updates on the specific course of action including its progress and outcome.
Business Combination
(3) The issuer must provide quarterly updates of cash utilisation that meets the Exchange’s requirements via SGXNET, including information set out in Practice Note 6.4.
(4) Where an application is submitted to the Exchange for an extension of time to complete the business combination under Rule 210(11)(m)(ii), the issuer must immediately announce the fact via SGXNET. The issuer must confirm the following in the announcement:
(a) there is no material adverse change to the financial position of the issuer since the date of prospectus issued in connection with its listing on the Exchange;
(b) the extension is permitted by and in accordance with all relevant laws and regulations governing the issuer in its place of constitution; and
(c) the issuer will provide quarterly updates to investors on its progress in meeting key milestones in completing the business combination via SGXNET.
(5) An issuer which has yet to complete a business combination is not permitted to undertake share buy-backs.
(6) The issuer must comply with the following for the business combination:
(a) Rules 211A, 215, 216, 218, 219, 221 to 224B, 229A; and
(b) Rules 246(5)(a) and 246(6), with the necessary adaptations for the resulting issuer.
(7) Following completion of the business combination, the resulting issuer will be subject to (a) Rule 113(2), with the necessary adaptations; and (b) the continuing listing obligations in Chapters 7 to 13, and will no longer need to comply with the additional requirements under this rule.
Added on 3 September 2021 and amended on 29 October 2025.
801
This Chapter deals with issuers changing their capital either by issuing additional equity securities or adjusting existing capital. It also sets out the requirements and procedures for listing additional equity securities.
Unless otherwise stated, the provisions in this Chapter will apply to the issue of shares out of treasury, and the issuer must submit to the Exchange a confirmation of compliance with the relevant provisions of this Chapter.
Amended on 7 February 20207 February 2020.
803
An issuer must not issue securities to transfer a controlling interest without prior approval of shareholders in general meeting.
803A
Added on 26 June 201826 June 2018.
804
Except in the case of an issue made on a pro rata basis to shareholders or a scheme referred to in Part VIII of this Chapter, no director of an issuer, or associate of the director, may participate directly or indirectly in an issue of equity securities or convertible securities unless shareholders in general meeting have approved the specific allotment. Such directors and associates must abstain from exercising any voting rights on the matter. The notice of meeting must state:—
805
Except as provided in Rule 806, an issuer must obtain the prior approval of shareholders in general meeting for the following:—
806
Amended on 31 March 201731 March 2017, 26 June 201826 June 2018 and 7 February 20207 February 2020.
807
If shareholders of an issuer are offered a specific entitlement in a new issue of securities of the issuer's subsidiary or in securities of the issuer's subsidiary about to be floated, such entitlement must be on a pro-rata basis with no restriction on the number of shares held before entitlements accrue.
Amended on 29 September 201129 September 2011.
808
Once the basis of an entitlement is declared, the issuer must not make any alterations to such entitlement except with the approval of the Exchange.
Part IV Issue of Shares, Company Warrants and Convertible Securities for Cash (Other than Rights Issue)
809
An issuer may issue shares, company warrants or other convertible securities for cash other than by way of a rights issue.
810
811
812
Amended on 7 February 20207 February 2020.
813
An issuer may borrow shares from its substantial shareholder to facilitate an issue of shares for cash provided that the substantial shareholder does not receive any financial benefit (directly or indirectly) from the arrangement.
814
| Principal Terms of the Issue | Description |
| Price | |
| Discount (specifying benchmarks and periods) | |
| Allotment Ratio | |
| Use of Proceeds | |
| Purpose of Issue |
Amended on 7 February 20207 February 2020.
816
Amended on 1 January 20111 January 2011.
817
An issuer may make a rights issue with or without underwriting. Generally, it is for the issuer to decide whether its rights issue is to be underwritten.
818
In the case of a rights issue that is underwritten, any force majeure clause in the underwriting agreement cannot be invoked after the commencement of ex-rights trading.
819
820
The following requirements apply to a rights issue that is not underwritten:—
821
No record date must be fixed until the rights issue has been approved by the Exchange.
Amended on 7 February 20207 February 2020.
822
An issuer must issue the following to persons entitled within 3 market days (within 5 market days in the case of a scrip counter), or such longer period as the Exchange may approve, after a record date:—
Amended on 7 February 20207 February 2020.
824
Every issue of company warrants or other convertible securities not covered under a general mandate must be specifically approved by shareholders in general meeting.
825
In procuring the approval of shareholders in a general meeting, the circular to the shareholders must include the recommendations of the board of directors of the issuer on such an issue of company warrants or convertible securities and the basis for such recommendation(s).
826
If application is made for the listing of company warrants or other convertible securities, the Exchange will normally require a sufficient spread of holdings to provide for an orderly market in the securities. As a guide, the Exchange expects at least 100 warrantholders for a class of company warrants.
827
Company warrants or other convertible securities may be listed only if the underlying securities are (or will become at the same time) one of the following:—
828
Each company warrant must:—
Amended on 31 March 201731 March 2017.
829
The terms of the issue must provide for:—
Amended on 7 February 20207 February 2020.
830
An issuer must announce any adjustment or amendment made to the terms of the issue. In the case of an adjustment, the announcement must state the specific formula, whether the adjustment has been reviewed to be in accordance with the formula, the identity of the reviewer and its relationship to the issuer.
Amended on 7 February 20207 February 2020.
831
Amended on 7 February 20207 February 2020.
832
A circular or notice to be sent to shareholders in connection with a general meeting to approve the issue of company warrants or other convertible securities must include at least the following information:—
833
The following additional requirements apply to an offer of company warrants or other convertible securities by way of a rights issue or bought deal:—
834
For the purpose of this Part, a "bought deal" is an issue of company warrants or other convertible securities to a financial institution which will in turn offer them to the issuer's shareholders on a pro-rata basis, usually in conjunction with a loan facility provided by that financial institution to the issuer.
Part VII Bonus Issues and Subdivision and Consolidation of Shares
Amended on 7 February 20207 February 2020.
836
An issuer that intends to make a bonus issue must promptly make an announcement, stating the following:—
Amended on 7 February 20207 February 2020.
836A
An issuer that intends to undertake a subdivision or consolidation of shares must:
Added on 7 February 20207 February 2020.
837
No record date must be fixed until the bonus issue or subdivision or consolidation of shares has been approved by the Exchange.
Amended on 7 February 20207 February 2020.
838
An issuer must satisfy the Exchange that its daily weighted average price, adjusted for the bonus issue or subdivision of shares ("adjusted price"), will not be less than S$0.50. When deciding, the Exchange may take into account an issuer's adjusted price for the month preceding the application date.
Amended on 10 August 201210 August 2012 and 7 February 20207 February 2020.
839
An issuer making a bonus issue or subdivision of shares must state in the shareholder circular (if required) whether it expects to maintain the quantum of dividend declared and paid in the previous year.
Amended on 7 February 20207 February 2020.
843
844
Participation in a scheme must be restricted to directors and employees of the issuer and its subsidiaries, except that:—
845
A limit on the size of each scheme, the maximum entitlement for each class or category of participant (where applicable), and the maximum entitlement for any one participant (where applicable) must be stated. For SGX Main Board issuers, the following limits must not be exceeded:—
Amended on 31 March 201731 March 2017.
846
The amount, if any, payable on application or acceptance, the period in or after which payments or calls, or loans to provide the same, may be paid or called must be set out.
847
The exercise price of options to be granted must be set out. Options granted at a discount may be exercisable after 2 years from the date of grant. Other options may be exercisable after one year from the date of grant.
848
The voting, dividend, transfer and other rights attached to the securities, including those arising from a liquidation of the issuer must be stated.
849
The scheme must be administered by a committee of directors of the issuer. However, where the issuer has a parent company, the parent company may nominate one person to the committee. A participant who is a member of the Committee must not be involved in its deliberations in respect of options to be granted to that participant.
850
Amended on 7 February 20207 February 2020.
852
| Name of participant | Options granted during financial year under review (including terms) | Aggregate options granted since commencement of scheme to end of financial year under review | Aggregate options exercised since commencement of scheme to end of financial year under review | Aggregate options outstanding as at end of financial year under review |
853
Participation in a scheme by controlling shareholders and their associates must be approved by independent shareholders of the issuer. A separate resolution must be passed approved by independent shareholders of the issuer. A separate resolution must be passed for each person and to approve the actual number and terms of options to be granted to that participant.
854
Any grant of options to a director or employee of the issuer's parent company and its subsidiaries that, together with options already granted to the person under the scheme, represents 5% or more of the total number of options available to such directors and employees, must be approved by independent shareholders. A separate resolution must be passed for each such person and to approve the aggregate number of options to be made available for grant to all directors and employees of the parent company and its subsidiaries.
855
When seeking shareholder approval, an issuer must explain the basis for the following:—
856
An issuer must briefly describe in the circular the potential cost to it arising from the grant of options.
857
858
Where directors of the issuer are trustees of the scheme or have an interest direct or indirect in the scheme, the circular must disclose that interest.
859
Shareholders who are eligible to participate in the scheme must abstain from voting on any resolution relating to the scheme (other than a resolution relating to the participation of, or grant of options to, directors and employees of the issuer's parent company and its subsidiaries).
860
The following categories of persons must abstain from voting on any resolution relating to the participation of, or grant of options to, directors and employees of the parent company and its subsidiaries:—
861
If options have been granted under a previous scheme, the circular to shareholders seeking approval for the new scheme must disclose the following about the previous scheme:—
862
Any scheme which enables shareholders to elect to receive shares in lieu of the cash amount of any dividend must comply with the following:—
Amended on 1 January 20111 January 2011 and 7 February 20207 February 2020.
863
An issuer must announce whether or not a scheme is to apply to a particular dividend. Such an announcement must be made promptly after the decision is taken and in any event, no later than the market day following the record date for that particular dividend.
Amended on 7 February 20207 February 2020.
864
In considering an application for listing of additional equity securities the Exchange takes into account, among other factors, the following:—
For the purpose of this rule, "significant" means significant for the purpose of making an assessment of the activities, assets and liabilities, financial position, management and prospects of the group, and of its profits and losses and of the rights attaching to the securities.
865
The Exchange has absolute discretion concerning approval of an application. The Exchange may approve such application unconditionally or subject to condition(s), or may reject such application, as it thinks appropriate. Such conditions may include shareholder approval and/or abstention from voting by certain shareholders. The Exchange also reserves the right to vary any such condition(s) or impose additional conditions.
866
An issuer must not issue, or authorise its registrars to issue or register, additional shares of a listed class until after it has been notified by the Exchange that they have been approved for listing.
868
If an application is submitted by or through a financial adviser or professional body, such financial adviser or professional body must ensure that the application has been prepared after due care and enquiry.
869
The following sets out the usual steps in the additional listing process (other than rights issues) for an issuer with a primary listing:—
Amended on 7 February 20207 February 2020.
870
Where shares are issued pursuant to the exercise or conversion of convertible securities for which approval in-principle of the Exchange has been granted, application for listing of the shares need not follow the procedures set out in Rule 869. Such an application must comply with the following procedures:—
871
Amended on 7 February 20207 February 2020.
872
873
The Exchange will normally decide on an application within three weeks of the date of submission of the application that is complete. Review of an issue in which a connected person has a material interest can be expected to take longer. It should be recognised that the time taken to review a particular application may be longer depending on the circumstances of the case.
874
Where it is essential that an issue of securities be admitted for trading by a certain date, the Exchange should be consulted at the earliest possible time to arrange a satisfactory time schedule. This is particularly important in the case of a rights issue.
875
An application must set out the information required in Appendix 8.1 and must be submitted together with the supporting documents set out in Rule 877. The items in Appendix 8.1 may be adapted to the type of issue. Application for the following types of issues must include the following items in Appendix 8.1:—
Items 1 to 4.
Items 1 to 3, and 6 to 7.
Items 1(a) to (d), 2 and 5.
Item 1(a) to (d).
Items 1 to 3, and 8.
Note: The listing application need not contain any information which has been included in the draft circular submitted to the Exchange for review.
Amended on 7 February 20207 February 2020.
876
Any request by an issuer for any omission of information must be made in writing to the Exchange, stating the items and the circumstances justifying the omission.
877
One copy of the following documents (where required) must be submitted as supporting documents:—
Amended on 29 September 201129 September 2011, 7 February 20207 February 2020 and 12 February 2021.
878
An issuer with a secondary listing that proposes an issue of additional securities in a class listed on the Exchange must inform the Exchange of such issue and the decision of the home exchange. If the approval of the home exchange has been obtained, the Exchange will normally list the securities at the same time they are listed on the home exchange.
879
An application by an issuer with a secondary listing for the listing of an additional class of securities must comply with the following:—
880
Where application is made for listing shares arising from the exercise or conversion of convertible securities for which listing approval has previously been granted, the issuer must submit an application in the format set out in Appendix 8.4.1, 8.4.2 or 8.4.3, together with the documents stipulated therein.
881
An issuer may purchase its own shares ("share buy-back") if it has obtained the prior specific approval of shareholders in general meeting.
882
A share buy-back may only be made by way of:
Unless a lower limit is prescribed under the issuer's law of incorporation, such share buy-back shall not exceed 10 per cent of the total number of issued shares excluding treasury shares and subsidiary holdings in each class as at the date of the resolution passed by shareholders for the share buy-back.
Amended on 1 October 20131 October 2013, 31 March 201731 March 2017 and 26 June 201826 June 2018.
883
For the purpose of obtaining shareholder approval, the issuer must provide at least the following information to shareholders:—
883A
Rules 881 to 883 and 884 to 885 are not applicable to an issuer which purchases its own shares for the purpose of Rule 210(11)(m)(x) in paying a pro rata portion of the amount held in the escrow account to independent shareholders. The issuer must immediately cancel all the shares it purchased and make an announcement on the shares cancellation.
Added on 3 September 2021.
884
An issuer may only purchase shares by way of a market acquisition at a price which is not more than 5% above the average closing market price. For this purpose, the average closing market price is:—
Amended on 7 February 20207 February 2020.
885
An issuer making an off-market acquisition in accordance with an equal access scheme must issue an offer document to all shareholders containing at least the following information:—
Amended on 29 September 201129 September 2011.
886
901
The objective of this Chapter is to guard against the risk that interested persons could influence the issuer, its subsidiaries or associated companies, to enter into transactions with interested persons that may adversely affect the interests of the issuer or its shareholders.
902
In applying these rules, regard must be given to:—
903
Apart from the rules in this Chapter, an issuer must also observe applicable requirements in Chapter 10.
904
For the purposes of this Chapter, the following definitions apply:—
Amended on 31 March 201731 March 2017 and 7 February 20207 February 2020.
905
Amended on 7 February 20207 February 2020.
906
Amended on 7 February 20207 February 2020.
907
An issuer must disclose the aggregate value of interested person transactions entered into during the financial year under review in its annual report. The name of the interested person, nature of relationship and the corresponding aggregate value of the interested person transactions entered into with the same interested person must be presented in the following format:—
| Name of interested person | Nature of relationship | Aggregate value of all interested person transactions during the financial year under review (excluding transactions less than $100,000 and transactions conducted under shareholders' mandate pursuant to Rule 920) | Aggregate value of all interested person transactions conducted under shareholders' mandate pursuant to Rule 920 (excluding transactions less than $100,000) |
Amended on 7 February 20207 February 2020.
908
In interpreting the term "same interested person" for the purpose of aggregation in Rules 905, 906 and 907, the following applies:—
Transactions between (i) an entity at risk and a primary interested person; and (ii) an entity at risk and another primary interested person, are deemed to be transactions between an entity at risk with the same interested person if the primary interested person is also an associate of the other primary interested person.
If an interested person (which is a member of a group) is listed, its transactions with the entity at risk need not be aggregated with transactions between the entity at risk and other interested persons of the same group, provided that the listed interested person and other listed interested persons have boards the majority of whose directors are different and are not accustomed to act on the instructions of the other interested person and have audit committees whose members are completely different.
As an example, Entity-At-Risk A, Listed B, Listed C and Unlisted D are all subsidiaries of Ultimate E. Listed B, Listed C and Ultimate E have boards, the majority of whose directors are different and are not accustomed to act on the instructions of Ultimate E and its associates and have audit committees whose members are completely different. Transactions between Entity-At-Risk A and Listed B need not be aggregated with transactions between Entity-At-Risk A and Listed C or with transactions between Entity-At-Risk A and Ultimate E. Transactions between Entity-At-Risk A and Ultimate E must be aggregated with transactions between Entity-At-Risk A and Unlisted D.
Amended on 7 February 20207 February 2020.
909
The value of a transaction is the amount at risk to the issuer. This is illustrated by the following examples:—
Amended on 7 February 20207 February 2020.
910
911
An announcement relating to any sale or proposed sale of units of the issuer or those of its entity at risk's property projects must state the name of the project, the name of each purchaser, the unit number, the sale price and the percentage discount given.
912
In deciding on any sale of units of its property projects to an issuer's interested persons or a relative of a director, chief executive officer or controlling shareholder, an issuer's board of directors must be satisfied that the terms of the sale(s) are not prejudicial to the interests of the issuer and its minority shareholders. The audit committee must review and approve the sale(s) and satisfy itself that the number and terms of the sale(s) are fair and reasonable and are not prejudicial to the interests of the issuer and its minority shareholders.
913
Where a sale or proposed sale to an issuer's interested person requires shareholder approval, the issuer must obtain the approval within six weeks of the date of the sale or proposed sale.
914
An interested person and any nominee of the interested person must abstain from voting on all resolutions to approve the sales or proposed sales to the interested persons.
915
The following transactions are not required to comply with Rules 905, 906 and 907:—
In the case of defence funding under section 163A of the Companies Act, defence funding shall be repaid in accordance with the timeline stipulated in section 163A(2)(b) of the Companies Act.
Amended on 31 March 201731 March 2017 and 7 February 20207 February 2020.
916
The following transactions are not required to comply with Rule 906:—
Amended on 12 February 2021.
917
An announcement under Rule 905 must contain all of the following information:—
Amended on 7 February 20207 February 2020.
918
If a transaction requires shareholder approval, it must be obtained either prior to the transaction being entered into or, if the transaction is expressed to be conditional on such approval, prior to the completion of the transaction.
919
In a meeting to obtain shareholder approval, the interested person and any associate of the interested person must not vote on the resolution, nor accept appointments as proxies unless specific instructions as to voting are given.
Amended on 29 September 201129 September 2011.
920
Amended on 7 February 20207 February 2020.
921
Except in the case of a general mandate, if shareholder approval is required, the circular to shareholders must include:—
Amended on 12 February 2021.
922
The Exchange will not comment on any announcement required by the provisions of this Chapter prior to its release.
923
The Exchange will not entertain any application for waiver of any of the provisions of this Chapter.
1001
This Chapter sets out the rules for significant transactions by issuers, principally acquisitions and realisations and the provision of financial assistance. It does not matter whether the consideration paid or received is cash, shares, other securities, other assets, or any combination of these. This Chapter also describes how transactions are classified, what the requirements are for announcements, and whether a circular and shareholder approval is required.
Amended on 7 February 20207 February 2020.
1002
Unless the context otherwise requires:—
Amended on 7 February 20207 February 2020 and 7 February 20207 February 2020.
1003
In determining the basis of valuation of a transaction, the Exchange will apply the following rules:—
Amended on 7 February 20207 February 2020 and 12 February 2021.
1004
Transactions are classified into the following categories:—
1005
In determining whether a transaction falls into category (a), (b), (c) or (d) of Rule 1004, the Exchange may aggregate separate transactions completed within the last 12 months and treat them as if they were one transaction.
1006
A transaction may fall into category (a), (b), (c) or (d) of Rule 1004 depending on the size of the relative figures computed on the following bases:—
Amended on 27 September 201327 September 2013 and 23 August 201823 August 2018.
1007
Amended on 7 February 20207 February 2020.
1008
1009
If the consideration is satisfied wholly or partly in securities for which listing is being sought, the issuer must announce the transaction as soon as possible after the terms have been agreed, stating the information set out in Part VI.
1010
Where any of the relative figures computed on the bases set out in Rule 1006 exceeds 5% but does not exceed 20%, an issuer must, after terms have been agreed, immediately announce the following:—
Amended on 7 February 20207 February 2020.
1011
Where a sale and purchase agreement is entered into, or a valuation is conducted on the assets, the issuer must include a statement in the announcement that a copy of the relevant agreement, or valuation report is available for inspection during normal business hours at the issuer's registered office for 3 months from the date of the announcement.
Amended on 7 February 20207 February 2020.
1012
Where the announcement in Rule 1010 contains a profit forecast, which may include any statement which quantifies the anticipated level of future profits, the issuer must announce the following additional information:—
1013
Amended on 7 February 20207 February 2020.
1014
If the major transaction relates to an acquisition or disposal of mineral, oil or gas asset of a mineral, oil or gas company, the circular to shareholders must contain (a) a qualified person's report that is prepared by an independent qualified person; and (b) a statement that no material changes have occurred since the effective date of the qualified person's report. The effective date of the qualified person's report must not be more than 6 months from the date of publishing the circular. In the case of a major acquisition, the circular to shareholders must contain a valuation report prepared by an independent qualified person in accordance with the VALMIN Code, SPE-PRMS or an equivalent standard that is acceptable to the Exchange. The effective date of the valuation report must not be more than 6 months from the date of publishing the circular and the contents of the qualified person's report must comply with the requirements as set out in paragraph 5 of Practice Note 6.3. The valuation report may form part of the qualified person's report. In ascertaining whether or not the issuer is required to seek shareholders' approval for the transaction, the issuer should refer to the general principles set out in Practice Note 10.1. Where the issuer is unclear, the issuer should consult and clarify with the Exchange as soon as possible.
Notwithstanding that the disposal of property may be considered to be in the ordinary course of business, the REIT/property trust will have to comply with Rule 1010.
Amended on 27 September 201327 September 2013, 23 August 201823 August 2018 and 7 February 20207 February 2020.
1015
(1)
(a) Where an acquisition of assets (whether or not the acquisition is deemed in the issuer's ordinary course of business) is one where any of the relative figures as computed on the bases set out in Rule 1006 is 100% or more, or is one which will result in a change in control of the issuer, the transaction is classified as a very substantial acquisition or reverse takeover respectively. The issuer must, after terms have been agreed, immediately announce the following :—
(i) the information required in Rules 1010, 1011, 1012 and 1013, where applicable; and
(ii) the latest three years of proforma financial information of the assets to be acquired.
(b) The acquisition must be made conditional upon the approval of shareholders and the approval of the Exchange.
(2) For very substantial acquisition, the target business to be acquired must be profitable and meets the requirement in Rule 210(4)(a), and the enlarged group must comply with the requirements in Rule 210(5) and (6). The issuer must appoint a competent and independent valuer to value the assets. The Exchange may approve the very substantial acquisition unconditionally or subject to condition(s), or may reject, as it thinks appropriate.
(3) For reverse takeovers, the incoming business and the enlarged group must comply with the following requirements:
(a) The requirements in Rule 210(1), 210(2)(a) or (b) or (c), 210(3), 210(4), 210(5), 210(6), 210(7), 211A, Parts V, VII and VIII of Chapter 2 and, if applicable, Rule 222. A life science company may rely on the exceptions specified in Rule 210(8). A mineral, oil and gas company must fulfil the additional listing requirements in Rule 210(9). The issuer must appoint a competent and independent valuer to value the incoming business. For the avoidance of doubt, any profit guarantee granted by the vendors will not be taken into consideration for the purpose of compliance with Rule 210(2);
(b) The reference to "invitation shares" in Rule 210(1)(a) means the minimum prescribed public float based on the total number of issued shares excluding treasury shares of the enlarged group, being 25% for SGX Mainboard issuers.
(c) The requirements specified in Rules 227, 228 and 229 are applicable to:—
(i) persons who are existing controlling shareholders or who will become controlling shareholders of the issuer as a result of the asset acquisition; and
(ii) associates of any person in (i).
This is also applicable to very substantial acquisition.
The applicable period of moratorium in Rule 229 will commence upon resumption of trading of the securities.
(d) Where the consideration for the acquisition of assets by the issuer is to be satisfied by the issue of shares, the price per share of the issuer after adjusting for any share consolidation must not be lower than S$0.50.
(4) The issuer must submit the following:—
(a) A compliance checklist for Rule 210 or Rule 222, whichever is applicable;
(b) A compliance checklist for the information required in Rule 1015(5);
(c) For reverse takeovers, declaration by each of the enlarged group's (and where applicable REIT manager's or trustee-manager's) director, executive officer, controlling shareholder, controlling unitholder (where applicable), and officer occupying a managerial position and above who is a relative of such director, controlling shareholder or controlling unitholder (where applicable), in the form set out in paragraph 8, Part 7 of the Fifth Schedule, Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Securities and Securities-based Derivatives Contracts) Regulations 2018, as amended from time to time. For very substantial acquisitions, this requirement applies only to each new relevant person; and
(d) For reverse takeovers, resumes and particulars of each of the enlarged group's (and where applicable REIT manager's or trustee-manager's) director, executive officer, controlling shareholder and controlling unitholder (where applicable), and if the controlling shareholder or controlling unitholder (where applicable) is a company or partnership, resumes and particulars of each of its director, executive officer, controlling shareholder and partner. In the case where such entity is listed on a stock exchange and the relevant information relating to each relevant person is publicly available, this requirement is not applicable, but the Exchange must be informed of any material changes.
(5) In relation to the assets to be acquired, the shareholders' circular must contain the following:—
(a) Information required by Rules 1010, 1011, 1012, 1013 and Part II of Chapter 6 of the Listing Manual, where applicable;
(b) An accountants' report on the assets to be acquired and the enlarged group. Rule 609 applies to the accountant's report;
(c) A statement by the directors in the form set out in Practice Note 12.1; and
(d) A statement by the issue manager(s) and/or financial adviser(s) in the form set out in paragraph 3.1 of Practice Note 12.1.
(6) The Exchange may suspend the securities of the issuer until:—
(a) the information required in Rule 1010 has been announced (unless the only information missing is insignificant); and
(b) the issuer has satisfied the Exchange that it meets the admission requirements set out in Rule 1015(3)(a) and (b).
(7) Rule 1015 does not apply in the case of an acquisition of profitable asset(s) if the only limit breached is Rule 1006(b).
(8) Rule 113(2) applies to an issuer which is the subject of a reverse takeover, with the necessary adaptations.
(9) Where a very substantial acquisition or reverse takeover is not completed or is rescinded by any party to the transaction due to any reason, the issuer must immediately announce via SGXNET the following:
(a) the reasons for the non-completion or rescission of the transaction;
(b) the financial impact of the non-completion or recission on the issuer; and
(c) the possible course(s) of action to protect the interests of the shareholders of the issuer. Notwithstanding this, the issuer must provide timely updates on the specific course of action including its progress and outcome.
Amended on 29 September 2011, 10 August 2012, 27 September 2013, 23 August 2018, 10 January 2020, 7 February 2020 and 29 October 2025.
1016
Where the assets being acquired are listed on the Exchange, Rule 1015(3)(a) is not applicable.
Amended on 10 August 201210 August 2012.
1017
The Exchange normally applies the same criteria for assessment of IPO to reverse takeovers and may modify any requirement in this Chapter or impose additional requirements if it considers it appropriate, taking into account the rationale for the acquisition, the nature of the issuer's business and its track record.
Amended on 10 August 201210 August 2012.
1018 Cash Companies
Amended on 7 October 20157 October 2015.
1019
The following rules apply to options to acquire or dispose of assets:—
1020
Where an issuer, which had originally qualified for a listing of its equity securities under Chapter 2, intends to set up an investment fund or undertake any business(es) in investment fund management, which in aggregate, exceeds 50% of the issuer's net asset value, the issuer must demonstrate to the Exchange that it satisfies the listing requirements for investment funds stipulated in Chapter 4 before it takes any steps to undertake such a business, whether through a transaction or a series of transactions.
1101
This Chapter sets out the requirements which apply to takeovers. Other requirements can be found in the Takeover Code for Singapore companies.
1102
Where an issuer receives a notice from an offeror of its intention to make a takeover offer, it must request suspension of trading in its listed securities and make an immediate announcement.
1103
An offeree company must send to all holders of shares that are not the subject of the takeover offer and holders of convertible securities, a copy of all documents sent to the holders of shares which are the subject of the takeover offer.
1104
If, in the opinion of the Exchange, an issuer has merged or amalgamated with an unlisted entity, and as a result the unlisted entity has acquired control of the issuer, the issuer must immediately lodge with the Exchange all information and documents required from any company seeking admission to the Official List.
1105
Where a takeover offer is made for the securities of an issuer, upon the announcement by the offeror that acceptances have been received that bring the holdings owned by the Offeror Concert Party Group to above 90% of the total number of issued shares excluding treasury shares, the Exchange may suspend the trading of such securities in the Ready and Unit Share markets until it is satisfied that at least 10% of the total number of issued shares excluding treasury shares are held by at least 500 shareholders who are members of the public.
Amended on 11 July 201911 July 2019.
1201
This Chapter sets out the requirements that apply to circulars and annual reports issued to the holders of listed securities.
1202
Where an issuer proposes to issue a circular to its shareholders in relation to an issue of securities or in relation to a transaction, the issuer must submit one draft copy of the circular to the Exchange for review.
1203
An issuer must submit to the Exchange for review, one draft copy of a notice of meeting if it contains a resolution relating to:—
Amended on 29 September 201129 September 2011 and 12 February 2021.
1204
No circular or notice of meeting to be submitted to the Exchange for its review may be circulated or made available publicly until the Exchange advises that it has no objection to the issuance of the circular or notice of meeting. The Exchange will normally complete the review within 4 weeks from the date of submission. However, the time taken may be longer depending on the circumstances.
1205
Each of the directors or vendors of an issuer is required to accept responsibility for the accuracy of the information in a circular sent to shareholders and a statement to that effect, as set out in Practice Note 12.1, must be incorporated in the circular.
Amended on 29 September 201129 September 2011.
1206
Any circular sent by an issuer to its shareholders must:—
For example:—
| Corporate Action | Rules requiring specific information to be disclosed in the circulars to shareholders |
| (a) Rights Issues | Appendix 8.2 |
| (b) Bonus Issues and Subdivision of Shares | Rule 839 |
| (c) Issue of Warrants and Other Convertible Securities | Rule 832 |
| (d) Employee Share Option Schemes | Rules 855, 856, 857, 858 and 861 |
| (e) Share Buy-Backs | Rule 883 |
| (f) Scrip Dividends | Rule 862(1) |
| (g) Interested Person Transactions | Rules 920(1)(b) and 921 |
| (h) Significant Transactions | Rule 1014 |
| (i) Very Substantial Acquisitions or Reverse Takeovers | Rule 1015(5) |
Amended on 29 September 201129 September 2011, 31 March 201731 March 2017, 26 June 201826 June 2018, 10 January 202010 January 2020 and 7 February 20207 February 2020.
1207
The annual report must contain enough information for a proper understanding of the performance and financial conditions of the issuer and its principal subsidiaries, including at least the following:
General Information
(1) The name of the company's secretary.
(2) The address, telephone number, facsimile number and electronic mail address (if any) of the registered office.
(3) The address of each office at which a register of securities is kept.
(4)
(a) A review, in as much detail as appropriate, of the operating and financial performance of the issuer and its principal subsidiaries in the last financial year.
(b) The review must include each of the following:—
(i) Any development subsequent to the release of the issuer's preliminary financial statement, which would materially affect the issuer's operating and financial performance;
(ii) An analysis of the business outlook;
(iii) Prospectus-type information relating to the background of directors and key management staff; and
(iv) Prospectus-type information relating to risk management policies and processes.
(c) Issuers are encouraged (but not required) to follow the OFR Guide when preparing their reviews.
(5)
(a) The annual audited accounts (consolidated);
(b) The audited balance sheet (unconsolidated) of the issuer;
(c) The cashflow statement (consolidated);
(d) A statement whether or not the financial statements are prepared in accordance with the prescribed accounting standards and audited in accordance with the prescribed auditing standards, each as prescribed under Rule 709A; and
(e) Disclosure of the nature and financial effect of, and justification for any deviation from the prescribed accounting standards, together with the auditors' confirmation of their agreement to the deviation and a statement by the auditors that the deviation is necessary to present "true and fair" financial statements.
(6)
(a) The aggregate amount of fees paid to auditors, broken down into audit and non-audit services. If there are no audit or non-audit fees paid, to make an appropriate negative statement.
(b) Confirmation by the audit committee that it has undertaken a review of all non-audit services provided by the auditors and they would not, in the audit committee's opinion, affect the independence of the auditors.
(c) A statement that the issuer complies with Rules 712, and Rule 715 or 716 in relation to its auditing firms.
(7) A statement (as at the 21st day after the end of the financial year) showing the direct and deemed interests of each director of the issuer in the issuer's shares and convertible securities.
(8) Particulars of material contracts of the issuer and its subsidiaries involving the interests of the chief executive officer, each director or controlling shareholder, either still subsisting at the end of the financial year or if not then subsisting, entered into since the end of the previous financial year. In the case of a loan, also state:—
(a) the names of the lender and the borrower;
(b) the relationship between the lender and the borrower and whether the director or controlling shareholder is the lender or borrower;
(c) the amount of the loan;
(d) the interest rate;
(e) the terms as to payment of interest and repayment of principal; and
(f) the security provided.
If no material contract has been entered into, make an appropriate negative statement.
(9) A statement (made up to a date not more than 1 month before the date of the notice of the annual general meeting or summary financial statement, whichever is earlier) indicating the date of such statement and setting out:—
(a) the number of holders of each class of equity securities and the voting rights attaching to each class;
(b) a distribution schedule of each class of equity securities (including convertible securities) other than share options referred to in Rule 1207(16), setting out the number of holders in the following categories:—
1–99
100–1,000
1,001–10,000
10,001–1,000,000
1,000,0001 and above
(c) the names of the substantial shareholders and a breakdown of their direct and deemed interests as shown in the company's Register of Substantial Shareholders. For deemed interests, the issuer must disclose how such interests are held or derived;
(d) for each class of equity securities, the names of the 20 largest holders and the number held;
(e) the percentage of shareholding held in the hands of public and confirmation that Rule 723 is complied with.
(f) the number of treasury shares held;
(g) the number of subsidiary holdings held;
(h) the percentage of the aggregate number of treasury shares and subsidiary holdings held against the total number of shares outstanding in a class that is listed; and
(i) for an issuer with a dual class share structure, prominently include: (i) a statement on the cover page that the issuer is a company with a dual class share structure; and (ii) the following details for each holder of multiple voting shares:
| Name of shareholder | Number of multiple voting shares | Total voting rights of multiple voting shares | Number of ordinary voting shares | Total voting rights of ordinary voting shares | Total voting rights of both multiple voting shares and ordinary voting shares |
(10) The board must comment on the adequacy and effectiveness of the issuer's internal controls (including financial, operational, compliance and information technology controls) and risk management systems. A statement on whether the audit committee concurs with the board's comment must also be provided. Where material weaknesses are identified by the board or audit committee, they must be disclosed together with the steps to address them.
(10A) The relationship between the chairman and chief executive officer of the issuer must be disclosed if they are immediate family members.
(10B) All directors, including their designations (i.e. independent, non-executive, executive, etc.) and roles (as members or chairmen of the board or board committees), must be identified in the annual report.
(10C) Audit committee's comment on whether the internal audit function is independent, effective and adequately resourced.
(10D) The names, amounts and breakdown of remuneration paid to each individual director and the chief executive officer by the issuer and its subsidiaries. Such breakdown must include (in percentage terms) base or fixed salary, variable or performance-related income or bonuses, benefits in kind, stock options granted, share-based incentives and awards, and other long-term incentives.
Land and Buildings
(11) In respect of land and buildings, a breakdown of the value in terms of freehold and leasehold. Where properties have been revalued, to state the portion of the aggregate value of land and buildings that is based on valuation, and to state the valuation date. The valuation of real property must be carried out by a property valuer in accordance with the property valuation standards. Where the aggregate value for all properties for development, sale or for investment purposes held by the group represent more than 15% of the value of the consolidated net tangible assets, or contribute more than 15% of the consolidated pre-tax operating profit, the issuer must disclose the following information as a note to the accounts:—
(a) In the case of property held for development and/or sale:—
(i) a brief description and the location of the property;
(ii) if in the course of construction, the stage of completion as at the date of the annual report and the expected completion date;
(iii) the existing use (e.g. shops, offices, factories, residential, etc);
(iv) the site and gross floor area of the property; and
(v) the percentage interest in the property.
(b) In the case of property held for investment:—
(i) a brief description and the location of the property;
(ii) the existing use (e.g. shops, offices, factories, residential, etc); and
(iii) whether the property is leasehold or freehold. If leasehold, state the unexpired term of the lease.
Provided that if, in the opinion of the directors of the issuer, the number of such properties is such that compliance with this rule would result in particulars of excessive length being given, compliance is required only for properties, which in the opinion of the directors, are material.
[Deleted]
(12) [Deleted]
(13) [Deleted]
(14) [Deleted]
(15) [Deleted]
Employee Share Option Scheme
(16) The information required by Rule 852 in respect of any employee share option (or share incentive) scheme.
Interested Person Transactions
(17) The information required by Rule 907 in respect of any interested person transactions entered into during the financial year.
(18) The information required by Rule 710.
Whistleblowing Policy
(18A) A statement that the issuer has put in place a whistleblowing policy which sets out the procedures for a whistleblower to make a report to the issuer on misconduct or wrongdoing relating to the issuer and its officers.
(18B) An explanation of how the issuer has complied with the following: —
(a) the issuer has designated an independent function to investigate whistleblowing reports made in good faith;
(b) the issuer ensures that the identity of the whistleblower is kept confidential;
(c) the issuer discloses its commitment to ensure protection of the whistleblower against detrimental or unfair treatment; and
(d) the Audit Committee is responsible for oversight and monitoring of whistleblowing.
Dealings in Securities
(19) A statement whether and how the issuer has complied with the following best practices on dealings in securities:—
(a) A listed issuer should devise and adopt its own internal compliance code to provide guidance to its officers with regard to dealing by the listed issuer and its officer in its securities;
(b) An officer should not deal in his company's securities on short-term considerations; and
(c) A listed issuer and its officers should not deal in the listed issuer's securities during the period commencing two weeks before the announcement of the company financial statements for each of the first three quarters of its financial year and one month before the announcement of the company's full year financial statements (if the issuer announces its quarterly financial statements, whether required by the Exchange or otherwise), or one month before the announcement of the company's half year and full year financial statements (if the issuer does not announce its quarterly financial statements).
Use of Proceeds
(20) If applicable, a status report on the use of IPO proceeds and any proceeds arising from any offerings pursuant to Chapter 8 and whether the use of proceeds is in accordance with the stated use and is in accordance with the percentage allocated in the prospectus or the announcement of the issuer. Where the proceeds are used for general working capital purposes, the issuer must announce a breakdown with specific details on the use of proceeds for working capital. Where there is any material deviation from the stated use of proceeds, the issuer must also announce the reasons for such deviation.
Mineral, Oil and Gas Activities
(21) In the case of mineral, oil and gas companies, a summary of reserves and resources as at the end of the issuer's financial year as set out in Appendix 7.5. The issuer must comply with Rule 750 if there are material changes to its reserves and resources.
Amended on 29 September 2011, 27 September 2013, 19 January 2015, 20 July 2016, 31 March 2017, 26 June 2018, 23 August 2018, 1 January 2019, 7 February 2020, 7 February 2020, 12 February 2021, 1 January 2022, 11 January 2023 and 29 October 2025.
1208
An issuer may send documents, including notices, circulars and annual reports, using electronic communications to a shareholder, if there is express consent from that shareholder.
Added on 31 March 201731 March 2017.
1209
An issuer may send documents, including circulars and annual reports, using electronic communications to a shareholder, if:
Added on 31 March 201731 March 2017.
1209A
Rules 1210-1212 apply if the issuer sends documents using electronic communications under Rule 1209.
Added on 31 March 201731 March 2017.
1210
Notwithstanding Rule 1209, an issuer shall send the following documents to shareholders by way of physical copies:
Added on 31 March 201731 March 2017.
1211
When an issuer uses electronic communications to send a document to a shareholder, the issuer shall inform the shareholder as soon as practicable of how to request a physical copy of that document from the issuer. The issuer shall provide a physical copy of that document upon such request.
Added on 31 March 201731 March 2017.
1212
If the issuer uses website publication as the form of electronic communications, the issuer shall separately provide a physical notification to shareholders notifying of the following:
Added on 31 March 201731 March 2017.
1301
This Chapter sets out:—
1302
1303
The Exchange may at any time suspend trading of the listed securities of an issuer in any of the following circumstances:—
1304
If the trading of the listed securities of an issuer is suspended under Rule 1303(3), it must:—
Amended on 7 February 20207 February 2020.
1305
The Exchange may remove an issuer from its Official List (without the agreement of the issuer) if:—
Amended on 3 September 2021.
1306
If the Exchange exercises its power to remove an issuer from the Official List, the issuer or its controlling shareholder(s) must, subject to Rule 1308, comply with the requirements of Rule 1309.
Amended on 11 July 201911 July 2019.
1307
The Exchange may agree to an application by an issuer to delist from the Exchange if:—
Amended on 31 March 201731 March 2017 and 11 July 201911 July 2019.
1308
Amended on 11 July 201911 July 2019 and 3 September 2021.
1309
If an issuer is seeking to delist from the Exchange:—
Amended on 11 July 201911 July 2019.
1311 [Deleted]
Amended on 1 March 2016, 2 December 2016 and 1 June 2020 and deleted on 29 October 2025.
1314 [Deleted]
Amended on 10 August 2012, 1 March 2016, 2 December 2016 and 1 June 2020 and deleted on 29 October 2025.
1401
| Term | Meaning |
| "Relevant Person" | means an issuer, its directors, executive officers, and issue managers. |
| "Relevant Rule" | means the relevant provision(s) in the Exchange's listing rules. |
Added on 7 October 20157 October 2015.
1402
For the purposes of this Chapter, a Relevant Person is deemed to have contravened a Relevant Rule when a Relevant Person has:
Added on 7 October 20157 October 2015.
1403
Added on 7 October 20157 October 2015 and amended on 15 September 201715 September 2017.
1404
Added on 7 October 20157 October 2015 and amended on 15 September 201715 September 2017, 1 August 2021 and 3 September 2021.
1405
Added on 7 October 20157 October 2015 and amended on 7 February 20207 February 2020, 12 February 2021 and 1 August 2021.
1405A
Added on 1 August 2021.
1406
Added on 7 October 20157 October 2015.
1407
The Exchange may conduct an investigation if:
Added on 7 October 20157 October 2015.
1408
For the purposes of an investigation, the Exchange may require that a Relevant Person comply with one or more the following requests:
Added on 7 October 20157 October 2015.
1409
Added on 7 October 20157 October 2015 and amended on 7 February 20207 February 2020.
1410
Added on 7 October 20157 October 2015.
1411
Added on 7 October 20157 October 2015.
1412
An offer of composition payable to the Exchange shall not exceed $10,000 per contravention, subject to maximum of $100,000 per offer for multiple contraventions. Subject to the decision of the Exchange, composition sums may be paid by instalments which shall not exceed 12 months from the date of acceptance of the written offer.
Added on 7 October 20157 October 2015.
1413
Added on 7 October 20157 October 2015.
1414
Added on 7 October 20157 October 2015.
1415
Added on 7 October 20157 October 2015.
1416
Added on 7 October 20157 October 2015.
1417
Added on 7 October 20157 October 2015 and amended on 1 August 2021.
1418
Added on 7 October 20157 October 2015 and amended on 1 August 2021.
1419
Added on 7 October 20157 October 2015 and amended on 1 August 2021.
1420
Added on 7 October 20157 October 2015.
1421
Added on 7 October 20157 October 2015.
1422
Added on 7 October 20157 October 2015.
1423
Added on 7 October 20157 October 2015.
1424
Subject to this rule and the continuing disclosure obligations in Chapter 7, the parties to Disciplinary Committee proceedings or Appeals Committee proceedings, their representatives and their advisors shall at all times treat all matters and documents relating to the proceedings as confidential except:
Added on 7 October 20157 October 2015.
1425
Added on 7 October 20157 October 2015.
1426
The Disciplinary Committee and Appeals Committee shall not be liable for performing their functions under this Chapter. This limitation of liability extends to any actions whether in contract or tort or otherwise, and even in the purported performance of a function in good faith.
Added on 7 October 20157 October 2015.
1427
All composition sums, fines and costs payable to the Exchange shall be used for investor education and related expenses.
Added on 7 October 20157 October 2015.
1428
The costs of the Listings Advisory Committee, Disciplinary Committee, Appeals Committee and their supporting secretariat shall be funded by a SGX Compliance Fund comprising contributions from the Exchange. The monies in the Compliance Fund shall be kept separate from all other property of the Exchange.
Added on 7 October 20157 October 2015.
Appendix 2.1 Contents of New Listing Application
Cross-referenced from Rule 246(1)
Brief Particulars
The following information must be provided in the listing application:—
Note: Application should be made to list only that part of the share capital, which has been issued, shares to be issued in connection with the new listing application, and shares to be issued pursuant to Part VIII of Chapter 8.
Appendix 2.2 Articles of Association
Cross referenced from Rules 210(7), 211(5), 246(3) and 409(2)
Every member shall be entitled to receive share certificates in reasonable denominations for his holding and where a charge is made for certificates, such charge shall not exceed two dollars.
The repayment of preference capital other than redeemable preference capital, or any alteration of preference shareholders' rights, may only be made pursuant to a special resolution of the preference shareholders concerned, provided always that where the necessary majority for such a special resolution is not obtained at the meeting, consent in writing if obtained from the holders of three-fourths of the preference shares concerned within two months of the meeting, shall be as valid and effectual as a special resolution carried at the meeting.
The scope of the borrowing powers of the board of directors shall be expressed.
The notices convening meetings shall specify the place, day and hour of the meeting, and shall be given to all shareholders at least fourteen days before the meeting (excluding the date of notice and the date of meeting). Where notices contain special resolutions, they must be given to shareholders at least twenty-one days before the meeting (excluding the date of notice and the date of meeting). Any notice of a meeting called to consider special business shall be accompanied by a statement regarding the effect of any proposed resolutions in respect of such businesses. At least fourteen days' notice of every such meeting shall be given by advertisement in the daily press and in writing to each stock exchange on which the company is listed.
An issuer must hold its annual general meeting within four months from the end of its financial year.
The basis on which shareholders would participate in a distribution of assets on a winding up shall be expressed.
Amended on 7 February 20207 February 2020.
Appendix 2.3.1 Undertaking in Support of Primary Listing Application for Debt Securities* / Equities* / Investment Funds*
Crossed-referenced from Rules 212(3), 248(1), 315(1), 410(1)
* Delete where applicable
To: Singapore Exchange Securities Trading Limited
We, ........................................................................... ("the Applicant "),
(Name of Applicant )
in consideration of Singapore Exchange Securities Trading Limited ("SGX-ST") granting our application for admission to the Official List (where applicable, specify Main Board or Catalist) and quotation of our securities agree:—
The above Undertaking has been signed by me as ....................................
(title)
Signed pursuant to authority granted to me by resolution of the Board of Directors of the said corporation on ...........................................
| ............................... | |
| Name | |
| .............................. | .......................... |
| Signature | Date |
Amended on 29 September 201129 September 2011.
Appendix 2.3.2 Undertaking in Support of Secondary Listing Application for Equities* / Investment Funds*
Crossed-referenced from Rule 248(1)
* Delete where applicable
To: Singapore Exchange Securities Trading Limited
We, ..................................................................................... ("the Applicant" )
(Name of Applicant)
in consideration of Singapore Exchange Securities Trading Limited ("SGX-ST") granting our application for admission to the Official List and quotation of our securities agree:—
The above Undertaking has been signed by me as ....................................................
(title)
Signed pursuant to authority granted to me by resolution of the Board of Directors of the said corporation on ..........................................
| ............................... | |
| Name | |
| .............................. | .......................... |
| Signature | Date |
Amended on 29 September 201129 September 2011 and 3 November 20143 November 2014.
Appendix 7.1 Corporate Disclosure Policy
Cross-referenced from Rule 703(4)
Part I Introduction
1 This Appendix sets out the Exchange's corporate disclosure policy.
2 Rule 703(4)(a) obligates an issuer to provide timely disclosure of material information in accordance with this policy. The Exchange regards disclosure as fundamentally important to the operation of a fair and efficient market for the trading of securities.
Part II Issuers' Obligations Under Rule 703
3 Under Rule 703, an issuer must disclose information:—
(a) necessary to avoid the establishment of a false market in its securities. A false market may exist if information is not made available that would, or would be likely to, influence persons who commonly invest in securities in deciding whether or not to subscribe for, or buy or sell the securities. For this reason, an issuer may be required to clarify or confirm a rumour (see "Clarification or Confirmation of Rumours or Reports" below); or
(b) that would be likely to have a material effect on the price or value of securities of that issuer.
4 Material information includes information, known to the issuer, concerning the issuer's property, assets, business, financial condition and prospects; mergers and acquisitions; and dealings with employees, suppliers and customers; material contracts or development projects, whether entered into in the ordinary course of business or otherwise; as well as information concerning a significant change in ownership of the issuer's securities owned by insiders, or a change in effective or voting control of the issuer, and any developments that affect materially the present or potential rights or interests of the issuer's shareholders.
5 The fact that information is generally available is not a reason for failing to disclose under Rule 703. For example, if an issuer releases material information to the media but did not announce it to the market via SGXNET, the issuer is in breach of Rule 703. Rule 702 requires an issuer to make announcements via SGXNET, unless specified otherwise.
6 It is the responsibility of each issuer to disclose material information in its possession as required by the listing rules.
7 Information must not be divulged to any person (outside of the issuer and its advisers) in such a way as to place in a privileged dealing position any person. Information must not be released in such a way that transactions in the issuer's listed securities (whether on market or off market) may be entered into at prices which do not reflect the latest publicly available information.
Some Events Requiring Disclosure Under Rule 703
8 Under Rule 703, the following events, while not comprising a complete list of all the situations which may require disclosure, are likely to require immediate disclosure:—
(a) A joint venture, merger or acquisition;
(b) The declaration or omission of dividends or the determination of earnings;
(c) Firm evidence of significant improvement or deterioration in near-term earnings prospects;
(d) A subdivision of shares or stock dividends;
(e) The acquisition or loss of a significant contract;
(f) The purchase or sale of a significant asset;
(g) A significant new product or discovery;
(h) The public or private sale of a significant amount of additional securities of the issuer;
(i) A change in effective control or a significant change in management;
(j) A call of securities for redemption;
(k) The provision or receipt of a significant amount of financial assistance;
(l) Occurrence of an event of default under debt or other securities or financing or sale agreements;
(m) Significant litigation;
(n) A significant change in capital investment plans. Examples include building of factories, increasing plant and machinery, and increasing production lines;
(o) A significant dispute or disputes with sub-contractors, customers or suppliers, or with any parties;
(p) A tender offer for another company's securities;
(q) A valuation of the real assets of the group that has a significant impact on the group's financial position and/or performance. The valuation of real property must be carried out by a property valuer in accordance with the property valuation standards. A copy of the valuation report, or for real property, a copy of the property valuation report, must be made available for inspection at the issuer's registered office during normal business hours for 3 months from the date of the announcement;
(r) Involuntary striking-off of the issuer's subsidiaries;
(s) An investigation on a director or an executive officer of the issuer;
(t) Loss of a major customer or a significant reduction of business with a major customer; and
(u) Major disruption to supply of critical goods or services.
Part III Exception to Rule 703
9 Rule 703 includes two exceptions from the requirement to make immediate disclosure. One allows information not to be disclosed if to do so breaches the law (Rule 703(2)). The other allows an issuer to temporarily refrain from publicly disclosing particular information, provided that the information is of a certain type, a reasonable person would not expect it to be disclosed and the information is kept confidential (Rule 703(3)).
10 An issuer can rely on the exception under Rule 703(3) while each of the three conditions is satisfied. Should any of the conditions cease to be satisfied, the exception will similarly cease to be available, and the issuer must disclose the information immediately. The three conditions are:—
Condition 1: A reasonable person would not expect the information to be disclosed
(a) A reasonable person would not expect information to be disclosed if such disclosure would prejudice the ability of the issuer to pursue its corporate objective. Also, a reasonable person would not expect the disclosure of an inordinate amount of detail.
(b) If conditions 2 and 3 are satisfied but a reasonable person would expect the information to be disclosed, the exception is not available. In considering if this condition is satisfied, the Exchange will balance the needs of the market and the interests of the issuer while having regard to the principle on which the listing rule is based.
Condition 2: The information is confidential
Generally, information may be regarded as confidential if the issuer has control of the use that can be made of the information. Confidentiality also means that no one in possession of the information is entitled to trade in that issuer's listed securities. In this regard, unusual activity in the issuer's securities may suggest that the information is no longer confidential. If so, this condition is not met. (See also "Confidentiality")
Condition 3: The information is of the type in one of the listed categories.
If the information is not of the type in one of the listed categories, or if it loses that character, then the condition is not satisfied.
Part IV Examples of the Operation of Rule 703
11 The following examples explain in more detail the operation of Rule 703. They illustrate the general principles only and do not affect the operation of the listing rule.
(a) Example (1): Information concerning an incomplete proposal or negotiation
In the course of a successful negotiation for the acquisition of another company, for example, the only information known to each party at the outset may be the willingness of the other to hold discussions. Shortly thereafter, it may become apparent to the parties that it is likely an agreement can be reached. Finally, agreement in-principle may be reached on specific terms. In such circumstances, an issuer need not issue a public announcement at each stage of the negotiations, describing the current state of constantly changing facts but may await agreement in-principle on specific terms. If, on the other hand, progress in the negotiations should stabilise at some other point, disclosure should then be made if the information is material.
(b) Example (2): Information generated for internal management purposes
Disclosure of an issuer's internal estimates or projections of its earnings or of other data relating to its affairs is not necessary. If such estimates or projections are released, they should be prepared carefully, be soundly based and should be realistic. The estimates or projections should be qualified, if necessary, to ensure that they are properly understood. Should subsequent developments indicate that performance will not match earlier estimates or projections, this too should be reported promptly and the variances adequately explained.
Part V Confidentiality
12 Where an issuer relies on Rule 703(3) to temporarily withhold material information, the strictest confidentiality must be maintained. Access to the information should be restricted, to the extent possible, to the highest possible levels of management and should be disclosed to officers, employees and others only on a need-to-know basis. Distribution of paperwork and other data should be kept to a minimum.
13 It may be appropriate to require each person who gains access to the information to report to the issuer, any transaction which he effects in the issuer's securities.
14 During this period, the issuer should keep a close watch on the trading activity of its securities and be prepared to make an immediate public announcement if necessary.
Part VI Clarification or Confirmation of Rumours or Reports
15 Public circulation of information, whether by an article published in a newspaper, by a broker's market letter, or by word-of-mouth, either correct or false, which has not been substantiated by the issuer and which is likely to have, or has had, an effect on the price of the issuer's listed securities or would be likely to have a bearing on investment decisions must be clarified or confirmed promptly.
16 If rumours indicate that material information has been leaked, a frank and explicit announcement is required. This is because one of the conditions for withholding information, i.e. confidentiality of the information, is no longer fulfilled. If rumours are in fact false or inaccurate, they should be promptly denied or clarified. A statement to the effect that the issuer knows of no corporate developments that could account for the unusual market activity can have a salutary effect. In addition, a reasonable effort should be made to bring the announcement to the attention of the party that initially distributed the information (in the case of an erroneous newspaper article, for example, by sending a copy of the announcement to the newspaper's financial editor, or in the case of an erroneous market letter, by sending a copy to the broker responsible for the letter). If rumours are correct or there are developments, an immediate statement to the public as to the state of negotiations or corporate plans in the rumoured area must be made. Such statements are essential despite the business inconvenience which may result, even if the matter had yet to be presented to the issuer's board of directors for consideration.
17 In the case of a rumour or report predicting future sales, earnings or other data, no response from the issuer is ordinarily required. However, the issuer must make a prompt announcement so that the market remains properly informed if the rumour or report is materially incorrect and may mislead investors, or is specific enough to suggest that information came from an inside source, or the market moves in a way that appears to be referable to the rumour or report.
Part VII Unusual Trading Activity
18 Where unusual trading activity in an issuer's securities occurs without any apparent publicly available information which could account for the activity, it may signify trading by persons who are acting on unannounced material information or on a rumour or report, whether true or false.
19 [Deleted]
20 In such situations, the issuer should undertake a review to seek the causes of the unusual trading activity in its securities. The issuer should consider whether any information about its affairs, which would account for the activity, has recently been publicly disclosed, whether there is any material information that has not been publicly disclosed (in which case, the unusual trading activity may signify that a "leak" has occurred), and whether the issuer is the subject of a rumour or report. The issuer should respond promptly to any enquiries made by the Exchange concerning the unusual trading activity and may be guided by the following:—
(a) If the issuer determines that the unusual trading activity results from material information that has been publicly disseminated via SGXNET, generally no further announcement is required. However, if the market activity indicates that such information may have been misinterpreted, it may be helpful, after discussion with the Exchange, to issue an announcement to clarify the matter;
(b) If the unusual trading activity results from the "leak" of material information, the information in question must be announced promptly. If the unusual trading activity results from a false rumour or report, the Exchange's policy on correction of such rumours and reports, (discussed in "Clarification or Confirmation of Rumours or Reports") should be observed; and
(c) If the issuer is unable to determine the cause of the unusual trading activity, the Exchange may suggest that the issuer makes a public announcement to the effect that there have been no undisclosed recent developments affecting the issuer or its affairs which would account for the unusual trading activity.
Part VIII Policy on Thorough Public Dissemination
21 Material information must be disclosed when it arises, even if during trading hours. The Exchange will expect the issuer to request a trading halt to facilitate the dissemination of the material information during trading hours. As a guide, a trading halt requested for dissemination of material information will last at least 30 minutes after the release of the material information, or such other period as the Exchange considers it appropriate. The request for a trading halt, and the request for the lifting of a trading halt, must be announced. There must be at least 15 minutes of dissemination time for an announcement on the request for the lifting of trading halt, before trading resumes. The issuer may request a temporary suspension if it is unable to release the material information by the end of the trading halt. Otherwise, the Exchange will consider whether a temporary suspension in trading of the issuer's securities is necessary to enable the material information to be properly disseminated. As a guide, the temporary suspension may last 30 minutes after the announcement has been released to the Exchange, or such other period as the Exchange considers it appropriate. The request for a suspension in trading, and the request for the resumption of trading from suspension, must be announced. There must be at least 30 minutes of dissemination time for an announcement on the request for the resumption of trading from suspension, before trading resumes.
22 Public disclosure of material information must be made by an announcement released to the Exchange via SGXNET. To facilitate the dissemination of information, copies of the announcement may be provided simultaneously to newspapers and newswire services.
23 The Exchange recommends that issuers observe an "open door" policy in dealing with analysts, journalists, stockholders and others. However, under no circumstances should disclosure of material information be made on an individual or selective basis to analysts, stockholders, or other persons unless such information has previously been fully disclosed and disseminated to the public. If material information is inadvertently disclosed at meetings with analysts or others, it must be publicly disseminated as promptly as possible by the means described in this Part.
24 The Exchange recognizes that there may be limited instances where selective disclosure is necessary. One example is the pursuit of the issuer's business or corporate objectives, such as when the issuer is undertaking a major corporate exercise. Another example is due diligence when the issuer is the subject of an acquisition. In these circumstances, selective disclosure may be required to facilitate the exercise. However, such disclosure should be made on a need to know basis and subject to appropriate confidentiality restraints.
Part IX Content and Preparation of Public Announcement
25 The content of a press release or other public announcement is as important as its timing. Each announcement should:—
(a) be factual, clear and succinct;
(b) contain sufficient quantitative information to allow investors to evaluate its relative importance to the activities of the issuer;
(c) be balanced and fair. Thus, the announcement should avoid:—
(i) omission of important unfavourable facts, or the slighting of such facts (for example by "burying" them at the end of a press release);
(ii) presentation of favourable possibilities as certain, or as more probable than is actually the case;
(iii) presentation of projections without sufficient qualification or without sufficient factual basis;
(iv) negative statements phrased to create a positive implication, for example, "The company cannot now predict whether the development will have a materially favourable effect on its earnings," (implying that the effect will be favourable even if not materially favourable), or "The company expects that the development will not have a materially favourable effect on earnings in the immediate future," (implying that the development will eventually have a materially favourable effect);
(v) use of promotional jargon calculated to excite rather than to inform; and
(vi) in periodic updates on performance, selective presentation of information without sufficient comparability across periods. For example, a company should not publish performance measures that are inconsistent across periods to highlight favourable performance or omit poor performance in selected periods;
(d) avoid over-technical language, and should be expressed to the extent possible in language comprehensible to the layman; and
(e) explain the consequences or effects of the information on the issuer's future prospects. If the consequences or effects cannot be assessed, explain why.
26 The following guidelines for the preparation of press releases and other public announcements should help issuers ensure that the content of such announcements meet the principles discussed in paragraph 25:—
(a) Every announcement should be prepared or reviewed by (i) an official of the issuer familiar with the matters to be disclosed, and (ii) an official of the issuer familiar with the requirements of the Exchange and any applicable requirements of securities laws;
(b) Since skill and experience are important to the preparation and editing of accurate, fair and balanced public announcements, the Exchange recommends that a limited group of individuals within the issuer be given this assignment on a continuing basis; and
(c) Review of press releases and other public announcements by legal counsel is often desirable or necessary, depending on the importance and complexity of the announcement.
Part X Policy on Insider Trading
27 Issuers and parties who may be regarded as insiders should be fully aware of the provisions in any applicable legislation on insider trading.
28 Persons who come into possession of material information, before its public release, are considered insiders for the purposes of the Exchange's corporate disclosure policies. Such persons include substantial shareholders, directors, executive officers and other employees, and frequently also include the issuer's lawyers, accountants, bankers, investment bankers, public relations consultants, advertising agencies, consultants, valuers and other third parties. The associates (as defined in "Definitions and Interpretation") of, and those under the control of, insiders may also be regarded as insiders. Where an issuer is involved in the negotiation of an acquisition or transaction, the other parties to the negotiation may also be regarded as insiders.
29 Issuers should make insiders (and others who have access to material information on the issuer before it is publicly disclosed) aware that trading in the issuer's securities while in possession of undisclosed material information or tipping such information is an offence under Singapore's securities laws and may also give rise to civil liability. Issuers are advised to refer to Rule 1207(19) which provides guidance on the principles and best practices with regard to dealings by the issuer and its officers in the issuer's securities.
30 Issuers should establish, publish and enforce effective procedures applicable to the purchase and sale of the securities of the issuer and listed members of its group by officers, directors, employees and other insiders. The procedures should be designed not only to prevent improper trading, but also to avoid any question of the propriety of insider purchases or sales.
Part XI Role of Market Surveillance
31 An issuer should monitor the trading in its securities to detect any unusual trading activity. Where such unusual trading activity is observed, issuers should note Part VII above. The Exchange also monitors trading of listed securities. Where there is unusual trading activity in a listed security, and it appears to the Exchange that the unusual trading activity cannot be explained by known factors, the Exchange may require the issuer to make an announcement. The announcement should, inter alia, state whether the issuer and its directors are aware of the reasons for the unusual trading activity and whether there is any material information which has not been publicly disclosed. If the issuer or its directors are aware of any matters concerning the substantial shareholders that may account for the unusual trading activity, they must take this into consideration when responding to any query by the Exchange.
Amended on 7 February 2020, 7 February 2020, 12 February 2021 and 29 October 2025.
Appendix 7.2 Financial Statements and Dividend Announcement
Cross-referenced from Rule 705
Part I Information Required for Quarterly (Q1, Q2 & Q3), Half-Year and Full Year Announcements
Part II Additional Information Required for Full Year Announcement
| Latest Financial Year $'000 | Previous Financial Year $'000 | % increase/ (decrease) | |
| Group | Group | Group | |
| (a) Sales reported for first half year | | ||
| (b) Operating profit/loss after tax before deducting non-controlling interests reported for first half year | | ||
| (c) Sales reported for second half year | | ||
| (d) Operating profit/loss after tax before deducting non-controlling interests reported for second half year | |
| Name | Age | Family relationship with any director and/or substantial shareholder | Current position and duties, and the year the position was held | Details of changes in duties and position held, if any, during the year |
Amended on 29 September 201129 September 2011, 7 October 20157 October 2015, 31 March 201731 March 2017, 1 January 20191 January 2019, 7 February 20207 February 2020 and 7 February 20207 February 2020.
Appendix 7.4.1 Announcement of Appointment
Cross-referenced from Rule 210(5)(d) and Rule 704(7)
Date of Appointment
Date of last re-appointment (if applicable)
Name of person
Age
Country of principal residence
The Board's comments on this appointment (including rationale, selection criteria, board diversity considerations, and the search and nomination process).
Whether appointment is executive, and if so, the area of responsibility
Job Title (e.g. Lead ID, AC Chairman, AC Member etc.)
Professional qualifications
Working experience and occupation(s) during the past 10 years
Shareholding interest in the listed issuer and its subsidiaries
Any relationship (including immediate family relationships) with any existing director, existing executive officer, the issuer and/or substantial shareholder of the listed issuer or of any of its principal subsidiaries
Conflict of interest (including any competing business)
Undertaking (in the format set out in Appendix 7.7) under Rule 720(1) has been submitted to the listed issuer Yes No
Other Principal Commitments* Including Directorships#
* "Principal Commitments" has the same meaning as defined in the Code.
# These fields are not applicable for announcements of appointments pursuant to Listing Rule 704(9)
Past (for the last 5 years)
Present
Information required
Disclose the following matters concerning an appointment of director, chief executive officer, chief financial officer, chief operating officer, general manager or other officer of equivalent rank. If the answer to any question is "yes", full details must be given.
| (a) Whether at any time during the last 10 years, an application or a petition under any bankruptcy law of any jurisdiction was filed against him or against a partnership of which he was a partner at the time when he was a partner or at any time within 2 years from the date he ceased to be a partner? | Yes | No | |
| (b) Whether at any time during the last 10 years, an application or a petition under any law of any jurisdiction was filed against an entity (not being a partnership) of which he was a director or an equivalent person or a key executive, at the time when he was a director or an equivalent person or a key executive of that entity or at any time within 2 years from the date he ceased to be a director or an equivalent person or a key executive of that entity, for the winding up or dissolution of that entity or, where that entity is the trustee of a business trust, that business trust, on the ground of insolvency? | Yes | No | |
| (c) Whether there is any unsatisfied judgment against him? | Yes | No | |
| (d) Whether he has ever been convicted of any offence, in Singapore or elsewhere, involving fraud or dishonesty which is punishable with imprisonment, or has been the subject of any criminal proceedings (including any pending criminal proceedings of which he is aware) for such purpose? | Yes | No | |
| (e) Whether he has ever been convicted of any offence, in Singapore or elsewhere, involving a breach of any law or regulatory requirement that relates to the securities or futures industry in Singapore or elsewhere, or has been the subject of any criminal proceedings (including any pending criminal proceedings of which he is aware) for such breach? | Yes | No | |
| (f) Whether at any time during the last 10 years, judgment has been entered against him in any civil proceedings in Singapore or elsewhere involving a breach of any law or regulatory requirement that relates to the securities or futures industry in Singapore or elsewhere, or a finding of fraud, misrepresentation or dishonesty on his part, or he has been the subject of any civil proceedings (including any pending civil proceedings of which he is aware) involving an allegation of fraud, misrepresentation or dishonesty on his part? | Yes | No | |
| (g) Whether he has ever been convicted in Singapore or elsewhere of any offence in connection with the formation or management of any entity or business trust? | Yes | No | |
| (h) Whether he has ever been disqualified from acting as a director or an equivalent person of any entity (including the trustee of a business trust), or from taking part directly or indirectly in the management of any entity or business trust? | Yes | No | |
| (i) Whether he has ever been the subject of any order, judgment or ruling of any court, tribunal or governmental body, permanently or temporarily enjoining him from engaging in any type of business practice or activity? | Yes | No | |
| (j) Whether he has ever, to his knowledge, been concerned with the management or conduct, in Singapore or elsewhere, of the affairs of :— | |||
| (i) any corporation which has been investigated for a breach of any law or regulatory requirement governing corporations in Singapore or elsewhere; or | Yes | No | |
| (ii) any entity (not being a corporation) which has been investigated for a breach of any law or regulatory requirement governing such entities in Singapore or elsewhere; or | Yes | No | |
| (iii) any business trust which has been investigated for a breach of any law or regulatory requirement governing business trusts in Singapore or elsewhere; or | Yes | No | |
| (iv) any entity or business trust which has been investigated for a breach of any law or regulatory requirement that relates to the securities or futures industry in Singapore or elsewhere, | Yes | No | |
| in connection with any matter occurring or arising during that period when he was so concerned with the entity or business trust? | |||
| (k) Whether he has been the subject of any current or past investigation or disciplinary proceedings, or has been reprimanded or issued any warning, by the Monetary Authority of Singapore or any other regulatory authority, exchange, professional body or government agency, whether in Singapore or elsewhere? | Yes | No | |
Information required
Disclosure applicable to the appointment of Director only.
| Any prior experience as a director of an issuer listed on the Exchange? | Yes | No |
If yes, please provide details of prior experience.
If no, please state if the director has attended or will be attending training on the roles and responsibilities of a director of a listed issuer as prescribed by the Exchange.
Please provide details of relevant experience and the nominating committee's reasons for not requiring the director to undergo training as prescribed by the Exchange (if applicable).
Amended on 29 September 201129 September 2011, 7 October 20157 October 2015, 1 January 20191 January 2019 and 1 January 2022.
Appendix 7.4.2 Announcement of Cessation
Cross-referenced from Rule 704(7)
| Name of person | ||
| Age | ||
| Is Effective Date of Cessation known? | Yes | No |
| If yes, please provide the date. | ||
| If no, please advise when the date will be announced. | ||
| Detailed Reason(s) for cessation | ||
| Are there any unresolved differences in opinion on material matters between the person and the board of directors including matters which would have a material impact on the group or its financial reporting? | Yes | No |
| If yes, please elaborate. | ||
| Is there any matter in relation to the cessation that needs to be brought to the attention of the shareholders of the listed issuer? | Yes | No |
| If yes, please elaborate. | ||
| Any other relevant information to be provided to shareholders of the listed issuer? | ||
| If yes, please elaborate. | ||
| Date of appointment to current position | ||
| Job Title (e.g. Lead ID, AC Chairman, AC Member etc.) | ||
| Role and responsibilities | ||
| Does the AC have a minimum of 3 members (taking into account this cessation)? | Yes | No |
| Number of Independent Directors currently resident in Singapore (taking into account this cessation). | ||
| Do Independent Directors make up at least one-third of the board (taking into account this cessation)? | Yes | No |
| Number of cessations of appointments specified in Listing Rule 704(7) over the past 12 months | ||
| Shareholding interest in the listed issuer and its subsidiaries | ||
| Familial relationship with any director and/or substantial shareholder of the listed issuer or of any of its principal subsidiaries | ||
| Other Directorships Past (for the last 5 years) Present |
Amended on 29 September 201129 September 2011 and 1 January 20221 January 2022.
Appendix 7.5 Summary of Reserves and Resources
Cross-referenced from Rules 705(7), 1207(21) and Practice Note 6.3
The following information must be provided for each asset of the issuer:
Date of report:
Date of previous report (if applicable):
Name of Asset/Country/Project:
| Category | Mineral Type | Gross Attributable to Licence | Net Attributable to Issuer1 | Remarks | |||
| Tonnes (millions) | Grade | Tonnes (millions) | Grade | Change from previous update (%) | |||
| Reserves | |||||||
| Proved | |||||||
| Probable | |||||||
| Total | |||||||
| Resources * | |||||||
| Measured | |||||||
| Indicated | |||||||
| Inferred | |||||||
| Total | |||||||
* To state whether the Mineral Resources are reported additional to, or inclusive of, the Mineral Reserves.
Name of Asset/Country/Project:
| Category | Gross Attributable to Licence (MMbbl / Bcf) | Net Attributable to Issuer1 | Risk Factors2 | Remarks | |
| (MMbbl / Bcf) | Change from previous update (%) | ||||
| Reserves | |||||
| Oil Reserves | |||||
| 1P | |||||
| 2P | |||||
| 3P | |||||
| Natural Gas Reserves | |||||
| 1P | |||||
| 2P | |||||
| 3P | |||||
| Natural Gas Liquids Reserves | |||||
| 1P | |||||
| 2P | |||||
| 3P | |||||
| Contingent Resources | |||||
| Oil | |||||
| 1C | |||||
| 2C | |||||
| 3C | |||||
| Natural Gas | |||||
| 1C | |||||
| 2C | |||||
| 3C | |||||
| Natural Gas Liquids | |||||
| 1C | |||||
| 2C | |||||
| 3C | |||||
| Prospective Resources | |||||
| Oil | |||||
| Low Estimate | |||||
| Best Estimate | |||||
| High Estimate | |||||
| Natural Gas | |||||
| Low Estimate | |||||
| Best Estimate | |||||
| High Estimate | |||||
1P: Proved
2P: Proved + Probable
3P: Proved + Probable + Possible
MMbbl: Millions of barrels
Bcf: Billions of cubic feet
Name of Qualified Person:____________________________________
Date:____________________________________
Professional Society Affiliation / Membership:__________________________________
1 To state reason if this is different from net entitlement to issuer
2 Applicable to Resources. "Risk Factor" for Contingent Resources means the estimated chance, or probability, that the volumes will commercially extracted. "Risk Factor" for Prospective Resources, means the chance or probability of discovering hydrocarbons in sufficient quantity for them to be tested to the surface. This, then, is the chance or probability of the Prospective Resources maturing into a Contingent Resource
Added on 27 September 201327 September 2013 and amended on 23 August 201823 August 2018.
Appendix 7.6 Form of Certification
(Cross-referenced from Rule 751)
To: Singapore Exchange Securities Trading Limited
I, XXX [Full Name (including non-English characters as reflected in identification documents) and Designation) of xxx (the "Company"), an officer duly authorized to give this certification, hereby certify to the Exchange that after making due and careful enquiry, and at the time of this certification, the Company has complied with the applicable continuing listing obligations in the SGX Listing Manual on a continuing basis.
Name:
Designation:
Signature:
Date:
Added on 3 November 20143 November 2014.
Appendix 7.7 Form of Undertaking with Regard to Directors or Executive Officers
Cross-referenced from Rule 250(6) and Rule 720(1)
To: Singapore Exchange Securities Trading Limited
c/o..........(Insert the name of the Issuer/REIT manager/trustee-manager)
In consideration of the listing and quotation of the securities of__________ (insert the name of the issuer) (the "Issuer") on the Official List of the SGX Mainboard:—
(Insert the name of the Issuer/REIT manager/trustee-manager) I, the undersigned, shall:—
Correspondence Address: _____________________
*Please tick accordingly.
Signature: ___________________________________________
Name of director/executive officer: ____________________________________[full name (including non-English characters as reflected in identification documents)]
Nationality:___________________________________________
Singapore NRIC Number:___________________________________________
In case of a non-Singapore NRIC cardholder, state the passport number or any identification number and name of issuing authority:
________________________________________Date: ________________________________________________
Note:
If you have any queries you should consult the Exchange or your professional adviser immediately.
Added on 7 October 20157 October 2015 and amended on 30 April 201630 April 2016.
Appendix 8.1 Contents of Application for Listing Additional Securities
Cross-referenced from Rule 875
1 Title Page
2 Capitalisation
3 Financial Position
4 Acquisitions
Where the issue is to be made as full or partial payment for the acquisition of an interest in, or the business and assets of another company or of any assets or properties, the following information must be provided:—
Note: Additional details may be required to enable the Exchange to have a full understanding of the transaction.
5 Capitalisation Issues
6 Rights Issues
Note: Attention is drawn to Practice Note 8.1 governing the determination of the dates above.
7 Convertible Securities
8 Issue of Shares for Cash Under Part IV of Chapter 8
Amended on 7 February 20207 February 2020.
Appendix 7.8 Notice of Three Consecutive Years' Losses
Cross-referenced from Rule 704(35)
[Name of Issuer] has recorded pre-tax losses for its three most recently completed consecutive financial years (based on audited full year consolidated accounts).
Added on 29 October 2025.
Appendix 8.2 Disclosure Requirements for Rights Issues or Bought Deals
Cross-referenced from Rules 607, 814(1) and 1015(5)(d)
Either (i) and (ii), or (iii) as applicable:—
A review of the working capital for the last three financial years and the latest half year, if applicable.
A responsibility statement by the financial adviser in the form set out in paragraph 3.1 of Practice Note 12.1.
Amended on 29 September 201129 September 2011 and 7 February 20207 February 2020.
Appendix 8.3.1 Daily Share Buy-Back Notice
Cross-referenced from Rule 886(2)
Maximum number of shares authorised for purchase
| 1. | Date of Purchases | |
| 2. | (a) Total number of shares purchased (b) Number of shares cancelled (c) Number of shares held as treasury shares | |
| 3. | (a) Price paid per share or (b) • Highest price per share • Lowest price per share | |
| 4. | Total consideration (including stamp duties, clearing charges, etc) paid or payable for the shares | |
| 1. | Date of Purchases | |
| 2. | (a) Total number of shares purchased (b) Number of shares cancelled (c) Number of shares held as treasury shares | |
| 3. | Price paid or payable per share | |
| 4. | Total consideration (including stamp duties, clearing charges, etc) paid or payable for the shares | |
| By way of market acquisition | By way of off-market acquisition on equal access scheme | Total | ||||
| Number | %1 | Number | % | Number | % | |
| Cumulative number of shares purchased to date2 | | | | | | |
| Number of issued shares excluding treasury shares and subsidiary holdings after purchase | |
| Number of treasury shares held after purchase | |
| Number of subsidiary holdings after purchase | |
1 Percentage of company's issued shares excluding treasury shares and subsidiary holdings as at the date of the share buy-back resolution.
2 From the date on which the share-buyback mandate is obtained.
Amended on 31 March 201731 March 2017.
Appendix 8.3.2 Daily Share Buy-Back Notice
(for issuers with a dual listing overseas)
Cross-referenced from Rule 886(2)
Name of Overseas Exchange if Company has Dual Listing: ___________________
Maximum number of shares authorised for purchase
| Singapore Exchange | Overseas Exchange | ||
| 1. | Date of Purchases | | |
| 2. | (a) Total number of shares purchased (b) Number of shares cancelled (c) Number of shares held as treasury shares | ||
| 3. | (a) Price paid per share or (b) • Highest price per share • Lowest price per share (specify currency) | ||
| 4. | Total consideration (including stamp duties, clearing charges, etc) paid or payable for the shares | | |
| Singapore Exchange | Overseas Exchange | ||
| 1. | Date of Purchases | | |
| 2. | (a) Total number of shares purchased or agreed to be purchased (b) Number of shares cancelled (c) Number of shares held as treasury shares | ||
| 3. | Price paid or payable per share (specify currency) | | |
| 4. | Total consideration (including stamp duties, clearing charges, etc) paid or payable for the shares | | |
| By way of market acquisition | By way of off-market acquisition on equal access scheme | Total | ||||
| Number | %1 | Number | % | Number | % | |
| Cumulative number of shares purchased to date2 | | | | | | |
| Number of issued shares excluding treasury shares and subsidiary holdings after purchase | |
| Number of treasury shares held after purchase | |
| Number of subsidiary holdings after purchase | |
1 Percentage of company's total number of issued shares excluding treasury shares and subsidiary holdings as at the date of the share buy-back resolution.
2 From the date on which the share-buyback mandate is obtained.
Amended on 31 March 201731 March 2017.
Appendix 8.4.1 Application for Listing of Securities Arising from Exercise of Company Warrants/Convertible Preference Shares* Primary/Secondary* Listing
Cross-referenced from Rules 870(2) and 880
Name of Applicant:
__________________________________________________________
Application for listing of _______________________________________________ additional securities of $ ___________ each fully paid arising from the exercise of ______________ Company Warrants/Convertible Preference Shares*.
(If they do not rank pari passu, confirm that the new certificates have been endorsed accordingly, and provide a specimen copy of the endorsed certificate to the Exchange)
Class of security : ______________________
| Total number of issued shares excluding treasury shares | Company Warrants/Convertible Preference Shares* | ||||
| Number | $ | Number | $ | ||
| Before exercise Add: Issued pursuant to exercise | Before exercise Less: Amount exercised | ||||
| After exercise | | | Amount outstanding | | |
$ ____________ (if more than one issue, give a breakdown)
Outstanding Options: ____________________ shares/stock units*
| Name: | Authorised Signature: |
| ________________________ | _______________ |
| Designation: | Date: |
| _________________ | _______________ |
Enclosures:
Note: (a) and (b) are not applicable to secondary listing applications.
(d) is not applicable to primary listing applications.
* Delete where applicable.
Appendix 8.4.2 Application for Listing of Securities Arising from Convertible Loan Stocks/Bonds* — Primary/Secondary* Listing
Cross-referenced from Rules 870(2) and 880
Name of Applicant: __________________________________________________________
Application for listing of __________________________________________ additional securities of $ ________________ each fully paid arising from the exercise of ____________________ Loan Stocks/Bonds*.
(If they do not rank pari passu, confirm that the certificates have been endorsed accordingly, and provide a specimen copy of the endorsed certificate to the Exchange)
Class of security : ______________________
| Total number of issued shares excluding treasury shares | Convertible Loan Stocks/ Bonds* | ||||
| Number | $ | Number | $ | ||
| Before conversion Add: Issued pursuant to conversion | Before conversion Less: Amount converted | ||||
| After conversion | | | Amount outstanding | | |
Outstanding Options: ____________________ additional securities
| Name: | Authorised Signature: |
| ________________________ | _______________ |
| Designation: | Date: |
| _________________ | _______________ |
Enclosures:
Note: (a) and (b) are not applicable to secondary listing applications.
(d) is not applicable to primary listing applications.
* Delete where applicable.
Appendix 8.4.3 Application for Listing of Securities Arising from Options Exercised Under an Employees' Share Option Scheme — Primary/Secondary* Listing
Cross-referenced from Rules 870(2) and 880
Name of Applicant __________________________________________________
Application for listing of ____________________________ additional securities of $ ___________ each fully paid arising from _____________________ options exercised under the Employees' Share Option Scheme (the "Scheme").
(If they do not rank pari passu, confirm that the certificates have been endorsed accordingly, and provide a specimen copy of the endorsed certificate to the Exchange)
Class of security : ______________________
| Total number of issued shares excluding treasury shares | Options granted and outstanding | ||||
| Number | $ | Number | $ | ||
| Before exercise Add: Issued pursuant to exercise | Before exercise Less: Amount exercised | ||||
| After exercise | | | Amount outstanding | | |
Total number and amount of Outstanding Convertible Loan Stock/Bonds*
:$ _________________ (if more than one issue, give a breakdown)
| Name: | Authorised Signature: |
| ________________________ | _______________ |
| Designation: | Date: |
| _________________ | _______________ |
Enclosures:
Note: (a) and (b) are not applicable to secondary listing applications.
(d) is not applicable to primary listing applications.
* Delete where applicable.
Appendix 8.4.4 Application for Listing and Quotation of Securities to be Issued Pursuant to a Scrip Dividend Scheme — Primary/Secondary* Listing
Cross-referenced from Part IX of Chapter 8
Name of Issuer: ____________________________________________________________
No. of ordinary shares to be listed: _______________________________________________
Shares issued in respect of dividend announced on : __________________________________ Ranking of shares: ____________________________________________________________
(if they do not rank pari passu, confirm that the new certificates have been endorsed accordingly, and provide a specimen copy of the endorsed certificate to the Exchange)
For issuers with a primary listing on SGX
Issue Price: __________________________________________________________________
The shares are issued pursuant to (tick one as appropriate):—
Specific shareholder approval obtained for the adoption of the Scrip Dividend Scheme on [Date of general meeting]; OR
Specific annual shareholder approval obtained for the issue of shares pursuant to the Scrip Dividend Scheme on [Date of general meeting] under Section 161 of the Act; OR
Shareholder approval obtained for the share issue mandate obtained pursuant to Listing Rule 806 on [Date of general meeting].
| (a) No. of shares at the time of mandate obtained | |
| (b) 20% of (a) [non-pro rata limit applicable under Rule 806] | |
| (c) Less: No. of shares previously issued under the mandate | |
| (d) Less: No. of shares to be issued for this dividend declared | |
| (e) No. of shares available under the mandate (b) – [(c)+(d)] |
The Board of Directors confirms that:—
Enclosures:—
Note:—
Name: ____________________________________
Authorised Signature: ________________________
Designation: _______________________________
Date: _____________________________________
Added on 29 September 201129 September 2011.
Appendix 13.1 Notice of 3 Consecutive Years' Losses [Deleted]
Amended on 1 March 2016 and 1 June 2020 and deleted on 29 October 2025.
Practice Note 1.2 Oversight of Issuers [Deleted]
Amended on 29 September 2011, 15 September 2017 and 7 February 2020 and deleted on 29 October 2025.
Practice Note 2.1 Equity Securities Listing Procedure
| Details | Cross References |
| Issue date: 7 January 2004 17 May 2004 7 June 2006 Effective date: 8 January 2004 1 June 2004 1 September 2006 | Chapter 2 |
1. Introduction
2. Exchange's Procedure
3. Comments Received
4. Due Diligence
5. Verification
6. Foreign Applicants' Connection to Singapore
7. Compliance Adviser
Amended on 29 September 201129 September 2011, 10 January 202010 January 2020 and 7 February 20207 February 2020.
Practice Note 2.1A Independence of Issue Managers
| Details | Cross References |
| Issue date: 10 January 2020 Effective date: 10 January 2020 | Listing Rule 112A |
1. Introduction
Issue managers play a major role in initial public offerings, listings by way of an introduction and reverse takeovers as they prepare listing applicants for the listing, lodge listing applications and deal with the Exchange on matters relating to listing applications.
Rule 112A requires at least one issue manager to be independent of an applicant so that the interests of investors may be safeguarded. All issue managers are expected to provide impartial advice and discharge their professional duties fully and professionally.
2. Independence of Issue Managers
The issue manager must consider whether there are any circumstances other than those set out in paragraph 2.1 above that may materially affect its independence. In the event of any uncertainty, the applicant should consult and clarify with the Exchange as soon as possible.
Added on 10 January 202010 January 2020 and 12 February 2021.
Practice Note 2.2 Global Depository Receipts
| Details | Cross References |
| Issue date: 21 June 2006 Revised date: 26 March 2018 Effective date: 22 June 2006 26 March 2018 | Listing Rule Chapter 2 Part XII |
1. Introduction
2. Documents to be Submitted as Part of the Listing Application
3. Documents to be Submitted After Approval In-Principle
Amended on 29 September 201129 September 2011 and 26 March 201826 March 2018.
Practice Note 2.3 Training for Directors with No Prior Experience
| Details | Cross References |
| Issue Date: 6 August 2018 Effective Date: 1 January 2019 1 February 2024 – Paragraph 2.2 applies to First-time Directors of REIT managers appointed on or after 1 February 2024 | Rule 210(5)(a) Appendix 7.4.1 |
- Introduction
- Rule 210(5)(a) provides that a director who has no prior experience as a director of an issuer listed on the Exchange (a "First-time Director") must undergo training in the roles and responsibilities of a director of a listed issuer as prescribed by the Exchange.
- This Practice Note prescribes the training that a First-time Director must undergo within one year from the date of his appointment to the board ("Mandatory Training"). If any director of an issuer which is newly listed on the Exchange has not attended any training as prescribed in paragraph 2 below, such director must attend Mandatory Training by the end of the first year of the issuer's listing.
- Mandatory Training
- To fulfil the Mandatory Training requirements, First-time Directors must attend one of the training programmes conducted by a training provider as specified in Schedule 1 to this Practice Note.
- A First-time Director of a REIT manager must also attend the training programme specified in Schedule 2. A director is considered a First-time Director of a REIT manager if he or she has no prior experience as a director of a REIT manager.
- Persons with Relevant Experience
- The Exchange expects all First-time Directors to attend Mandatory Training.
- In exceptional circumstances, First-time Directors assessed by the issuer's Nominating Committee to possess relevant experience need not attend Mandatory Training. In assessing the relevant experience, the Nominating Committee must have regard to whether the experience is comparable to the experience of a person who has served as a director of an issuer listed on the Exchange. The issuer's Nominating Committee must disclose its reasons for its assessment that the First-time Director possesses relevant experience. Such reasons shall be disclosed in the announcement of the appointment of the First-time Director as director of the issuer or in the prospectus, offering memorandum or introductory document.
- Notwithstanding paragraph 3.2 above, the Exchange has the discretion to direct a First-time Director to attend Mandatory Training.
Schedule 1
| Training Provider | Mandatory Training |
| Singapore Institute of Directors | Listed Entity Directors Programme The First-time Director must attend all the core modules. The First-time Director must also attend the elective modules relevant to his appointment on the board of the issuer. |
| Singapore Institute of Directors | Listed Entity Directors Bridging Programme The First-time Director must also have completed one of the recognised programmes, and attend the elective modules for the Listed Entity Directors Programme that are relevant to his appointment on the board of the issuer. |
| Institute of Singapore Chartered Accountants and SAC Capital | Board Of Directors (BOD) Masterclass Programme The First-time Director must attend all the mandatory classes and modules. The First-time Director must also attend the optional classes and modules relevant to his appointment on the board of the issuer. |
Schedule 2
| Training Provider | Mandatory Training |
| REIT Association of Singapore | Essentials for Directors of REIT Managers |
Added on 1 January 20191 January 2019 and amended on 1 January 2022, 1 February 2024 and 1 October 2024.
Practice Note 2.4 Summary Property Valuation Report
Rule 222(3)(c) requires a summary property valuation report to contain the information required for prospectuses and circulars in accordance with the standards of the Singapore Institute of Surveyors and Valuers. The information required for prospectuses and circulars is set out in a Practice Guide published by the Singapore Institute of Surveyors and Valuers.
Please click here to view the Practice Guide.
Added on 12 February 2021.
Practice Note 3.1 Term Sheet For Debentures and Funds
| Details | Cross References |
| Issue date: 20 June 2011 Effective date: 1 August 2011 | Chapter 3 and 4 |
1. Introduction
2. Term sheets
| Issuer's Company Logo |
[Name of Issuer]
[NAME OF PRODUCT]
| A. PRODUCT DETAILS | |||
| SGX counter name (SGX stock code) | SGX-ST Listing Date | dd/mm/yyyy | |
| Product Type | Maturity Date | dd/mm/yyyy Issue Price | |
| Issue Price | Annualised Maximum loss | [in % term] | |
| Name of Guarantor | Annualised Maximum gain | [in % term] | |
| Capital Guaranteed | [Yes/No] | Callable by Issuer | [Yes/No] |
| Traded Currency | SGD /USD / AUD | Underlying Reference Asset | |
| Board Lots | Name of Market Maker | ||
| B. INFORMATION ON THE ISSUER / GUARANTOR / KEY SWAP COUNTERPARTIES (IF APPLICABLE) | |
| Name of Issuer | |
| Credit Rating of the Issuer | Moody's Investors Service Inc.: Standard & Poor's Ratings Group: Fitch Ratings Ltd., London: |
| Name of Guarantor (if any) | |
| Credit Rating of Guarantor (if any) | Moody's Investors Service Inc.: Standard & Poor's Ratings Group: Fitch Ratings Ltd., London: |
| Issuer / Guarantor Regulated by | |
| Issuer's / Guarantor's Website and any other Contact Information | |
| Name of Key Swap Counterparties (if applicable) | |
| Credit Rating of the Key Swap Counterparties (if applicable) | Moody's Investors Service Inc.: Standard & Poor's Ratings Group: Fitch Ratings Ltd., London: |
| C. INFORMATION ON THE TRUSTEE / CUSTODIAN | |
| Name of Trustee / Custodian | |
| Regulated by | |
| Trustee / Custodian's Website and any other Contact Information | |
| D. PRODUCT SUITABILITY | ||
| WHO IS THE PRODUCT SUITABLE FOR? • This product is only suitable for investors who: Example: • [State return objectives (eg. capital growth/income/capital preservation) which the product will be suitable for] • [State if the principal will be at risk] • [State how long investors should be prepared to hold the investment for, and highlight any lock-in periods or issuer-callable features] • [State other key characteristics of the product which will help investors determine whether the product is suitable for them] • The Notes are only suitable for investors who: • want regular income rather than capital growth • are prepared to lose their principal investment if the Issuer fails to repay the amount due under the Notes; and • are prepared to hold their investment for the full X years. However, after Y years the product may be callable by the issuer. | Further Information Refer to the "[Relevant Section]" on Pg XX of the Offering Document for further information on product suitability. | |
| E. KEY PRODUCT FEATURES | ||
| WHAT ARE YOU INVESTING IN? [State key features of the product, such as the legal classification of the product, payoff and factors determining the payoff, underlying securities and whether and how they would affect the payoff, any capital guarantee, etc. Include a diagram of the structure of the product, if necessary.] Example: • You are investing in a X-year equity-linked structured note in which you may receive quarterly coupons between W% and Y% p.a. issued by [name of issuer of the Notes]. • During the term of the investment, the issuer agrees to pay you quarterly coupons which depend on the share price performance of: • Company A • Company B • Company C • The amount of coupons is calculated as follows: • [Formula for calculation of coupons] • At maturity, the issuer agrees to pay you 100% of your principal investment, unless [list circumstances where investor may not receive 100% of principal investment] • The product is secured by [type of underlying securities] issued by [name of issuer of underlying securities]. | Refer to the "[Relevant Section]" on Pg XX of the Offering Document for further information on features of the product, including how redemption amount is calculated. | |
| Possible Outcomes | ||
| WHAT WOULD YOU GAIN OR LOSE IN DIFFERENT SITUATIONS? • Best case scenario: • [Describe payoff to investor in best case scenario and factors that could lead to this scenario.] • Worst case scenario: • [Describe payoff to investor in worst case scenario and factors that could lead to this scenario.] • Other possible scenarios: • [Describe payoff to investor in other possible scenarios and factors that could lead to this scenario. Include scenario where issuer calls the debenture if applicable.] | ||
| F. KEY RISKS | ||
| WHAT ARE THE KEY RISKS OF THIS INVESTMENT? [State key risks which are either commonly occurring events, or which may cause significant losses if they occur, or both. While the risks may overlap into multiple categories below, there is no need to repeat the same risk in more than one section. Product-specific market or liquidity risks should be included under the market or liquidity risks section respectively. Where there is a risk that an investor may lose all of his initial principal investment, emphasise this with bold or italicised formatting.] These risk factors may cause you to lose some or all of your investment: | Refer to the "[Relevant Section]" on Pg XX of the Offering Document for further information on risks. | |
| Market and Credit Risks | ||
| [State market risks (including currency risks) and counterparty risks which may result in the loss of capital or affect the payoff of the investment and their consequences.] Example: • You are exposed to the credit risk of [name of issuer]. • The Notes are debt obligations of [name of issuer]. If [name of issuer] is unable to fulfil its obligations under the Notes, you may lose all your principal investment. | ||
| Liquidity Risks | ||
| [State the risks that an investor would face in trying to exit the product, eg: illiquid secondary market, limitations on redemption or factors that may delay the payment of redemption proceeds.] Example: • The Notes may have limited liquidity. • Trading market for the Notes may not exist at any time and the secondary market may not provide enough liquidity to trade or sell the Notes easily. If you exit from your investment before maturity, you may receive an amount which is substantially less than your principal. | ||
| Product Specific Risks | ||
| [State product structure-related risks which may result in capped upside potential, unfavourable pricing if redeemed before maturity, potential legal risks, etc] Example: • The Issuer is established overseas. • If the Issuer becomes insolvent or is the subject of a winding-up or liquidation order or similar proceedings, the insolvency laws in the country in which it is incorporated would apply. The process of making a claim under the foreign law may be complex and time-consuming. • The underlying securities are held overseas. If the Issuer has to redeem the notes early, due to taxation and other reasons, you may receive less than your principal investment. • There may be difficulties realising the underlying securities which are held overseas. Even if the underlying securities are realised, the foreign law may not recognize that the payments to you should be made before other claimants and creditors. | ||
| G. FEES AND CHARGES | ||
| WHAT ARE THE FEES AND CHARGES OF THIS INVESTMENT? [State all fees and charges paid/payable to the product providers. If product providers do not charge a fee, describe briefly how product providers will profit from the sale of the Notes. Indicate if the fees are payable once-off or on a recurring basis. If fees may later be increased or new fees introduced, such as fees related to the unwinding of investments, state so here.] Example: • The fees for any series of the Notes is calculated using the formula below: • The product providers make a profit through the structuring of the Notes. This profit is factored into the risk and return of the Notes. | Refer to the "[Relevant Section]" on Pg XX of the Offering Document for further information on fees and charges. | |
| Issuer's Company Logo |
[Name of Issuer]
[NAME OF PRODUCT]
| A. FUND DETAILS | |||
| SGX counter name (SGX stock code) | XX | SGX-ST Listing Date | dd/mm/yyyy |
| Product Type | Exchange-Traded Fund | Underlying Reference Asset | |
| Issuer | Investment Manager (if applicable) | ||
| Designated Market Maker | Expense Ratio (for Exchange-Traded Funds) | ||
| Traded Currency | SGD /USD / AUD | ||
| B. INFORMATION ON THE ISSUER / KEY SWAP COUNTERPARTIES (IF APPLICABLE) | |
| Name of Issuer / Guarantor | |
| Issuer / Guarantor Regulated by | |
| Issuer's / Guarantor's Website and any other Contact Information | |
| Name of Key Swap Counterparties (if applicable) | |
| Credit Rating of the Key Swap Counterparties (if applicable) | |
| C. INFORMATION ON THE TRUSTEE / CUSTODIAN | |
| Name of Trustee / Custodian | |
| Regulated by by | |
| Trustee / Custodian's Website and any other Contact Information | |
| D. PRODUCT SUITABILITY | |||||||
| WHO IS THE PRODUCT SUITABLE FOR? • This product is only suitable for investors who: Example: • [State return objectives (eg. capital growth/income/capital preservation) which the product will be suitable for] • [State if the principal will be at risk] • [State other key characteristics of the product which will help investors determine whether the product is suitable for them, especially unique features eg: daily resetting of prices] • The Fund is only suitable for investors who: • want capital growth rather than regular income; • believe that the XXX Index will increase in value; and • are comfortable with the greater volatility and risks of an equity fund. | Further Information Refer to the "[Relevant Section]" on Pg XX of the Offering Document for further information on product suitability. | ||||||
| E. KEY PRODUCT FEATURES | |||||||
| WHAT ARE YOU INVESTING IN? [State key features of the product, such as the legal classification of the product, the broad investment objective of the product, whether it intends to offer regular dividends and when those are paid. Describe the underlying index, including how they would affect the payoff. Also describe how the payoff is calculated. Where the index has unique features of its construction or its payoff, describe these features, with the assistance of tables and diagrams if necessary.] Example: • You are investing in an Exchange Traded Fund constituted in [Place of constitution] that aims to track the XXX index (the "Underlying Index") by entering into a derivative swap transaction with another party known as the swap counterparty. The Underlying Index is maintained by [Name of index sponsor] and represents the [eg: leading 500 large-cap companies in the U.S.] The index constituents are reviewed quarterly, and are diversified across all sectors. | [Describe where an investor can find published figures for the value of the index eg: the index provider's website. Also describe where more details on the construction methodology or any unique features can be found.] | ||||||
| Investment Objective / Strategy | |||||||
| [Describe how the product intends to track the index/securities. For instance, if the product uses a representative sampling method or synthetic replication method, describe how this is carried out. If an investment strategy other than the direct investment method is used, explain why. Any processes and structures which introduce significant risk should be included in the description. Include diagrams of the structure of the product or pie charts of asset allocation as at a date near the date of the term sheet to show sectoral/country/asset type allocation, if applicable.] Example: • In order to achieve the investment objective, the Fund may use either or both of the following methods: • Method 1: Invest in a basket of securities (step 1 in the diagram on the next page) and exchange the performance of the basket of securities (step 2) with the swap counterparty for the performance of the Underlying Index (step 3). If the value of the basket of securities grows by 5% and the underlying index grows by 6%, the Fund will pay the swap counterparty 5% and the swap counterparty will pay the fund 6%. And/Or: • Method 2: Pass the subscription proceeds received from investors to a swap counterparty (step 1 in the diagram below) in exchange for the performance of the Underlying Index (step 2). The counterparty will give collateral to the Fund which will be held by the Custodian (step 3). | Refer to the "[Relevant Section]" on Pg XX of the Offering Document for the full diagrams of the structure of the Fund. | ||||||
| F. KEY RISKS | |||||||
| WHAT ARE THE KEY RISKS OF THIS INVESTMENT? [State key risks which are either commonly occurring events, or which may cause significant losses if they occur, or both. While the risks may overlap into multiple categories below, there is no need to repeat the same risk in more than one section. Product-specific market or liquidity risks should be included under the market or liquidity risks section respectively. Where there is a risk that an investor may lose all of his initial principal investment, emphasise this with bold or italicised formatting.] The value of the product and its dividends or coupons may rise or fall. These risk factors may cause you to lose some or all of your investment: | Refer to the "[Relevant Section]" on Pg XX of the Offering Document for further information on risks of the product. | ||||||
| Market and Credit Risks | |||||||
| [State market risks (including currency risks) and counterparty risks which may affect the traded price of the product.] Example: • Market prices for Units may be different from their Net Asset Value (NAV) • The price of any Units traded on the SGX-ST will depend, amongst other factors, on market supply and demand, as well as the prevailing financial market, corporate, economic and political conditions, and their price may be different from the NAV of the Fund. | |||||||
| Liquidity Risks | |||||||
| [State the risks that an investor would face in trying to exit the product.] Example: • You can redeem your Units with the manager only if you meet the minimum redemption amount of USD$100,000. • The secondary market may be illiquid. • You can sell your Units on the SGX. However, you may not be able to find a buyer on the SGX-ST when you wish to sell your Units. While the Fund intends to appoint at least one market maker to assist in creating liquidity for investors, liquidity is not guaranteed and trading of Units on the SGX-ST may be suspended in various situations. • If the Units are delisted from the SGX-ST or if the CDP is no longer able to act as the depository for the Units listed on the SGX-ST, the Units in the investors' securities accounts with the CDP or held by the CDP will be compulsorily repurchased by the Market Maker at a price calculated by reference to the NAV of the Fund calculated as of the second Singapore trading day following the delisting date. | Refer to the "[Relevant Section]" on Pg XX of the Offering Document for situations in which trading of units may be suspended. | ||||||
| Product Specific Risks | |||||||
| [State product-specific risks, which include structure-related risks, investment objective related risks, potential legal risks, potential risks leading to tracking errors etc] Example: • You are exposed to counterparty risk related to derivative transactions • The Fund may enter into derivative transactions (such as swap agreements) and be exposed to the risk that the counterparties to such transactions may default on their obligations. However, the Fund is required to limit its exposure to any single counterparty to 10% of its NAV. • If the Swap Counterparty defaults on its obligations, you may sustain a loss on your investment in the Fund. The Fund limits its net exposure to the Swap Counterparty by obtaining collateral from the Swap Counterparty. In the event the Swap Counterparty defaults on its obligations, the value of the Fund will depend on the value of the collateral or basket of securities held. • You are exposed to the risk that the USD will depreciate in value against the SGD. • The Fund is denominated and traded in SGD whereas the underlying investments are denominated in USD. Therefore, investors may lose money if the USD were to depreciate against the SGD, even if the market value of the relevant underlying shares actually goes up. • The Fund, Management Company and Custodian are not constituted in Singapore and are governed by foreign laws. Certain investments by the Fund such as swaps are also governed by foreign laws. • Any winding up of these investments may involve delays and legal uncertainties for Singaporean investors. | Refer to "[Relevant Section]" on Pg XX of the Offering Document for details on mitigating counterparty risk exposure in the swap agreements and what happens if the swap counterparty defaults. | ||||||
| G. FEES AND CHARGES | |||||||
| WHAT ARE THE FEES AND CHARGES OF THIS INVESTMENT? [State all fees and charges payable. This includes management fees, distribution fees, and any other substantial fees of more than 0.1% of NAV or of subscription value. Distinguish between fees payable via the investors' investments in the product and fees payable directly by the investors. Indicate if the fees are payable once-off or on a perannum basis. If fees may later be increased or new fees introduced, such as fees related to the unwinding of investments, state so here.] Example: Payable by the Fund from invested proceeds:
Payable directly by you: • For purchases and sales on the SGX-ST: Normal brokerage and other fees apply. Please contact your broker for further details. | Refer to the "[Relevant Section]" on Pg XX of the Offering Document for further information on fees and charges. | ||||||
Added on 1 August 20111 August 2011.
1 In the case of CIS where multiple sub-funds are covered in a single listing document, a separate term sheet should be prepared for each sub-fund.
Practice Note 3.2 Seasoning of Debt Securities
| Details | Cross References |
| Issue date: 19 May 2016 Effective date: 19 May 2016 | Part VI of Chapter 3 |
1. Introduction
2. Procedures Applicable to the Seasoning of Debt Securities
Application to List the Initial Issuance of Debt Securities on the Exchange for Seasoning
Application for Confirmation that the Debt Securities are Eligible for Trading by Non-Specified Investors
Application to List Additional Debt Securities for Offer to Non-Specified Investors through a Re-Tap in conjunction with the Commencement of Trading of the Debt Securities by Non-Specified Investors
Application to List Additional Debt Securities for Offer to Non-Specified Investors through a Re-Tap after the Commencement of Trading of the Debt Securities by Non-Specified Investors
Withdrawing debt securities from the seasoning framework
3. Assessment Criteria for Debt Securities to be Eligible for Trading by Non-Specified Investors
4. Disclosures
Added on 19 May 201619 May 2016.
Practice Note 4.1 Profit Forecasts and Right of First Refusals
| Details | Cross References |
| Issue date: 14 September 2011 8 September 2023 Effective date: 29 September 2011 29 September 2023 | Chapter 4 |
- Introduction
- This Practice Note provides guidance in connection with profit forecasts and right of first refusal arrangements for real estate investment trusts (REITs) and business trusts (the "Trusts").
- Profit Estimates, Forecasts and Projections
- Listing Rule 409(3) states that the annual accounts of the investment fund for each of the last 3 financial years, if applicable must be submitted when applying for a listing. In the event the investment fund is unable to provide the annual accounts for each of the last 3 financial years, the investment fund is expected to provide profit estimates, forecasts and/or projections.
- Listing Rule 609(b) further states that the proforma income statement or statement of comprehensive income should be presented for the latest 3 financial years and for the most recent interim period (if applicable) as if the restructured group had been in existence at the beginning of the period reported on. The proforma statement of financial position should be presented as at the date to which the most recent proforma income statement or statement of comprehensive income has been made up. In the event the issuer is unable to present the required proforma financial information, the Exchange may request for the provision of profit estimates, forecasts and projections.
- As a guide, the Exchange will normally expect up to 2 years of full year profit estimates, forecasts or projections to be provided in relation to Rule 409(3) and Rule 609(b).
- Right of First Refusals ("ROFRs")
- For any disposal of assets owned by the controlling unitholder and/or any of its subsidiaries that would fall within the investment mandate ("the competing assets"), a ROFR granted by the controlling unitholder to the Manager of the Trust will effectively mitigate conflicts of interest when the ROFR:—
- gives the Trust the first right to acquire the competing assets from the controlling unitholder and/or any of its subsidiaries; and
- is valid for as long as (i) the Manager remains the manager of the Trust; and (ii) the controlling unitholder together with its related corporations, remains a controlling shareholder of the Manager,
where "related corporation" has the meaning ascribed to it under the Companies Act.
In lieu of the grant of ROFR by the controlling unitholder and/or any of its subsidiaries, the issue manager and Manager of the Trust must demonstrate how alternative measures in place will effectively mitigate conflicts of interest for disposal of competing assets.
- For any disposal of assets owned by the controlling unitholder and/or any of its subsidiaries that would fall within the investment mandate ("the competing assets"), a ROFR granted by the controlling unitholder to the Manager of the Trust will effectively mitigate conflicts of interest when the ROFR:—
Added on 29 September 2011 and Amended on 8 September 2023.
Practice Note 4.2 Corporate Governance Requirements for Real Estate Investment Trusts and Business Trusts
| Details | Cross References |
| Issue Date: 21 December 2018 Effective Date: 1 January 2019 1 January 2022 11 January 2023 | Rule 210(5)(d)(iii) Rule 210(5)(e) Rule 720(5) Transitional Practice Note 3 |
1. Introduction
2. Real Estate Investment Trusts
3. Business Trusts
Added on 1 January 2019 and amended on 11 January 2023.
Practice Note 4.3 Actively Managed Exchange Traded Funds
| Details | Cross References |
| Issue date: 4 December 2023 Effective date: 15 December 2023 | Chapter 4 Rule 703 Appendix 7.1 |
- 1. Introduction
- 1.1This Practice Note provides guidance on the Exchange’s requirements for the listing of actively managed exchange traded funds ("Active ETFs"). An Active ETF is an ETF in which the investment manager makes investment decisions on the portfolio of the ETF without being subject to the set rules of an index.
- 1.2Active ETFs must comply with the listing rules applicable to investment funds.
- 2.Listing Requirements for Active ETFs
- Disclosure
- 2.1An Active ETF shall ensure that it prominently discloses in the prospectus or offering document that the ETF will be actively managed. Such disclosure shall also be made in the marketing materials of the Active ETF.
- Investment style
- 2.2As best practice, an Active ETF should adopt the applicable disclosures and practices set out in MAS Circular No. CMI 32/2020 Good Disclosure Practices for Actively Managed Funds.
- 2.3Notwithstanding paragraph 2.2, an Active ETF shall disclose:
- (a)that it will be an actively managed ETF;
- (b)its investment style, in a manner that would be plainly understood by retail investors;
- (c)its investment limits and constraints and how such limits and constraints may affect the risks and expected returns of the Active ETF; and
- (d)the following, where it is not managed in reference to any benchmark:
- (i)a clear statement that the Active ETF is not managed in reference to any benchmark, with an accompanying explanation of why a reference benchmark is not used; and
- (ii)the associated risks of not being managed in reference to any benchmark.
- 2.4An Active ETF shall also have in place processes to ensure that:
- (a)its directors or senior management, as the case may be, have effective oversight of the Active ETF’s operations; and
- (b)the Active ETF’s promotional materials are clear, fair, balanced, non-misleading and fully comply with relevant rules and regulations.
- Investment manager
- 2.5Rule 404(5) states that the management company (if there is no management company, the sponsor or trustee) must be reputable and have an established track record in managing investments. Generally, the management company (sponsor or trustee) must have been in operation for at least five years.
- 2.6For an Active ETF, the management company must have an established track record in managing other actively managed funds to satisfy Rule 404(5).
- 2.7Rule 404(6) states that the persons responsible for managing the investments of the investment fund must be reputable and have a track record in managing investments for at least 5 years. They must have satisfactory experience in managing the particular types of funds for which listing is sought.
- 2.8For an Active ETF, the persons responsible for managing the investments must have satisfactory experience in managing actively managed funds.
- 3.Continuing Listing Obligations
- Net asset value ("NAV") disclosure
- 3.1Rule 748(1) states that an investment fund must announce via SGXNET its net tangible assets per share or per unit at the end of each week.
- 3.2An Active ETF will be in compliance with Rule 748(1) if it:
- (a)publishes its daily NAV per share or per unit on its website, on the business day following each trading day before the market opens; and
- (b)announces, via SGXNET, its NAV per share or per unit at the end of each week.
- Indicative Net Asset Value ("iNAV") Disclosure
- 3.3An Active ETF shall publish, on its website, the iNAV per share or per unit at least every 15 seconds during trading hours on the Exchange.
- 3.4An Active ETF shall ensure that, as far as practicable, the iNAV provides an accurate indication of the Active ETF’s NAV. In appropriate cases, an Active ETF may use suitable proxies for the calculation of iNAV.
- 3.5An Active ETF shall disclose in its prospectus or offering document:
- (a)the iNAV calculation methodology, including any use of proxies to determine iNAV;
- (b)the relevant risks and limitations of iNAV; and
- (c)a statement that the iNAV is not independently verified by the Exchange.
- Disclosure of portfolio holdings
- 3.6An Active ETF shall publish, at least once a month, its full portfolio holdings on SGXNET and on its website. The report must reflect the full portfolio holdings of the Active ETF with no more than a one month lag.
- 3.7For example, where an Active ETF publishes its full portfolio holdings on 15 November, the published portfolio holdings shall reflect the Active ETF’s actual holdings as at a date no earlier than 16 October.
- 3.8An Active ETF must comply with Rule 703 on the disclosure of material information. Rule 703 states that an issuer must observe the Corporate Disclosure Policy set out in Appendix 7.1. Under Appendix 7.1, the Exchange recognises that there may be limited instances where selective disclosure is necessary. Disclosure may be made to Participating Dealers of the Active ETF to facilitate creation and redemption. Disclosure for market making purposes may only be made to the Designated Market Makers of the Active ETF. These disclosures must be made on a ‘need to know’ basis and subject to appropriate confidentiality restraints. Such arrangements must also be in compliance with insider trading regulations.
- 3.9An Active ETF must have effective controls and segregation of duties to address any conflict of interest that may arise from these arrangements with the Participating Dealers of the Active ETF or the Designated Market Makers of the ETF to ensure that the Active ETF will, at all times, act in the best interest of its unitholders.
- Tracking performance
- 3.10An Active ETF shall publish, no less frequent than on a monthly basis, its performance and where applicable, the performance of its reference benchmark, covering the following periods of time: 3-month, 6-month, 1-year, 3-year, 5-year, 10-year and since inception.
Added on 4 December 2023.
Practice Note 5.1 Term Sheet for Structured Warrants
| Details | Cross References |
| Issue date: Jan 2003 20 June 2011 Effective date: Jan 2003 1 August 2011 | Listing Rule 518 |
1. Introduction
2. Listing Rule 518
"When applying for the listing of structured warrants, an issuer must submit an indicative term sheet to the Exchange for its consideration. The indicative term sheet must set out the principal features of the structured warrants."
3. Disclosure in Term Sheet
4. Format for term sheets
| Issuer's Company Logo |
[Name of Issuer]
XX million European Style [Cash/Physically] Settled [Call/Put] Warrants due [expiry date] relating to [Underlying]
| A. TERMS OF THE ISSUE | |||
| SGX counter name (SGX stock code) | Issue Size | XX million warrants | |
| Type | European style cash/physically settled call/put warrants | Launch Date | dd/mm/yyyy |
| Underlying Reference Asset | (To also state the Reuters Instrument Code (RIC) of the underlying) | Expiry Date | dd/mm/yyyy |
| Board Lot | Initial Settlement Date | dd/mm/yyyy | |
| Issue Price | Expected Listing Date | dd/mm/yyyy | |
| Exercise Price | Settlement Date | dd/mm/yyyy | |
| Price Source for Underlying | Reuters/Bloomberg etc. | Valuation Dates | |
| Last Trading Date | dd/mm/yyyy | Gearing | |
| Entitlement Ratio | xx warrant(s) : 1 share/index unit | Volatility (Implied & Historical) | |
| Warrant Agent | Premium | ||
| Clearing System | The Central Depository (Pte) Limited | Listing | SGX-ST |
| Settlement Method | Settlement Currency | ||
| Governing Law | Reference Currency | ||
| Cash Settlement Amount | |||
| Form | |||
| Final Reference Level | |||
| Exchange Rate | |||
| Adjustments and Extraordinary Events | |||
| Further Issuance | |||
| Documents | The Base Listing Document, Addendum and the relevant Supplemental Listing Document are/will be available for inspection at the following address: [Address] | ||
| Selling Restrictions | |||
| B. INFORMATION ON THE ISSUER AND GUARANTOR | |
| Name of Issuer | |
| Name of Guarantor (if any) | |
| Credit Rating of the Issuer / Guarantor | Moody's Investors Service Inc.: Standard & Poor's Ratings Group: Fitch Ratings Ltd., London: |
| Issuer / Guarantor Regulated by | |
| Issuer's / Guarantor's Website and any other Contact Information | |
| C. INFORMATION ON MARKET MAKING | |
| Name of Designated Market Maker | |
| Maximum bid and offer spread | |
| Minimum quantity subject to bid and offer spread | |
| Circumstances where a quote will/may not be provided | |
| D. PRODUCT SUITABILITY | |
| WHO IS THE PRODUCT SUITABLE FOR? • This product is only suitable for investors who: • believe that the price level of the underlying reference asset will increase/decrease and are seeking a short term leveraged exposure to the underlying reference asset. | Further Information |
| Key Product Features | |
| WHAT ARE YOU INVESTING IN? • You are investing in cash-settled call/put warrants that allow you to take advantage of any increase/decrease in the price level of the underlying reference asset, which is <Name of underlying>. | Information relating to the underlying can be obtained from Refer to Section xx on Pg xx of the Supplemental Listing Document. |
| Calculation of Cash Settlement Amount | |
| • The Cash Settlement Amount in respect of each Exercise Amount of Warrants, shall be an amount (if positive) payable in the Settlement Currency equal to the Entitlement in respect of each Exercise Amount for the time being multiplied by: WHAT WOULD YOU GAIN OR LOSE IN DIFFERENT SITUATIONS? (i) (a) the arithmetic mean of the closing prices of one underlying unit (as derived from the daily publications of the Relevant Stock Exchange subject to any adjustments to such closing prices determined by the Issuer to be necessary) for each Valuation Date LESS (b) the Exercise Price (subject to adjustment as provided in the Terms and Conditions of the Warrants) and divided by (ii) the Exchange Rate. • Best case scenario: • The value of the underlying index increases substantially resulting in a significant increase in the price of the Warrants. You then sell the warrants and realise a profit. The issuer is required to provide liquidity in the warrants to ensure that there will generally be a market price available for the purchase and sale of the warrants. • Worst case scenario: • If you buy the warrants and the value of the underlying reference asset decreases sharply. If you have not sold the warrants, you will lose your entire investment. | |
| E. KEY RISKS | |
| WHAT ARE THE KEY RISKS OF THIS INVESTMENT? | |
| Market Risks | |
| • Market price of the warrants may be affected by many factors • Investors should note that the market price of the warrants may be affected by different factors, including but not limited to the level and volatility of the underlying reference asset, the time left to the expiry of the warrants, the strike level of the warrants, the prevailing interest rate climate, the currency exchange rates and the creditworthiness of the Issuer. • You may lose your entire investment • If the underlying reference asset falls to levels such that the cash settlement amount at expiry is calculated to be less than or equal to zero, you will lose your entire investment. • You are exposed to the credit risk of <Issuer> • The warrants are unsecured contractual obligations of <Issuer> and of no other person. If <Issuer> is unable to meet its obligations under the warrants, you may lose your entire investment. • As <Issuer> is not incorporated in Singapore, any insolvency proceedings in respect of <Issuer> will be subject to foreign insolvency laws and procedures. | |
| Liquidity Risks | |
| • The secondary market may be illiquid. • The issuer acting through its designated market-maker may be the only market participant buying and selling the warrants. Therefore, the secondary market for the warrants may be limited and you may not be able to realise the value of the warrants. Do note that the bid-ask spread increases with illiquidity. | |
| Product Specific Risks | |
| • Exchange rate risks • There may be exchange rate risks as the warrants will be issued and traded in Singapore dollars while <the underlying> are traded in <foreign currency>. The value of the warrants may therefore be affected by, amongst other factors, the relative exchange rates of the Singapore dollar and the <foreign currency>. | Refer to “Risk Factors” on Pg xx in the Supplemental Listing Document for the complete list of risks and details of the risks. |
| F. FEES AND CHARGES | |
| WHAT ARE THE FEES AND CHARGES OF THIS INVESTMENT? • Normal transaction and brokerage fees apply, similar to fees that you would pay for other transactions on SGX-ST. | |
Amended on 1 August 20111 August 2011 and 7 February 20207 February 2020.
Practice Note 6.1 Disclosure Requirements: Pre-listing Information
Cross-referenced from Listing Rules 603 and 606
1. Introduction
1.1 The Fifth Schedule of the Securities & Futures (Offers of Investments) (Securities and Securities-based Derivatives Contracts) Regulations 2018 stipulates prospectus disclosure requirements. In addition to complying with these regulations, the Exchange may require additional information to be disclosed, either to enable the Exchange to determine whether an issuer meets the SGX-ST's admission criteria, or to provide sufficient information for the secondary market as set out under the Exchange's continuing listing rules. To assist issuers, this Practice Note lists some of the disclosures that the Exchange will consider when reviewing an application. It is not an exhaustive list.
1.2 In instances where the Exchange requires further information to be disclosed, the issuer is to decide whether it is more appropriate to disclose such information in the prospectus or as a pre-quotation announcement via SGXNET before listing.
1.3 [Deleted]
2. Disclosure Relating to Admission Criteria
2.1 In determining whether an issuer meets the requirements in Rule 203, the Exchange will need to make an assessment of the viability of the issuer's business. To enable the Exchange to make this assessment:
2.1.1 An issuer which has not been profitable may have to disclose the group's burn rates and expenditures and for how long it is estimated that the proceeds will support the group's operations.
2.1.2 An issuer will have to consider if the viability of its business depends on any governmental or regulatory approvals and whether such approvals, if not granted, would have a material adverse impact on the Group. The issuer may be required to obtain such approvals before its listing application.
2.1.3 An issuer may have to quantify and disclose the effects on its business of material risks occurring.
2.2 In relation to Rule 210 (2) to (4), if any of the financial statements of any entity included in the pro forma financial statements is unaudited, the scope of work done on the unaudited financial statements by the auditor and the reasons why unaudited accounts have been used may require further disclosure.
2.3 Rule 210(3)(d) sets out the requirement that an issuer must not change or propose to change its financial year end to take advantage of exceptional or seasonal profits to show a better profit record. If an issuer proposes to change its financial end, or if it has done so for the recent three completed financial years, it must inform the Exchange and state the reasons for these changes. The Exchange may require the information to be disclosed.
2.4 Rule 210(4)(a) sets out the requirement for an issuer to have a healthy financial position with no shortfall in working capital. To enable the Exchange to determine if an issuer complies with Rule 210(4)(a), an issuer will have to disclose any shortfall in working capital, the reasons for the shortfall, the company's views on the viability of the issuer, and the bases for these views.
2.5 Rule 210(5) sets out the requirements for an issuer's directors and management. To enable the Exchange to determine if the issuer meets Rule 210(5), the issuer will have to disclose information such as in Rule 704(7), (8) and (9). In the disclosure of past working experience, the issuer may have to disclose the specific areas of responsibility, designation, period of employment, a brief description of the employer's business and scale of operations, and any other relevant information to enable the Exchange to assess whether the issuer's directors and executive officers have the experience and expertise to meet Rule 210(5)(a).
2.6 If the prospectus, offering memorandum or introductory document refers to any material weaknesses in the issuer's internal control and accounting systems, there must be adequate disclosure of such weaknesses and the steps to address them in the prospectus, offering memorandum or introductory document pursuant to Rule 246(9).
2.7 A confirmation from the issue manager must be submitted to the Exchange pursuant to Rule 246(4). If a profit forecast has been made, the issue manager may be asked to confirm that it is satisfied that the profit forecast has been made by the directors after reasonable enquiry.
2.8 In relation to the structure of the IPO, the Exchange will look at the following matters when considering whether an eligibility-to-list letter will be issued:
2.8.1 The specific circumstances under which the termination clause in an underwriting agreement may be invoked.
2.8.2 For a non-underwritten issue, whether it is likely that the spread and distribution guidelines in Rule 210(1)(a) will be met, and whether there is disclosure that the issue is not underwritten and the reasons.
2.8.3 What disclosure is made if the issuer makes, or intends to make, a preferential offer or allotment of securities to any group of targeted investors (including persons listed in Rule 240, employees, or persons having a preferential relationship with the issuer such as the reporting accountant, valuer and solicitor). The issuer may be required to disclose the reasons for the allocation or allotment, whether they are made or to be made at a discount to the issue price, the number of securities allocated and allotted or to be allocated and allotted, and the basis of allocation and allotment.
2.8.4 Where material, the impact on earnings per share and net tangible assets per share of the aggregate remuneration of controlling shareholders and their relatives (where these expenses are expected to increase after the offering of its securities) who have not entered into service agreements with the Company and of any proposed service agreements.
3. Disclosure Showing Compliance with Continuing Listing Rules
3.1 To comply with Rules 712 to 718, an issuer must appoint suitable auditors for the group and for significant foreign-incorporated subsidiaries and associated companies. The Exchange will consider the disclosures made in relation to the auditors (such as the names of auditors for the group, its principal subsidiaries and associated companies and the date of appointment and name of the company's audit partner) when assessing the issuer's compliance.
3.2 Rule 806 sets out the limits under which an issuer can issue shares under a general mandate from shareholders. If an issuer wishes to obtain a general mandate under Rule 806 and includes this information in its IPO prospectus or offering memorandum, the Exchange will treat Rule 806 as satisfied by reason of investors subscribing for the issuer's securities. Otherwise, the issuer must take steps to meet the requirements of Rule 806 upon its listing on SGX-ST.
3.3 Rules 843 to 861 set out the requirements for Share Option Schemes or Share Schemes. If an issuer's IPO prospectus or offering memorandum includes the disclosure required under Rules 855–858 and 861, the Exchange will treat Rule 843(3) as satisfied by reason of investors subscribing for the issuer's securities. Otherwise, the issuer must take steps to meet the requirements of Rule 843(3) upon its listing on SGX-ST.
3.4 Rule 920 sets out the requirements for seeking a general mandate from shareholders for recurrent interested person transactions. If an issuer's IPO prospectus or offering memorandum includes the disclosure required under Rule 920, the Exchange will treat Rule 920 as satisfied by reason of investors subscribing for the issuer's securities. Otherwise, the issuer must take steps to meet the requirements of Rule 920 upon its listing on SGX-ST.
3.5 To comply with Rule 1207(11), an issuer must disclose the breakdown of the aggregate value between freehold and leasehold assets and other information. The Exchange will consider the disclosures made in relation to freehold and leasehold assets when assessing the issuer's compliance.
4. Transitional Arrangements
4.1 [Deleted]
Amended on 29 September 2011, 7 February 2020 and 29 October 2025.
Practice Note 6.2 Prospectus Disclosure Requirements and Guidance for Life Science Companies
Cross-referenced from Listing Rule 210(8) and Chapter 6
1. Introduction
1.1 This Practice Note sets out the prospectus disclosure requirements and guidance of what constitutes the successful development of products beyond the concept stage for life science companies seeking a listing on the Exchange.
2. Disclosure Guidelines
2.1 The issuer should disclose in its prospectus:
(1) Details of its operations in laboratory research and development, to the extent material to investors, including:
(a) details of patents granted or details of progress of patent applications. Unless otherwise required under the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Securities and Securities-based Derivatives Contracts) Regulations 2018, such details need not be disclosed if disclosure would result in the issuer disclosing highly sensitive confidential information. In that case, the issuer must disclose the reasons for the non-disclosure; and
(b) in relation to its identified products, details of the successful development of at least one of its identified products beyond the concept stage;
(2) Details of the relevant expertise and experience of its key management and technical staff;
(3) The salient terms of any service agreements between the issuer and its key management and technical staff;
(4) The safeguards and arrangements that the issuer has in place, in the event of the departure of any of its key management or technical staff;
(5) The risk and impact, financially or otherwise, from such departure of key management or technical staff on the group's business and operations;
(6) Information on whether the issuer has engaged in collaborative research and development agreements with other organisations, to the extent material to investors;
(7) A comprehensive description of each product, the development of which may have a material effect on the future prospects of the issuer;
(8) The directors' opinion which must state, without requiring a profit forecast, that in their reasonable opinion, the working capital available to the issuer, as at the date of lodgement of the prospectus, is sufficient for the present requirements and for at least 18 months after listing; and
(9) Where relevant and appropriate, an expert technical assessment and industry report.
3. Guidance on what constitutes the successful development of products beyond the concept stage
3.1 For the purposes of Rule 210(8)(d)(ii) and paragraph 2.1(1) above, the Exchange would consider a life science product to have been developed beyond the concept stage if it has met the milestones specified below for the product, including (a) pharmaceuticals (small molecule drugs), (b) biologics, and (c) medical devices (including diagnostics), as categorised by a competent authority:
(1) Drug (including pharmaceuticals and biologics): (a) Completed Phase I clinical trials for a new drug or at least one clinical trial for a drug based on a previously approved product or biosimilar, and (b) a competent authority has no objection to the commencement of Phase II (or later) clinical trials;
(2) Medical device (including diagnostic devices): (a) Completed at least one clinical trial for a Class II or above medical device (under the classification criteria of the relevant competent authority), and (b) a competent authority has no objection to commencement of the next phase of clinical trials, or sales of the device; and
(3) A life science product that does not fall under the “Drug” or “Medical device” categories based on the classification of a competent authority will be assessed on a case-by-case basis with reference to all relevant facts and circumstances, including whether (a) it has been developed beyond the concept stage by reference to the developmental milestones set out in paragraphs 3.1(1) and (2) above, and (b) there is an appropriate framework or objective indicators to enable investors to make an informed investment decision.
3.2 References to “competent authority” in paragraph 3.1 above means the Singapore Health Sciences Authority, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, the China Food and Drug Administration, or the European Medicines Agency, as well as any other national or supranational authority that the Exchange may, at its discretion, consider as a competent authority for the purpose of paragraph 3.1 above (depending on the nature of the life science product). This also includes any institution, body, or committee duly authorised or recognised by, or registered with, a competent authority to conduct, assess, and supervise clinical trials in the relevant clinical fields.
Amended on 29 September 2011 and 29 October 2025.
Practice Note 6.3 Requirements for Mineral, Oil and Gas Companies
| Details | Cross References |
| Issue date: 5 September 2013 Effective date: 27 September 2013 | Listing Rules 624, 749, 750, 1014(2) and 1207(21) |
1. Introduction
The issuer is required to make an announcement when any of the above situation occurs and will thereafter be required to comply with all the continuing listing rules applicable to mineral, oil and gas companies.
2. General Requirements for Disclosure of Reserves, Resources or Exploration Results
3. Additional Disclosure Requirements for Offer Document
4. Additional Continuing Obligations
5. Qualified Person's Report
| Asset name/ Country | Issuer's interest (%) | Development Status | Licence expiry date | Licence Area | Type of mineral, oil or gas deposit | Remarks |
6. Summary Qualified Person's Report
7. Valuation Report
8. Farm-in and Farm-out Transactions
Added on 27 September 201327 September 2013 and amended on 23 August 201823 August 2018.
Practice Note 6.4 Requirements for Special Purpose Acquisition Companies
Cross-referenced from Listing Rules 210(11)(a), 210(11)(i)(i) and (v), 626 and 754(3)
1. Introduction
This Practice Note sets out guidance on the requirements for SPACs. Issuers should apply the principles outlined in the Practice Note flexibly and sensibly.
2. Guidance on Suitability Assessment Factors of a SPAC
2.1 The Exchange may, in its discretion, take into account any factor it considers relevant in assessing the suitability of a SPAC for listing. In exercising its discretion, the Exchange will consider factors including, but not limited to, the following:
(a) the profile including the track record and repute of the founding shareholders and experience and expertise of the management team of the issuer;
(b) the business objective and strategy of the issuer;
(c) the nature and extent of the management team’s compensation;
(d) the extent and manner of the founding shareholders and the management team’s securities participation in the issuer, including equity interests acquired by the founding shareholders, management team and their associates at nominal or no consideration prior to or at the IPO;
(e) the alignment of interests of the founding shareholders and the management team with the interest of other shareholders;
(f) the proportion of rewards to be enjoyed by the founding shareholders, the management team, and their associates;
(g) the amount of time permitted for completion of the business combination prior to the liquidation distribution;
(h) the dilutive features and events of the issuer, including those which may impact shareholders and whether there are any mitigants for such dilution;
(i) the percentage of amount held in the escrow account that must be represented by the fair market value of the business combination;
(j) the provisions in the Articles of Association and other constituent documents of the issuer (including comparability of shareholder protection and the liquidation rights with that of Singapore-incorporated companies, and whether the issuer will be subject to the Insolvency, Restructuring and Dissolution Act of Singapore ("IRDA") for liquidation procedures or the incorporation of such equivalent provisions of the IRDA);
(k) the intended use of IPO proceeds not placed in the escrow account;
(l) the escrow arrangements governing the funds in the escrow account; and
(m) such other factors as the Exchange believes are consistent with the goals of investor protection and the public interest.
2.2 The management team should have the appropriate experience and track record and demonstrate that it will be capable of identifying and evaluating acquisition targets and completing the business combination sustainably based on the business objective and strategy disclosed in the prospectus. The issue manager must demonstrate that the management team has the requisite collective experience and track record, which include having:
(a) sufficient and relevant technical and commercial experience and expertise;
(b) positive track record in relevant industry and business activities including (i) specific contribution to business growth and performance; (ii) ability to manage relevant business operations risks; and (iii) ability to identify and develop acquisition opportunities; and
(c) positive corporate governance and regulatory compliance history.
2.3 In demonstrating the suitability of a SPAC for listing, the issue manager must consider the SPAC proposal holistically and take into consideration factors including those set out in paragraphs 2.1 and 2.2 above.
3. Additional Requirements for Escrow Agreement
3.1 The escrow agreement provisions should include the following:
(a) the governing law is Singapore law;
(b) the obligation by the escrow agent to disclose any confidential or other information to the Exchange upon request;
(c) the obligation by the escrow agent to take appropriate measures to ensure proper safekeeping, custody and control of the funds held in the escrow account, including that proper accounting records and other related records as necessary are retained in relation to the escrow account; and
(d) where the escrow agent resigns or ceases to act for the issuer prior to the liquidation of the escrow account, the escrow agent is required to give three months’ notice in writing to the Exchange if it wishes to resign, stating its reasons for resignation. The issuer is similarly required to give three months’ notice in writing to the Exchange if it wishes to terminate the escrow agent’s appointment, stating its reasons for termination. Any resignation or termination arrangement shall be carried out in compliance with Rule 210(11)(i)(iii).
4. Contents of Quarterly Updates via SGXNET
4.1 The SGXNET announcement update required under Rule 754(3) must include the following information:
(a) general description of the issuer’s operating expenses and the total amounts spent;
(b) detailed description, analysis and discussion on the top 5 highest amount of operating expenses;
(c) a statement by the directors of the issuer on whether there is any circumstance that has affected or will affect the business and financial position of the issuer;
(d) commentary from the directors of the issuer on the direction of the business combination, including any change to the objective, strategy, status and capital of the issuer;
(e) in relation to the funds placed in the escrow account, the composition of the permitted investments, the issuer’s investment strategy, market and credit risks for such investments; and
(f) brief explanation of the status of (i) utilisation of proceeds from IPO, compared with the disclosure of the intended use of proceeds in the prospectus, segregated between those placed in the escrow account from those which are not, including explanation for any material deviation in the use of proceeds; and (ii) utilisation of any interests and income derived from the amounts placed in the escrow account.
5. Event of Material Change prior to Business Combination
5.1 Examples of circumstances that may constitute an event of material change as described in Rule 210(11)(n)(i) includes:-
(a) a change in control of the founding shareholders; and
(b) resignation and/or replacement of key members of the management team (which are not due to natural cessation events).
The circumstances above are not intended to be exhaustive. In the event of any uncertainty, the issuer should consult and clarify with the Exchange as soon as possible. The Exchange retains discretion to determine a circumstance an event of material change.
6. Circumstances for Escrow Funds Draw Down
6.1 The issuer may draw down the amount placed in the escrow account prior to completion of a business combination in the following circumstances:
(a) upon election by a shareholder to have its shares redeemed by the issuer at the time of business combination vote and if the business combination is approved and completed within the permitted time frame;
(b) upon a liquidation of the issuer;
(c) solely in respect of the interest earned and income derived from the amount placed in the escrow account, such interest and income is permitted for draw down by the issuer as payment for administrative expenses incurred by the issuer in connection with the IPO, general working capital expenses and related expenses for the purposes of identifying and completing a business combination; and
(d) upon such other exceptional circumstances apart from those stipulated in (a) to (c).
The issuer must obtain (i) the Exchange’s approval; and (ii) at least 75% of the votes cast by shareholders at a general meeting to be convened, for a draw down on the amount held in escrow account for the purposes of (d). For the purpose of voting on a draw down under (d), the founding shareholders, the management team, and their associates, are not permitted to vote with shares acquired at nominal or no consideration prior to or at the IPO of the issuer.
7. Additional Disclosure Requirements for Shareholders’ Circular for the Business Combination
7.1
(a) Aggregate fair market value of the business combination in monetary terms and as a percentage of the amount held in the escrow account, net of any taxes payable (including basis of such value);
(b) The details of how the target business(es) or asset(s) was identified, evaluated and decided for business combination;
(c) A statement on whether the selection criteria or factors of the business combination are in line with those disclosed in the prospectus and relevant commentary on any variations from such selection criteria or factors, if any;
(d) The status of the utilisation of proceeds raised from the IPO, compared with the disclosure of the intended use of proceeds in the prospectus, segregated between those placed in the escrow account from those which are not, including explanation for any material deviation in the use of proceeds;
(e) Information required in Rules 1015(5)(a) and (b);
(f) Valuation methodologies (if applicable) used in valuing the business combination, and explanation if such methodologies is not in line with that disclosed in the prospectus of the IPO;
(g) The limit as to the maximum number of shares with respect to which an independent shareholder, together with any associates or persons acting jointly or in concert, may exercise a redemption right (if applicable);
(h) Where an independent valuer is not appointed, statements from the financial adviser and the directors of the issuer on why obtaining an independent valuation on the business combination is not necessary and the basis for forming such views;
(i) A responsibility statement by the founding shareholders and the directors of the issuer, the proposed directors of the resulting issuer, and the financial adviser, in the form set out in Practice Note 12.1;
(j) The details of any additional financing including issuance of securities and credit facility entered into, including the salient terms and proposed utilisation of funds;
(k) Voting, redemption and liquidation rights of shareholders in relation to the business combination. This includes:
(i) basis of computation for pro rata entitlement in the event of a redemption of shares and liquidation of the issuer;
(ii) any threshold on the aggregate percentage of shares owned by shareholders who exercise their redemption rights beyond which the issuer will not proceed with the business combination, and the basis for the quantum set;
(iii) the process for those who elect to redeem their shares for cash and the timeframe for payment; and
(iv) the terms and procedures for the liquidation distribution upon failure to meet the permitted time frame to complete a business combination;
(l) Prominent disclosure on dilutive impact to shareholders arising from known dilutive features and events including (i) additional financing obtained for the business combination and new issuance of securities; (ii) the conversion of any warrants or other convertible securities issued by the issuer in connection with the IPO including the maximum percentage dilution limit established in accordance with Rule 210(11)(k) and the basis for the established limit; and (iii) the aggregate equity interests in the issuer acquired by the founding shareholders, management team, and their associates at nominal or no consideration;
(m) Pertinent terms of any side voting arrangement or agreement respectively entered into by the SPAC and/or founding shareholders with other shareholders including the impact of such arrangement or agreement to shareholders;
(n) Potential conflicts of interest between the issuer and the founding shareholders, the directors and the management team, and their associates (including measures (if any) to address potential conflicts of interest where the issuer pursues a business combination target in which the aforementioned persons or entity have an interest in);
(o) Potential conflicts of interests a financial adviser and underwriters may have in providing additional services to the issuer such as identifying potential business combination targets, including description of the additional services, fees and commissions, and whether any commissions were conditional and deferred;
(p) The details of any benefits and compensation received by the founding shareholders, the directors and the management team, and their associates arising from the completion of the business combination; and
(q) The details of the ownership interest in and continuing relationship of the founding shareholders, the directors and the management team, and their associates with the resulting issuer.
Added on 3 September 2021 and amended on 29 October 2025.
Practice Note 7.1 Continuing Disclosure
Cross-referenced from Listing Rule 703 and Appendix 7.1
1. Introduction
1.1 This Practice Note provides guidance on the continuing obligations of issuers in respect of Listing Rule 703 on the disclosure of material information and Appendix 7.1 on the Exchange's Corporate Disclosure Policy. Issuers should apply the principles outlined in the Practice Note flexibly and sensibly. Issuers are still obliged to make their own judgments when determining whether a particular piece of information is material and requires disclosure. The purpose of timely disclosure of material information is to allow the operation of a fair, orderly and transparent market. The following discussion should be read in that light.
1.2 In case of doubt, issuers are encouraged to consult the Exchange with respect to the application of the rules.
2. Interaction with the SFA
2.1 The Exchange's continuous disclosure rules are given statutory backing under Section 203 of the SFA. A breach of the Exchange's continuous disclosure obligations may be considered an offence under the SFA and may have serious legal consequences for the issuer and its officers.
3. Guidance on what constitutes material information
3.1 Rule 703(1) requires an issuer to announce any information known to the issuer concerning it or any of its subsidiaries or associated companies which:
(a) is necessary to avoid the establishment of a false market in the issuer's securities (Rule 703(1)(a)). Appendix 7.1 explains that a false market may exist if information is not made available that would, or would be likely to, influence persons who commonly invest in securities in deciding whether or not to subscribe for, or buy or sell the securities. Such information may be referred to as “trade-sensitive” information; or
(b) would be likely to materially affect the price or value of the issuer's securities (Rule 703(1)(b)). Information would be likely to have such material price impact if it is likely to prompt a significant change in the price or value of the issuer's securities. Such information may be referred to as “materially price-sensitive” information.
3.2 Information is considered material and required to be disclosed under Rule 703(1) as long as it is either trade-sensitive or materially price-sensitive. Issuers must exercise judgment when deciding whether information is material using both these tests. If an issuer is unable to ascertain whether the information is material, the recommended course of action is to announce the information via SGXNET.
Materially price-sensitive information
3.3 The test of whether information is materially price-sensitive is an objective one. Issuers must assess, on an ex-ante basis, if the information is likely to have a material impact to the price of its securities. It requires issuers to foresee how investors will react to any particular information when it is disclosed.
3.4 Issuers' assessment should consider the significance of the information in the context of the issuer's business. Information that might be immaterial to another entity may be material to the issuer, as the impact to the issuer would depend on its business and market expectations of the issuer's performance. Issuers should therefore rely on experience and knowledge of past market impact of similar type of disclosures made under comparable circumstances to form their assessment.
3.5 Issuers should also consider prevailing market conditions in their assessment of price impact. Factors to be considered could include liquidity of the issuer's securities, macroeconomic or sector-specific factors and the general market sentiment. Information that might be considered immaterial during stable macroeconomic and industry conditions but could become material when the industry is undergoing extreme volatility or a protracted downcycle.
3.6 For the purposes of assessing if a breach of Rule 703(1)(b) has occurred, the Exchange will examine actual market reaction to the information when it is disclosed. If information that is disclosed does not result in a significant change in price of the securities, then it is likely that the information may not be considered to be materially price-sensitive. The Exchange may examine market reaction over a length of time suitable for the liquidity of the securities. For example, if the securities are not actively traded, it may be necessary to look at a longer period of activity.
Trade-sensitive information
3.7 The test for trade-sensitive information does not focus on the potential price impact of information, but rather the likelihood that the omission or failure to disclose such information will result in the market trading on an uninformed basis. Such information must be disclosed to avoid the establishment of a false market in the securities. As set out in the Corporate Disclosure Policy in Appendix 7.1, a false market may exist if information is not made available that would, or would be likely to, influence persons who commonly invest in securities in deciding whether or not to subscribe for, or buy or sell the securities.
3.8 The test of whether information is trade-sensitive is also an objective one. The question to ask is, is the information expected to influence an investor who commonly invests in securities to subscribe for, or buy or sell the issuer's securities in reliance of that information, if it had been known beforehand? If so, the information is trade-sensitive.
3.9 The term “persons who commonly invest” is defined in Section 214 of the SFA. MAS has also issued guidelines on the interpretation of the term, which set out that the class of investors that are considered “persons who commonly invest” will be product-specific, and will include retail investors for listed shares. The Exchange will employ the same definition and interpretation for the purposes of the Listing Rules.
3.10 For practical purposes, information which is materially price-sensitive would likely also be trade-sensitive. If information has a material price impact, it would also influence investors in their investment decisions. However, trade-sensitive information need not necessarily have a material price impact. For example, information on a transaction may have a neutral effect on share price, but may be considered to be trade-sensitive if the transaction is material to the issuer and likely to influence investors' decision to invest in the securities.
3.11 Therefore, the Exchange's assessment of whether information is trade-sensitive is broader than that for materially price-sensitive information. The test for trade-sensitive information assesses the likelihood that the information, if undisclosed, will cause investors to trade on an uninformed basis. In that regard, the Exchange may consider information to be trade-sensitive, even if there is no significant market reaction to the information when disclosed.
3.12 Issuers should make their own judgment on whether information would be trade-sensitive. In particular, an issuer should consider whether a person who commonly invests in that security would likely trade in the security in reliance of that piece of information. As with the test for materially price-sensitive information, which requires issuers to assess the impact of the information to the price of the issuer's securities, issuers should review the information in the context of the issuer's business as well as prevailing market conditions in making their assessment.
4. Exceptions to Rule 703(3)
4.1 Rule 703(3) allows exception from disclosure provided that three conditions are met. These conditions are that (a) a reasonable person would not expect information to be disclosed, (b) the information is confidential and (c) the information either (i) concerns an incomplete proposal or negotiation, (ii) comprises matters of supposition or is insufficiently definite to warrant disclosure, (iii) is generated for internal management purposes, or (iv) is a trade secret. Information should be disclosed if any one of the three conditions is not satisfied.
Confidential information
4.2 Where material, non-public information has been reported but not released via SGXNET, the Exchange will require clarification from an issuer to ensure that the market is trading on accurate information. If information has been reported in a reasonably specific manner or from a reliable identified source, the Exchange is likely to consider that the information is no longer confidential. For example, should the report contain the salient terms of a contract or the information has been attributed to the issuer or a reliable source, this indicates that there may have been a leakage of material information. Leakage of material information would result in a loss of confidentiality and thus an issuer can no longer rely on the confidentiality exemption under Rule 703(3).
4.3 An issuer is required to announce any material, non-public information that has leaked to the market even though it was covered by the exemptions in Rule 703(3) (for example, regardless of whether the transaction is still undergoing negotiation). This is regardless of the issuer's original intentions to keep the information confidential. It is therefore important for issuers to put in place strong safeguards to preserve confidentiality of its information. If the issuer is not ready to confirm the information that was leaked or there is too much uncertainty (for example, if the transaction is undergoing negotiation), the issuer should release a holding statement to sufficiently explain its position.
4.4 If an issuer is of the view that there has been no leak, but there is unusual trading activity that could be attributable to the report, the issuer should release a statement to provide clarity on the actual situation and deny or confirm the matters in the report, even if the statement may be a reiteration of information previously announced. Where there are no media reports, but unusual trading activity is observed, the issuer should undertake a review to seek the causes of the unusual trading activity and take appropriate action as set out in paragraph 20 of Appendix 7.1.
Positive example:
Unusual trading activity is observed on the issuer's securities.
The issuer requested a trading halt on the same day, and stated that it had received a non-binding proposal from a third party who had expressed interest to purchase certain businesses of the issuer and was currently in discussions with the third party. The issuer also clarified that as at the date of the announcement, no binding offer has been made and no definitive agreements have been entered into in relation to any merger and acquisition, joint venture or strategic alliance opportunity.
Upon the subsequent confirmation of the transaction, the issuer followed up with another announcement that it had entered into a conditional share purchase agreement for the sale of a certain part of its business to a third party.
4.5 An issuer must not agree to a confidentiality clause with any other parties, for example as part of contractual terms, which may result in it not being able to comply with the continuous disclosure rules in the Listing Manual. If the test for disclosure under Rule 703 is otherwise met (for example, the entering into of a material agreement), the Exchange will expect the information to be disclosed notwithstanding that the information is confidential or that the issuer has signed a non-disclosure agreement. This requirement does not apply if Rule 703(2) applies.
Rumours or speculation
4.6 The Exchange generally does not expect issuers to respond to rumours or speculation (including reports predicting future sales, earnings or other data) unless there is a price or volume movement in the market. However, an issuer is expected to clarify the position if the information contained in the report or rumour is reasonably specific to suggest that the information came from an insider or a reliable source. For example, if there are media reports setting out material allegations involving an issuer or its business, its Board or its management, the issuer should, where necessary, request a trading halt and promptly release an announcement to clarify its position.
Information concerns an incomplete proposal or negotiation
4.7 Information that concerns an incomplete proposal or negotiation is excluded on the basis that the likelihood of such agreements proceeding is low or uncertain. Issuers cannot rely on this exception for material developments or arrangements where commitments to or from the issuer have already been made, even if there are expected to be subsequent developments that may change the potential impact.
4.8 For example, if a material transaction is subject to conditions precedent, the issuer must make prompt disclosure when commitment to undertake the transaction is made, even if the conditions precedent have yet to be satisfied. If and when there is subsequent development, issuers should then provide further updates to the market.
4.9 As another example, the service or receipt of a letter of demand or the commencement of a lawsuit may require disclosure if the amount or action claimed otherwise has a material impact, notwithstanding that negotiations on the letter of demand may be ongoing or the outcome of the lawsuit is not yet known. This is particularly so if the claim may, so long as it succeeds in part, materially impact the issuer's performance, even if the exact quantum of the claim may still be uncertain. However, if the claim or action could reasonably be characterised as bound to fail (for example, if the issuer has received legal advice to that effect), disclosure may not be necessary.
Negative example:
An issuer received a letter of demand from its lender. The amount owed by the issuer to the lender was substantial. The issuer did not immediately announce the receipt of the letter of demand, nor did it request a trading halt. The issuer said that it was still in negotiations with the lender to seek a time extension to make repayment and hence did not think that disclosure was necessary.
The Exchange determined that the receipt of the letter of demand was material and took disciplinary action against the issuer for failure to disclose the matter promptly. The Exchange considered that the receipt of a letter of demand by the issuer from its lender would be considered material information for the issuer, given the amount owed. The fact that a time extension was being sought should not have altered the decision to disclose immediately, as there was already certainty of the claim. The issuer should have announced the receipt of the letter of demand promptly.
Trade secrets
4.10 An issuer also cannot rely on reasons, such as possible erosion of the issuer's competitiveness or unfavourable impact on the issuer's business to avoid complying with the disclosure rules, unless the matter is a trade secret. Trade secrets are intellectual property of the issuer, such as a specific process, system or know-how belonging to the issuer which provides it with a competitive advantage. It does not include general information that can be easily discoverable or observed.
5. Guidance on particular situations
5.1 Examples of the types of information that could be material are provided under paragraphs 4 and 8 of Appendix 7.1. However, no definitive list can be given. What may be considered material to one issuer may not be material to another. Hence each issuer must exercise its own judgment when deciding whether information is material. Apart from considering quantitative factors, an issuer should consider qualitative and circumstantial factors when deciding whether it is necessary to disclose a particular piece of information. These include trading history of the issuer, unexplained change in price or volume of the issuer's shares, volatility of the issuer's shares, operating environment of the issuer, and the total mix of information that is publicly available. As a guiding principle, an issuer should always consider whether a reasonable person would expect the information to be disclosed.
Change in the issuer's near-term earnings prospects
5.2 During the course of preparing its financial reports, an issuer may become aware that the company's financial position will significantly deviate from previously reported results. In such a situation, the issuer should disclose the significant deviation immediately, and not withhold it until the scheduled release of the financial report. This is made clear in paragraph 8 of Appendix 7.1, which states that where there is firm evidence of significant improvement or deterioration in the near-term earnings prospects, this is likely to be considered material information which must be disclosed immediately. The same obligation also applies if there are material adjustments to the issuer's previously announced financial statements.
5.3 Issuers should take into account the information currently available to the public that might inform investors' expectations on the issuer's future performance. This will necessarily include previous prospect statements made by the issuer in its financial reports.
5.4 Apart from the financial reporting cycle, an issuer may also become aware of material changes to its near-term earnings prospects caused by general trading trends or by specific events or developments during the course of its business which may be likely to materially affect its earnings (for example, a loss of a major customer or disruption to a major supplier). The issuer should assess if such events or developments are material and require immediate disclosure. The issuer should put in place internal controls to escalate material information to the Board expediently for consideration.
Ongoing developments
5.5 In certain situations, a matter may still be developing or undergoing further assessment, and issuers may not be able to quantify the impact at the occurrence of the material event. Issuers must still make disclosure of the event without delay. Their announcement should contain sufficient information for investors to understand the potential magnitude of the event and its relevance in the context of the issuer's prospects. Useful information will include a description of the risks or uncertainties and mitigating measures to be taken by the issuer. Issuers should follow up with further announcements to the market when there are subsequent material developments.
Positive example:
A fire occurred at a storage facility of a major supplier of an issuer. The issuer made immediate announcement of the incident on SGXNET, while it was still in the process of assessing the scale of the impact.
In its announcement, the issuer included information on the extent of its reliance on that particular supplier, the immediate impact of the fire to its supply operations and obligations to existing customers, as well as mitigating measures undertaken to minimise impact of the disruption.
The issuer also stated that it was conducting further assessment of the impact, and would provide updates to the market if it is concluded that there is material impact.
Investigation on a director or an executive officer of the issuer
5.6 Under Rule 704(7)(a), an announcement of the appointment of key persons by an issuer must contain material background information as set out in Appendix 7.4.1. Such information includes, among others, whether the key person has been concerned with the management or conduct of the affairs of any corporation or entity which has been investigated, or the subject of civil or criminal proceedings (including pending proceedings), in each case, involving a breach of law or regulatory requirement as set out in Appendix 7.4.1 relating to the securities or futures industry, or involving fraud or dishonesty.
5.7 Under Rule 720(1), an issuer must also comply with Rule 210(5) on a continuing basis, which requires, among others, a consideration of the character and integrity of directors and management.
5.8 Issuers should put in place internal controls to ensure that where directors or executive officers are notified by a regulatory authority, an exchange, a professional body or a government agency (“relevant authority”), that they are to be interviewed or under investigation, such information is escalated expediently to the Board, including the Nominating Committee. The Board should conduct an independent assessment of the matter and not rely solely on the representations made by the director or executive officer. Where investigations are on-going, directors and executive officers must continue to provide updates to the Board on material development relating to the investigations, including the conclusion of investigations, so long as they are not prohibited from doing so by the regulatory requirements.
5.9 In determining whether the information is material for disclosure, the Board should consider, among others:
(a) whether the information is material to the affairs of the issuer, taking into account factors such as:
(i) the extent to which the interview or investigation concerns the affairs of the issuer or the group;
(ii) the extent to which the issuer is reliant on the director or executive officer for the proper oversight and management of the issuer; and
(iii) the extent to which the director's or executive officer's ability to oversee or manage the issuer is compromised; and
(b) whether the investigation would affect the information previously disclosed in accordance with Rule 704(7)(a) or the assessment of the character and integrity of the director or executive officer; and
(c) the severity of the potential breach.
5.10 Subject to paragraph 5.9 above, the following events are likely to require immediate disclosure:
(a) the director or executive officer has been served with an order for the production of documents to assist in an investigation in relation to a breach of law, rule or regulation;
(b) the director or executive officer was investigated and interviewed by the relevant authority;
(c) the director or executive officer has surrendered his passport to a relevant authority, has been arrested (with or without posting bail) by a relevant authority, has been formally charged by a relevant authority or a relevant authority has imposed conditions or restrictions on the director or executive officer; or
(d) the director or executive officer has been convicted or disqualified or is the subject of any judgement or ruling.
5.11 To give clarity to such events, an announcement made pursuant to paragraph 5.10 above should contain:
(a) the name and position of the relevant director or executive officer;
(b) the relevant fact (for example, that the director has surrendered his passport to the relevant authority) and details of any other conditions or restrictions imposed by the relevant authority, where applicable;
(c) the alleged offences and the identity of the offender whom the authorities were investigating as stated in the order, where applicable;
(d) the Nominating Committee’s assessment of the suitability of the continued appointment of the director or executive officer and continued compliance with Rule 720(1) (read with Rule 210(5)) as well as the measures (if any) put in place to safeguard against risks associated with his continued appointment, where applicable;
(e) a statement by the director or executive officer that he undertakes to inform the Board of the ongoing investigation and subsequent developments; and
(f) the Board’s statement that it will continue to monitor the progress of the investigation and the Nominating Committee will continue to re-assess the suitability of the continued appointment of the relevant director or executive officer as and when there are material developments to the investigation. If no measures to safeguard against risks associated with the retention of such individual are considered necessary by the Board, this should be stated in the announcement, along with the reasons.
5.12 Where a person is a director or executive officer in multiple listed issuers, the onus is on the person to notify the Boards of all these listed issuers of his involvement in an ongoing investigation. Where an issuer has been notified by its director or executive officer of his involvement in an ongoing investigation that does not directly concern the affairs of the issuer, the Nominating Committee must still assess the suitability of the continued appointment of the relevant director or executive officer. For instance, the Nominating Committee must assess whether the investigation is material to the issuer, and whether the investigation would affect the assessment of the character and integrity of the director or executive officer. Where the Nominating Committee opines that the investigation is material to the issuer or has a bearing on the character and integrity of the director or executive officer, the issuer must announce the Nominating Committee’s assessment of the suitability of the continued appointment of the relevant director or executive officer and continued compliance with Rule 720(1) (read with Rule 210(5)) as well as the measures (if any) put in place to safeguard against the risks associated with his continued appointment. If no measures are considered necessary by the Board, this should be stated in the announcement, along with the reasons.
5.13 Where the Nominating Committee finds that it is not in the best interest of the Company for the relevant director or executive officer to continue with his current appointment, an announcement should be made on the suspension or cessation of service pursuant to Rule 704(7)(a) and the reason for the suspension or cessation.
5.14 On the other hand, where a relevant conduct has resulted in a private sanction by the relevant authority, such information need not be disclosed as the breach is likely to be of a less serious nature and the relevant authority has deemed it appropriate for the sanction to remain confidential.
Investigation on an issuer
5.15 In the case where the issuer itself is involved in an investigation, the market should similarly be updated in a timely manner. In determining whether the information is material for disclosure, the Board should consider, among others:
(a) whether the information is material to the affairs of the issuer; and
(b) the severity of the potential breach.
5.16 Subject to paragraph 5.15 above, the following events are likely to require immediate disclosure:
(a) the issuer has been contacted by a relevant authority or served with an order for the production of documents to assist in an investigation in relation to a breach of law, rule or regulation; or
(b) the issuer has been informed or becomes aware that any of its subsidiaries or associated companies are under investigation by a relevant authority.
5.17 To give clarity to such events, an announcement made pursuant to paragraph 5.15 above should contain:
(a) the name of the relevant subsidiary or associated company, where applicable;
(b) the relevant fact and details of any other conditions or restrictions imposed by the relevant authority, where applicable;
(c) the alleged offences and identity of the offender whom the authorities was investigating as stated in the order, where applicable; and
(d) the Board’s statement that it will continue to monitor the progress of the investigation and to provide updates on material developments.
6. Content of announcements
Publication of promotional material
6.1 Announcements on SGXNET must be balanced and fair. That is, both the positive and negative aspects of the development or prospects must be disclosed honestly and without bias. Issuers should be cautious not to mislead investors with the presentation or emphasis of certain favourable information, or omission of certain unfavourable key facts.
6.2 In particular, paragraph 25 of Appendix 7.1 states that issuers should avoid the use of promotional jargon in their announcements. This does not mean that issuers should avoid disclosing developments or presenting forward looking information that are positive in nature. For example, a property development company may announce updates of its key projects attaining certain sales milestones; a technology company may announce the launch of a breakthrough product. Such announcements enable investors to assess the impact of such developments on the issuer's business and future prospects. In this regard, issuers should refer to the specific guidance provided in Appendix 7.1, to ensure that their disclosures meet the requirements of being balanced and fair.
6.3 Issuers should also avoid using SGXNET to publish third party research reports that present a favourable valuation of the issuer's shares, with the aim of driving up the share price. The publication of research reports by an issuer could be interpreted as tacit representation that its results will be close to the estimate and will likely be considered by the Exchange as a prospect statement. The report will also be subject to the same requirements as any other announcement from the issuer (for example, it must not mislead investors and must be presented in a balanced and fair manner). In addition, as stated in paragraph 11 of Appendix 7.1, estimates or projections should be prepared carefully, be soundly based and should be realistic.
Negative example:
An issuer announced a third party research analyst's projected valuation of the issuer's securities. Upon investigation, the Exchange found that the issuer had omitted key facts from the research report in its announcement. In particular, the issuer only presented the most optimistic scenario of the analyst's valuation in the announcement, without sufficient qualification or explanation. The issuer had failed to highlight the range of possible valuation scenarios and key assumptions for each scenario that had been included in the research report.
The Exchange took the view that the issuer was in breach of the Listing Rule requirements for announcements to be balanced and fair and took disciplinary action against the issuer.
Sufficient information
6.4 Announcements should contain sufficient detail to allow investors to evaluate the relative importance of the announced information to the issuer. When announcing the award of any contract or new business arrangements, for example distributorships, joint ventures and strategic alliances, an issuer must state clearly the financial impact arising from the transaction or, if there is no material impact, provide a statement to that effect. By providing the financial impact on the issuer, investors will be able to put the announcement in perspective.
6.5 The Exchange recognises that there may be some instances where an issuer is prevented from disclosing the financial impact with certainty. One example may be the existence of certain variables that are outside the issuer's control, such as fulfillment of a contract on an ad-hoc basis or poor visibility as to when revenue is generated. Under these circumstances, the issuer should provide an explanation for the non-disclosure and sufficient information to enable investors to independently assess the financial impact taking into consideration the variables disclosed.
6.6 The inclusion of generic or boilerplate statements is of limited use to investors. For example, vague statements such as “the issuer expects to remain profitable” or imprecise terms such as “double digit performance” do not provide useful information to investors as to the possible scale of performance expected. As another example, if a transaction will only be conducted in the next financial year, a statement merely stating that the transaction is not expected to have a material impact for the current financial year will not be meaningful. In this regard, issuers should set out the specific facts or circumstances that has affected or may affect performance, and provide insightful analysis on the impact for investors to make an informed assessment of the issuer's prospects.
7. Other issues
Information from third parties
7.1 Announcements by third parties, such as industry regulators, may be considered material information. If the issuer assesses that there is material impact from these developments, it should make the necessary disclosure, with an assessment of the impact of the event.
7.2 There may be instances where a third party releases information on behalf of, or relevant to, an issuer, for example in the case of a takeover. Where possible, issuers should ensure that the announcement provided by the third parties is made under the issuer's name, so that investors can locate all announcements relating to an issuer when they access SGXNET. Third parties and professional advisers who do not represent the issuer are also encouraged to liaise with the issuer and make necessary arrangements to release any material announcement pertaining to the issuer under the issuer's name.
Publication on the issuer's website
7.3 The Exchange does not prohibit issuers from disseminating information through other media such as the Internet. Issuers are reminded that any material information released on the Internet, including posting of information on its own website, should have been previously released via SGXNET, or should be simultaneously released via SGXNET.
Analyst briefings
7.4 The Exchange does not prohibit issuers from conducting briefings with analysts and holding meetings with groups of investors and the media. However, such meetings might create a perception that analysts, institutional investors, fund managers or media have access to information that is not generally available to the public and this may undermine investors' confidence in the existence of a level playing field. Hence, an issuer should have in place policies to minimise the risk of being perceived to be practising selective disclosure. Such policies might include pre-release of any prepared information intended for the briefings and meetings, for example slides or speeches, via SGXNET. Alternatively, as such information must not be material, non-public information, it could be released on the issuer's website with an accompanying SGXNET announcement to inform investors that additional information is available on the issuer's website. The second alternative may be preferred if the issuer intends to release large-sized files or provide a webcast of the briefing.
7.5 Where an issuer inadvertently discloses material, non-public information during these briefings or meetings, the issuer must disseminate the information via SGXNET as promptly as possible. An issuer may, if necessary, request a trading halt in its securities.
7.6 [Deleted]
Amended on 29 September 2011, 7 February 2020, 1 August 2021 and 29 October 2025.
Practice Note 7.2 Monitoring and Reviewing of Unusual Trading Activity
Cross-referenced from Listing Rule 703, Appendix 7.1 and Practice Note 7.1
1. Introduction
1.1 This Practice Note provides information on the procedures that issuers may undertake when unusual trading activity in their securities is observed.
2. Unusual Trading Activity
2.1 As set out under Paragraph 18 of Appendix 7.1, unusual trading activity in an issuer's securities, without it being apparent that publicly available information could account for the activity, may signify trading by persons who are acting on unannounced material information or on a rumour or report, whether true or false.
2.2 [Deleted]
3. Role of SGX RegCo
3.1 SGX RegCo will review trading activity in the issuer’s securities. If SGX RegCo considers that there is unusual trading activity that is not directly attributable to public information relating to the issuer, industry trends or market sentiment, SGX RegCo may highlight such unusual trading activity to the issuer. The issuer should consider whether it is aware of any undisclosed material information. If so, it should be disclosed on SGXNET.
3.2 [Deleted]
3.3 [Deleted]
4. Reviewing of Unusual Trading Activity
4.1 An issuer is expected to review any unusual trading activity in its securities as soon as possible. In view of the importance of maintaining a fair, orderly and transparent market, issuers must, upon being made aware of the unusual trading activity, immediately undertake an enquiry to ascertain the cause of the unusual trading activity. Issuers should have in place, procedures to ensure that the enquiry or information gathering is carried out efficiently, systematically and promptly, so that the issuer is able to disseminate all material information as soon as possible.
4.2 Paragraph 20 of Appendix 7.1 sets out some possible causes for unusual trading and how issuers should respond based on different causes.
4.3 An issuer may wish to, where appropriate, request for suspension of trading in its securities or a trading halt. If so, the issuer should contact Securities Market Control and provide a SGXNET announcement requesting for suspension or a trading halt, stating the reason for the suspension or trading halt. Where possible, it would be useful for issuers to inform investors when the suspension of its securities or trading halt is expected to be lifted.
4.4 [Deleted]
5. Secondary Listings and Issuers that are Exempted from Continuing Listing Obligations
5.1 Issuers with a secondary listing on the Exchange and issuers that are exempted from the continuing listing obligations under Chapter 7 must comply with the home exchanges' disclosure requirements. Nevertheless, as the securities of such issuers are being traded on the Exchange, the Exchange must ensure that there is a fair, orderly and transparent market in these securities. Issuers may therefore be required to undertake a review regarding the trading of their securities on the Exchange.
6. Keeping Track of Persons with Access to Material Information
6.1 Paragraph 12 of Appendix 7.1 explains that material information, which is otherwise required to be disclosed under Rule 703(1), may be temporarily withheld under Rule 703(3), provided that the strictest confidentiality is maintained.
6.2 To ensure the confidentiality of the information and as a matter of good corporate governance, where an issuer relies on Rule 703(3) to withhold material information, the issuer must be able to keep track of persons who gained access to the information. These persons may include internal staff or external advisers. The issuer's supervision aids in the control of information flow, as well as assists in investigations in case of information "leaks".
6.3 Unusual trading activity observed in an issuer's securities could indicate possible "leaks" of material information. In this circumstance, the Exchange may request the issuer to submit a list of persons who have access to the information ("privy persons list"). The privy persons list should typically include information on the identity of the privy persons, the circumstances under which these persons gained access to the information (i.e. became aware or involved in the transaction), and the dates on which these persons first gained access to the information. The Exchange may also ask for related information reasonably required for the proper discharge of its regulatory function.
6.4 The issuer must have proper procedures in place to provide the privy persons list expeditiously to the Exchange upon request. Such procedures may include the maintenance of the privy persons list from the date the issuer first started withholding information under Listing Rule 703(3).
7. Conclusion
7.1 This Practice Note sets out the procedures which issuers may undertake when unusual trading activity in their securities is observed. However, there may be instances when a different approach is warranted.
7.2 Issuers should also familiarize themselves with the Exchange's Continuing Obligations, Corporate Disclosure Policy and any other relevant Practice Notes.
Amended on 29 September 2011, 3 March 2014, 1 December 2015, 15 September 2017 and 29 October 2025.
Practice Note 7.3 Takeovers — Receipt of an Offer for Listed Shares
| Details | Cross References |
| Issue date: 18 August 2004 Effective date: 19 August 2004 | Rule 703 Practice Note 7.1 |
1. Introduction
2. The facts
3. The Issue
4. Company A's Position
5. Company B's Position
6. Disclosure Obligations Under Listing Rule 703
7. Potential Purchaser's Position
8. General Principle
Amended on 29 September 201129 September 2011.
Practice Note 7.4 Guide for Operating and Financial Review
| Details | Cross References |
| Issue date: 7 June 2006 Effective date: 1 September 2006 | Listing Rule 1207(4) |
1. Introduction
2. OFR Guide
Guide for Operating and Financial Review
INTRODUCTION
OBJECTIVES AND TENETS OF THE OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW
PRINCIPLES AND GUIDELINES
Principle 1
Guidelines
Principle 2
Guidelines
Guidelines
Principle 4
Guidelines
Guidelines
Guidelines
Principle 7
Guidelines
Guidelines
Amended on 29 September 201129 September 2011.
1 Rule 1207(4) of the Listing Manual of the Singapore Exchange.
Practice Note 7.5 General Meetings
| Details | Cross References |
| Issue date: 31 July 2013 19 April 2023 Effective date: 1 January 2014 1 July 2023 | Listing Rule 704(16) Listing Rule 730A |
1. Introduction
2. Location and format of general meeting
3. Notice of meeting and dissemination of documents
4. Written questions
5. Voting
6. Minutes
Amended on 1 July 2023.
Practice Note 7.6 Sustainability Reporting Guide
Cross-referenced from Rules 711A and 711B
1. Introduction
1.1 Listing Rule 711A requires every issuer to prepare an annual sustainability report, which must describe the issuer's sustainability practices with reference to the primary components set out in Listing Rule 711B on a 'comply or explain' basis (other than as required under Listing Rule 711B(2)). This Practice Note contains the Sustainability Reporting Guide (the "Guide"), which provides guidance on the expected structure and contents and the preparation of the sustainability report.
1.2 Sustainability reporting disclosure does not detract from the issuer's obligation to disclose any information that is necessary to avoid the establishment of a false market in the issuer's securities or would be likely to materially affect the price or value of its securities pursuant to Listing Rule 703.
1.3 A glossary of the common terms used in the Guide is set out in paragraph 8 of this Guide.
2. Policy Statement on Sustainability Reporting
2.1 Issuers make regular financial reports to their investors that are used for assessment of the likelihood of repayment and the returns on investment.
2.2 The addition of sustainability reporting to financial reporting provides a more comprehensive picture of the issuer: statements of financial position and comprehensive income provide a snapshot of the present and an account of the past year, while sustainability reports of environmental, social and governance (“ESG”) factors show the risks and opportunities within sight, managed for future returns. Taken together, the combined financial and sustainability reports enable a better assessment of the issuer's financial prospects, the sustainability of the current business into the future and quality of management.
2.3 To achieve the additional transparency which encourages efficiency and innovation, SGX-ST requires each issuer to publish an annual sustainability report. This Guide provides guidance to the issuer on compliance with the requirements under the Listing Rules.
3. Principles
Board responsibility
3.1 The Code states as its preamble that sustainability, together with accountability and transparency, is a tenet of good governance. It provides that the Board is collectively responsible for the long-term success of the issuer, and the Board's role includes setting strategic objectives which should include appropriate focus on sustainability. The Board has ultimate responsibility for the issuer's sustainability reporting. Consistent with its role, the Board should determine the ESG factors identified as material to the business and see to it that they are monitored and managed. Management has responsibility to ensure that the ESG factors are monitored on an ongoing basis and properly managed. The Board's close interaction with management will enable the Board to satisfy itself on the way sustainability governance is structured and functioning through the various levels of management. If any question is raised regarding the issuer's sustainability reporting, the Board and management should make sure it is addressed.
'Comply or explain'
3.2 Each issuer is required to prepare an annual sustainability report. The sustainability report must include the primary components as set out in Listing Rule 711B on a 'comply or explain' basis (other than as required under Listing Rule 711B(2)). Where the issuer cannot report on any primary component, the issuer must state so and explain what it does instead and the reasons for doing so. As set out in Listing Rule 711B(2), an issuer must not exclude the primary component in Listing Rule 711B(1)(aa).
Report risks as well as opportunities
3.3 In identifying material ESG factors, the issuer should consider both risks and opportunities. In addition, it is conceptually sound, and validated by experience, that risks well-managed represent strengths which can be applied to fulfill opportunities. The risks and opportunities within sight have direct bearing on strategies and operations and should be reported for clearer understanding of the issuer's performance, prospects and management quality. To facilitate understanding, issuers should give the whole explanation in a concise manner.
Balanced reporting
3.4 In reporting on sustainability, care should be taken to give a neutral and accurate view. There may be a tendency to give more prominence to what is favourable and understate what is negative. Both situations require comprehensive explanations. In reporting performance, factors beyond the issuer's control are as relevant to exceeding the target as to a performance shortfall. In the event of underperformance, the issuer's response is also important and should be included to bring about confidence in its longer term sustainability objectives.
Stakeholder engagement
3.5 The issuer's responsibility on disclosure, including annual reports and sustainability reports, is first and foremost to current and potential shareholders, i.e. the investing public. Interaction of the issuer with its other stakeholders is also of interest to investors for its relevance to sustainability across the value chain of the issuer. The views of stakeholders also contribute to inform the issuer's identification of material ESG factors. On a continuing basis, regular and sustained engagement with stakeholders provides the issuer with an up-to-date picture of its sustainability within both its business and physical environments. The material outcomes of such engagement should be included in the sustainability report.
4. Contents of Sustainability Reporting
Primary components
4.1 The sustainability report should comprise the following primary components:
(a) Material ESG factors. The sustainability report should identify the material ESG factors, and describe both the reasons for and the process of selection, taking into consideration their relevance or impact to the business, strategy, financial planning, business model and key stakeholders.
(b) Climate-related disclosures. The sustainability report should contain disclosures related to climate-related risks and opportunities.
(c) Policies, practices and performance. The sustainability report should set out the issuer's policies, practices and performance in relation to the material ESG factors identified, providing descriptive and quantitative information on each of the identified material ESG factors for the reporting period. Performance should be described in the context of previously disclosed targets.
(d) Targets. The sustainability report should set out the issuer's targets for the forthcoming year in relation to each material ESG factor identified. Targets should be considered for defined short, medium and long term horizons, and if not consistent with those used for strategic planning and financial reporting, the reasons for the inconsistency should be disclosed.
(e) Sustainability reporting framework. The issuer should select a sustainability reporting framework (or frameworks) to guide its reporting and disclosure. For climate-related disclosures, the issuer should refer to paragraphs 4.7 to 4.28 of this Guide. The sustainability reporting framework(s) selected should be appropriate for and suited to its industry and business model. The issuer should state the name of the framework(s), explain its reasons for choosing the framework(s) and provide a general description of the extent of the issuer's application of the framework(s). Where the issuer is applying a portion of a particular framework, the issuer should provide a general description of the extent of the issuer's application of the framework.
(f) Board statement. The sustainability report should contain a statement of the Board that it has considered sustainability issues in the issuer’s business and strategy, determined the material ESG factors and overseen the management and monitoring of the material ESG factors. In addition, the sustainability report should describe the roles of the Board and the management in the governance of sustainability issues.
Identification of material ESG factors
4.2 The issuer should review its business in the context of the value chain and determine what ESG factors in relation to its interaction with its physical environment and social community and its governance, are material for the continuity of its business. The issuer is expected to report the criteria and process by which it has made its selection with reference to how these factors contribute to the creation of value for the issuer.
4.3 In broad terms, environmental factors would include materials, energy, biodiversity, water, greenhouse gas (“GHG”) emissions, effluents and waste as well as environmental complaint mechanisms. Social factors would include health and safety, employment practices and labour rights such as collective bargaining, product responsibility, anti-corruption, supplier assessments and impact of direct and supply chain activities on local communities. The framework chosen is likely to have additional factors that the issuer would report on.
4.4 Corruption is a factor on which many investors require reassurance, whether inducement is being offered to employees or by employees to others. Where corruption has been addressed in the Corporate Governance report, the issuer may refer to that report. If corruption is not assessed to be a material ESG factor by the issuer, where stakeholders express sufficient interest in the information, the issuer is advised to state its policy and safeguards on its website.
4.5 Gender, skills and experience have been highlighted as diversity indicators material to business sustainability. Diversity greatly enhances the issuer's capacity for breadth of input and perspectives into decision making, risk alertness and responsiveness to change. The issuer should be aware of this trend and assess whether diversity is a material social factor in its business. It should engage stakeholders in assessing the necessity of reporting on this matter. In satisfying investors and other stakeholders, diversity should be examined through broad levels of staff and also importantly, in the Board. Where other sections of the annual report sufficiently address stakeholders’ interest in diversity, the issuer may refer to those sections.
4.6 The issuer should consider not just its internal circle of operations but also widen that circle to include persons and processes in the value chain that contribute to the issuer's product or service. Parts of the business outsourced to third parties (for example, freight and logistics), as well as downstream processes (for example, product defect response), constitute an integral part of the issuer's business and need to be included in the sustainability report.
Climate-related disclosures
4.7 Climate change threatens to disrupt businesses in a precipitous and potentially devastating manner, with consequential detrimental effects on their stakeholders and providers of capital. Conversely, it also opens up new markets for solutions that respond to the threat. Investors need to properly understand the climate-related risks and opportunities of their portfolio in order to price or value their investments.
4.8 Securities markets promote the ready availability of decision-useful information so that it may be reflected in the price discovery process. In doing so, exchanges facilitate the allocation of capital to its most efficient use and the transfer of risks to those most willing to bear them.
4.9 The IFRS Sustainability Disclosure Standards build on the recommendations of the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (“TCFD”). It aims to be a comprehensive global framework of sustainability-related financial disclosures to meet the needs of capital markets and to serve the demand for more consistent, comparable and verifiable information about the exposure to, and management of, sustainability-related risks and opportunities. The IFRS Sustainability Disclosure Standards were developed to support a global framework of investor-focused disclosures on sustainability-related financial information and have received widespread support globally, including from the G20 and the Financial Stability Board. The International Organization of Securities Commissions has also endorsed the IFRS Sustainability Disclosure Standards in July 2023.
Structure of the IFRS Sustainability Disclosure Standards and requirements on climate-related disclosures
4.10 The core content of the IFRS Sustainability Disclosure Standards is structured in alignment with the four pillars of the TCFD recommendations: governance, strategy, risk management, and metrics and targets. Climate-related risks are associated with both physical risks (such as those arising from weather-related events like storms, floods or heatwaves and longer-term shifts in climatic patterns like sea level rise) and transition risks (arising from efforts to transition to a lower-carbon economy and may include policy, technological and reputational risks).
4.11 IFRS S1 sets out the general requirements for disclosure of sustainability-related financial information including the conceptual foundations, core content, general requirements and judgements, uncertainties and errors. IFRS S2 sets out supplementary requirements that relate specifically to climate-related risks and opportunities.
4.12 An issuer must make the following climate-related disclosures:
(a) The issuer must disclose its Scope 1 and Scope 2 GHG emissions as set out in paragraph 29(a) of IFRS S2 from its financial year commencing on or after 1 January 2025 (“FYC” 2025).
(b) The issuer must provide climate-related disclosures that apply all the requirements in IFRS S2 (other than Scope 3 GHG emissions), according to the following timeline:
(i) if the issuer is a constituent of the Straits Times Index (“STI Constituent”) on 30 June 2025, from FYC 2025, even if it ceases to be an STI Constituent subsequently;
(ii) if the issuer has a market capitalisation of S$1 billion or more as at close of market:
(A) on 30 June 2025, from FYC 2028; or
(B) on its listing date, if the listing date is after 30 June 2025, from the later of:
(I) FYC 2028; or
(II) its first full financial year after listing,
even if its market capitalisation falls below S$1 billion subsequently; and
(iii) for all other issuers, from FYC 2030.
As climate reporting is a continuing journey, the issuers specified in sub-paragraphs (ii) and (iii) should build on their existing climate-related disclosures, and demonstrate progress towards incorporating the climate-relevant provisions in the IFRS Sustainability Disclosure Standards according to the relevant timeline.
(c) If the issuer is an STI Constituent on 30 June 2025, it must disclose its Scope 3 GHG emissions from FYC 2026, even if it ceases to be an STI Constituent subsequently.
A summary of the requirements on climate-related disclosures is set out in the table below.
Requirements on climate-related disclosures | Issuers | |||
STI Constituent on 30 June 2025 | Market capitalisation of S$1 billion or more | All other issuers | ||
As at close of market on 30 June 2025 | For issuers listed after 30 June 2025, as at close of market on listing date | |||
Scope 1 and Scope 2 GHG emissions | Mandatory from FYC 2025 | |||
Scope 3 GHG emissions | Mandatory from FYC 2026 | Voluntary | ||
Other climate-related disclosures that apply all the requirements in IFRS S2 (other than Scope 3 GHG emissions) | Mandatory from FYC 2025 | Mandatory from FYC 2028 | Mandatory from the later of (a) FYC 2028 or (b) its first full financial year after listing | Mandatory from FYC 2030 |
4.13 The Issuer must apply the climate-relevant provisions in IFRS S1 for the requirements applicable to it as specified in paragraph 4.12 of this Guide. In applying IFRS S1 for climate-related disclosures, an issuer should particularly refer to the objective, scope, conceptual foundations, general requirements, judgements and uncertainties and errors specified therein. Key concepts such as connected information, value chains, assessment of materiality and key requirements such as the reporting entity and timing and location of reporting are set out in IFRS S1. For example, materiality of information is judged in relation to whether omitting, misstating or obscuring the information could reasonably be expected to influence decisions of primary users of general purpose financial reports.
4.14 IFRS S1 requires entities that report their sustainability-related financial disclosures in accordance with the IFRS Sustainability Disclosure Standards to make an explicit and unreserved statement of compliance, which may not be made unless an entity complies with all the requirements, including the requirements in IFRS S1 applicable beyond climate-related disclosures. In this regard, issuers will not be required to make such a statement of compliance. The Exchange permits and encourages issuers of any size to use and fully apply the IFRS Sustainability Disclosure Standards. An issuer that complies with all the requirements in IFRS S1 and IFRS S2 can, but is not mandated to, make an explicit and unreserved statement of compliance with the IFRS Sustainability Disclosure Standards; an issuer that complies with all the requirements in IFRS S2 and the climate-relevant provisions in IFRS S1 can, but is not mandated to, state that it complies with the climate-related requirements in the IFRS Sustainability Disclosure Standards.
4.15 In the core content of IFRS S1, there are also specific paragraphs which may be relevant for the issuer including the elaboration of short-, medium- and long-term time horizons, trade-offs between sustainability-related risks and opportunities that an issuer considered and the objective of sustainability-related financial disclosures on risk management to enable users of general purpose financial report to assess an issuer’s overall risk profile and its overall risk management process. Issuers may avail themselves of guidance that the IFRS Foundation has published on reporting only climate-relevant provisions, as set out in paragraph 4.17 of this Guide.
ISSB guidance
4.16 The ISSB has issued application guidance, which forms an integral part of the IFRS Sustainability Disclosure Standards, on, among others, the following topics:
(a) identifying sustainability-related risks and opportunities and disclosing material information about such risks and opportunities;
(b) applying scenario analysis to assess climate resilience;
(c) measuring GHG emissions, including Scope 3 GHG emissions;
(d) disclosing information relevant to the cross-industry metric categories; and
(e) disclosing information about the climate-related targets that have been set or are required to be met by law or regulation.
4.17 In addition, the ISSB has also issued accompanying guidance containing illustrative guidance and illustrative examples to support companies in applying the IFRS Sustainability Disclosure Standards on, among others, the following topics:
(a) a guide on applying IFRS S1 when reporting only climate-related disclosures in accordance with IFRS S2, to help companies understand how to report only climate-related information using the IFRS Sustainability Disclosure Standards;
(b) a guide on GHG emissions disclosure requirements applying IFRS S2;
(c) guidance on metrics that could be disclosed as part of information relevant to the cross-industry metric categories;
(d) examples of disclosing GHG emissions applying the principles in IFRS S1 for aggregation and disaggregation; and
(e) industry-based guidance on identifying appropriate disclosures about climate-related risks and opportunities that are associated with common business models and activities in a particular industry.
Reliefs
4.18 The ISSB has sought to achieve a balance between the costs for companies in applying the requirements and ensuring investors are provided with consistent, comparable and verifiable information. It introduced a package of (permanent) structural reliefs and (temporary) transition reliefs in the IFRS Sustainability Disclosure Standards.
4.19 As part of the (permanent) structural reliefs, an issuer is allowed to:
(a) consider its skills, capabilities and resources when determining its approach:
(i) for its climate-related scenario analysis; and
(ii) in preparing disclosures about the anticipated financial effects of a climate-related risk or opportunity; and
(b) use all reasonable and supportable information that is available to the issuer at the reporting date without undue cost or effort in:
(i) identifying climate-related risks and opportunities;
(ii) preparing disclosures about the anticipated financial effects of a climate-related risk or opportunity;
(iii) determining its approach, and selecting the inputs, for its climate-related scenario analysis;
(iv) determining the scope of the value chain;
(v) calculation of amount or percentage of assets or business activities vulnerable to or aligned with climate-related risks and opportunities; and
(vi) measuring Scope 3 GHG emissions.
4.20 As part of the (temporary) transition reliefs, an issuer (including newly-listed issuers) need not do the following in the first year of reporting applying the IFRS Sustainability Disclosure Standards:
(a) provide its Scope 3 GHG emissions;
(b) use the Greenhouse Gas Protocol: A Corporate Accounting and Reporting Standards (2004) if it was previously using a different method; and
(c) provide comparative information in respect of the preceding period.
Scope 3 GHG emissions
4.21 An issuer must disclose its Scope 3 GHG emissions, if applicable, pursuant to paragraph 4.12(c) of this Guide and in accordance with IFRS S2, which requires disclosure of Scope 3 GHG emissions, and the approach used to measure such GHG emissions. Emissions must be measured in accordance with the Greenhouse Gas Protocol: A Corporate Accounting and Reporting Standards (2004), subject to the reliefs specified and to the extent that it does not conflict with the IFRS Sustainability Disclosure Standards. An issuer should consider the 15 categories of Scope 3 GHG emissions, as described in the Greenhouse Gas Protocol Corporate Value Chain (Scope 3) Accounting and Reporting Standard (2011) (“Scope 3 Standard”), to identify which categories are applicable to the issuer. The issuer might determine that not all categories are applicable to it and therefore disclose which of these categories are included in its Scope 3 GHG emissions. For example, an issuer may not have leased assets or franchises or may be unable to estimate Scope 3 GHG emissions due to a lack of data or other limiting factors, as described in the Scope 3 Standard.
4.22 The ISSB has also developed a Scope 3 measurement framework to provide additional guidance about measuring Scope 3 GHG emissions. While direct measurement and primary data is preferred, an issuer may still estimate Scope 3 GHG emissions based on assumptions and appropriate inputs and use secondary data under such framework. Primary data includes data provided by suppliers or other entities in the value chain from specific activities within an entity’s value chain, while secondary data is not directly obtained. Secondary data is typically supplied by third-party providers and includes industry-average data.
4.23 Issuers that are not required to report but are already reporting their Scope 3 GHG emissions are encouraged to continue to do so. Issuers that have not yet reported on Scope 3 GHG emissions are encouraged to build up their capabilities to report Scope 3 GHG emissions.
Scenario analysis
4.24 IFRS S2 requires use of climate-related scenario analysis to inform an issuer’s disclosures about their resilience to climate change. IFRS S2 contains application guidance on how an issuer is required to determine the method of scenario analysis to assess its climate resilience. To reduce the risks and impacts of climate change, almost all countries have agreed to take action in limiting global warming to well below 2°C above pre-industrial levels, while pursuing efforts to arrest the increase to 1.5°C above pre-industrial levels. The issuer should describe how resilient its strategies are to climate-related risks and opportunities, taking into consideration a transition to a lower-carbon economy consistent with a 2°C or lower scenario and, where relevant, scenarios consistent with increased physical climate-related risks.
4.25 An issuer new to scenario analysis can consider starting with qualitative scenario narratives to explore the potential range of implications. As it gains more experience, it can consider using quantitative information to describe the potential outcomes, and to enhance the rigour of that analysis.
4.26 The Sustainable Stock Exchanges initiative has also developed a checklist in its model guidance on climate disclosure (“SSE Model Guidance on Climate Disclosure”). The SSE Model Guidance on Climate Disclosure sets out a simplified three stage process to the conduct of scenario analysis. First, the issuer should identify appropriate scenarios that align with its underlying assumptions and the key risks and opportunities of its sector or industry, and clearly explain the scenarios used. Second, the issuer may set boundaries of its scenario analysis with sufficient disclosure of the reasons for exclusion and inclusion. A smaller issuer may feel that an analysis of the direct operations sufficiently covers the climate-related risks and opportunities within each scenario, while a larger issuer and those in the financial sector should expand their analysis beyond their direct operations to include indirect GHG emissions (i.e. Scope 3 GHG emissions). Third, an issuer should evaluate its physical and transitional risks within the scenarios chosen. Mapping the severity and likelihood of the risks enables the issuer to develop a strategic plan for future scenarios. Additional guidance on scenario analysis as required by IFRS S2 has also been provided in the model guidance on sustainability-related financial disclosures issued by the Sustainable Stock Exchanges initiative in 2024.
Industry-based metrics and cross-industry metrics
4.27 IFRS S2 requires an issuer to disclose industry-based metrics that are associated with common business models and activities in a particular industry. When an issuer provides industry-based metrics, it shall refer to and consider the relevant industry-based guidance to present fairly the climate-related risks and opportunities to which it is exposed.
4.28 In addition to GHG emissions, IFRS S2 requires an issuer to disclose cross-industry metric categories including:
(a) climate-related transition risks – the amount and percentage of assets or business activities vulnerable to transition risks;
(b) climate-related physical risks – the amount and percentage of assets or business activities vulnerable to physical risks;
(c) capital deployment – the amount of capital expenditure, financing or investment deployed towards climate-related risks and opportunities; and
(d) internal carbon prices used to assess the cost of emissions.
The industry-based guidance can assist issuers in meeting the requirements for disclosures related to cross-industry metric categories.
Materiality
4.29 As guidance, sustainability reporting relates to the most important ESG risks and opportunities that will act as barriers or enablers to achieving business goals in the short, medium and long term. The omission or misstatement of these risks or opportunities could influence the decisions of investors. The sustainability reporting framework selected by the issuer may also contain a definition of materiality that the issuer should consider. For example, for climate-related disclosures, in accordance with the IFRS Sustainability Disclosure Standards, materiality of information is judged in relation to whether omitting, misstating or obscuring the information could reasonably be expected to influence decisions of primary users of general purpose financial reports. This would require consideration of the characteristics of those users and of the issuer’s own circumstances.
4.30 Generally, what is material in sustainability reporting would also be considered material in financial terms, if not in the immediate period, then over time.
4.31 In assessing materiality of the ESG factors on which it reports, the issuer should first satisfy itself of the relevance of selected factors to its business strategy and outcomes. This has the benefit of focusing both executives and employees on uniform key risks and opportunities that deliver (or impede) desired outcomes.
4.32 The issuer should use risk ranking and prioritisation to distil the material ESG factors. This process is similar to the widely-practised Enterprise Risk Management (“ERM”) process. The issuer should expand the breadth of the assessment to integrate ESG risk management structures into existing ERM structures or apply existing ERM structures to ESG risk management structures. Issuers may consider sustainability-related opportunities as part of business strategy.
4.33 The Board should determine the material ESG factors and the issuer's response to the attendant risks and opportunities. Discussion with stakeholders contributes to an accurate appreciation of what is important in the business on an ongoing basis.
Possible process and tools
4.34 A possible process for assessing ESG factors with material relevance to the business and business model are set out in the following paragraphs.
4.35 In assessing materiality of the ESG factors on which it reports, the issuer may consider:
(a) Value drivers
(b) Stakeholder engagement
(c) Risk management
(d) External factors, for example sector, geography, economics, market, social, environment
(e) Internal factors, for example business model, business cycle, strategy
(f) Qualitative perspectives, for example operational, strategic, reputational and regulatory
(g) Timeframe of these considerations
4.36 The issuer may use the following Materiality Determination Process: Identify — Rate — Prioritise — Validate. The issuer should disclose the outcomes of this process in its sustainability report.
(a) STEP 1: IDENTIFY. The issuer should identify the most pressing (material) factors (impact/opportunities) for the issuer (or for each subsidiary in the group). It will also help formulate management's approach and response, and identify where data collection needs to be strengthened.
(b) STEP 2: RATE. Once the issues of the issuer and its subsidiaries have been explored, the issuer will need to cluster similar issues e.g. safety and health issues can be clustered together. If the issuer is a holding company, a rating process can be done to assess what issues are pervasive/most common across the group.
(c) STEP 3: PRIORITISE. Once the issues of the issuer and its subsidiaries have been clustered and rated, the issuer will need to prioritise them using a matrix based on likelihood and impact.
(d) STEP 4: VALIDATE. Once the issuer has prioritised its factors, they need to be internally validated and signed off by the Board.
Policies, practices and performance
4.37 The issuer should devise policies and processes to adequately and effectively manage the risks associated with the identified material ESG factors, and describe key features of mitigation.
4.38 A description of the ESG practices and performance across historical and the current reporting periods allows investors and the issuer itself to track its progress. These metrics also form the baseline from which the issuer chooses to set its targets, as informed by its strategic plan and financial reporting.
4.39 An effective policy and operational response to sustainability risks and opportunities requires performance measurement and its linkage to performance incentives. Having a good performance measurement system allows the issuer to benchmark performance against stated objectives and facilitates comparison over time and across entities. Clearly linking sustainability risks and opportunities with strategy, other organisational risks, operational indicators, performance measures and performance incentives not only enhances understanding but provides an engine for improvement, innovation and accountability.
4.40 A clear description of the issuer’s substantive response to ESG risks and opportunities, with a focus on its policies, practices and performance against targets, will bolster investors’ confidence in the Board and management.
Sustainability reporting framework
4.41 The issuer should select a sustainability reporting framework which is appropriate for and suited to its industry and business model, and explain its choice. In doing so, the issuer should place importance on using a globally-recognised framework for its wider acceptance in an increasingly global marketplace. The issuer can be more easily understood and compared with its peers in Singapore as well as in other jurisdictions across the world. The issuer should exercise considerable caution if it chooses to deviate from generally-accepted frameworks. Where the issuer is applying a portion of a particular framework, the issuer should provide a general description of the extent of the issuer's application of the framework.
4.42 Among the well-known and globally-recognised sustainability reporting frameworks, the IFRS Sustainability Disclosure Standards and the Global Reporting Initiative (“GRI”) Standards set out generic sustainability factors and general principles and indicators that an issuer can use to report sustainability policies, practices, performance and targets. The SASB Standards also enables issuers to adopt an industry-specific approach to material ESG factors. The Integrated Reporting Framework (“<IR>”) also sets out a general framework for reporting. An issuer using <IR> should consider ESG factors when determining their material factors for inclusion in the integrated report. More than one sustainability reporting framework may be chosen as relevant to the issuer's business.
4.43 For climate-related disclosures, the issuer should refer to paragraphs 4.7 to 4.28 of this Guide. Some issuers have used the Science Based Targets initiative or other sector-specific guidance to guide their GHG emissions reduction targets.
4.44 The issuer is expected to follow the chosen framework(s) from year to year and build up its knowledge and understanding of how to report effectively. In turn, it can expect to be building up investors' and stakeholders' understanding, leading to increased confidence. In the absence of regulatory changes, only major changes in business strategy and/or model are likely to require change in sustainability reporting framework. This does not preclude examination of framework relevance from time to time.
Time horizons used in the sustainability report
4.45 In making its sustainability report, the issuer should consider whether it would be useful to report matters for their relevance in the short, medium and long term. Accordingly, sustainability policies, practices, performance and targets would be considered along the same time horizons. The time horizons should be internally consistent with those used for strategic planning and financial reporting (e.g. useful life of assets, impairment testing etc.). Where they are not consistent, the reasons for the inconsistency should be disclosed. Typically the short-term is considered less than one year for banking and financial instruments. For the medium term, the issuer may wish to take reference from their typical planning horizon, investment cycle or plant renewal or other considerations relevant to its business. The long-term should be a useful time horizon over which expectations can be formed and efforts planned.
Stakeholder engagement
4.46 Stakeholder engagement is integral to any business and would be conducted regularly. The issuer should consider ESG factors in their engagement with stakeholders, not just with investors, but also customers, staff, suppliers, regulators, local communities and others in the value chain. The issuer should monitor carefully its communication with stakeholders so as to avoid any information asymmetry as it may lead to unfair trading in the securities market.
Group and investment holding company reporting
4.47 Where holding companies and operating subsidiaries are both listed and have to undertake sustainability reporting, the operating entities can report on the ESG factors within their scope of operations. If the ESG factors are also material to the holding company, unless disallowed by the relevant sustainability reporting framework or standard, the holding company may make reference in its sustainability report to the sustainability reports of the operating subsidiaries. If the holding company has material investee companies which are not subsidiaries, its sustainability report should include the selection and management of these investee companies.
5. Internal Reviews and External Assurance
5.1 Internal reviews and external assurance increase stakeholder confidence in the accuracy and reliability of the sustainability information disclosed.
5.2 These procedures over sustainability disclosures should be aligned with the issuer’s existing internal review or external assurance frameworks for other management information, such as financial information or production data.
5.3 An internal review of the sustainability reporting process builds on the issuer’s existing governance structure, buttressed by adequate and effective internal controls and risk management systems. The internal audit function conducts the internal review, and may involve relevant functions, such as risk management, sustainability or other specialist functions. The identified processes relating to sustainability reporting should be incorporated into the internal audit plan, which should cover key aspects of the sustainability report; the review may take place over an audit cycle, which may span one or a few years in accordance with risk-based planning, as approved by the Audit Committee. The expectations of the Board, management and other stakeholders should be considered as part of the prioritisation. The internal review should be conducted in accordance with the International Standards for the Professional Practice of Internal Auditing (or any subsequent framework or standard including the International Professional Practices Framework and the Global Internal Audit Standards replacing such standards) issued by The Institute of Internal Auditors. If the issuer has reviewed that certain or all key aspects of the sustainability report has been externally assured, the issuer can, as part of its internal review, determine that no further internal review on such aspects of the sustainability report is required under a risk-based approach.
5.4 An issuer whose sustainability reporting has already matured after several annual exercises would want to undertake external assurance by independent professional bodies to add credibility to the information disclosed and analysis undertaken. The issuer is encouraged to consider independent external assurance on selected important aspects of its sustainability report even in its initial years, expanding coverage in succeeding years.
5.5 External assurance involves the engagement of a third party. The scope of the assurance may include a materiality assessment, and cover different aspects of the sustainability disclosures, for example:
(a) data and its associated data collection process;
(b) narratives;
(c) compliance with the specified sustainability reporting framework;
(d) process to identify sustainability information reported; and
(e) compliance with the Listing Rules.
5.6 External assurance should be performed in accordance with recognised assurance standards, for example the International Standard on Assurance Engagements (ISAE) 3000 (or any subsequent sustainability-specific standard including the International Standard on Sustainability Assurance (ISSA) 5000), the ISAE 3410, the Singapore Standards on Assurance Engagement (SSAE) 3000 (or any subsequent sustainability-specific standard including the Singapore equivalent of the ISSA 5000), the SSAE 3410, the AA 1000 Assurance Standards or the ISO.
5.7 An issuer that has conducted external assurance should disclose, in the sustainability report, that external assurance has been conducted, including the scope covered, the identity of the external assurer, the standards used, the level of assurance obtained and key findings.
6. Form and Frequency of Sustainability Reporting
6.1 The issuer should report on sustainability at least once a year. The issuer's sustainability disclosure may be done in its annual report. The inclusion of sustainability risks and opportunities with the businesses' other risks and strategy in the same document presents advantages to the user. Sustainability reports contained within annual reports would observe annual report deadlines. Alternatively, if more appropriate for the circumstances of the issuer, the issuer may include a summary in its annual report and issue a full standalone sustainability report within 4 months of the end of the financial year, or where the issuer has conducted external assurance on the sustainability report, within 5 months of the end of the financial year.
6.2 In either case, the issuer should make available its sustainability reports on SGXNet and on its company website. After a few years of sustainability reporting, the issuer may wish to maintain static information, such as, policies and historical sustainability information, on its website while presenting the current year's changes as well as performance in the annual sustainability report.
6.3 To provide sufficient time for preparation, a newly listed issuer (other than an issuer that has an obligation to prepare a sustainability report under local legislation prior to listing) may issue its first sustainability report only in respect of its first full financial year after listing.
7. Implementation of Sustainability Reporting and Climate-related Disclosures
7.1 For the first year of sustainability reporting, an issuer new to sustainability reporting should have at least the assessment of material ESG factors, policies and/or practices to address the factors; but if their reporting is lacking in qualitative or quantitative descriptions, they need only state progressive targets for reaching maturity of reporting and do their best to meet them in subsequent years.
7.2 For climate-related disclosures, an example of how issuers could report over a few years using the (permanent) structural reliefs and (temporary) transition reliefs in the IFRS Sustainability Disclosure Standards is illustrated in the table below. Issuers may decide on an implementation approach that best suits their circumstance and that complies with the listing requirements.
Illustration of Possible Phased Approach
| Year 1 | Year 2 | Year 3 |
| Qualitative climate-related scenario analysis, with disclosure of reliance on the (permanent) structural reliefs*# | Qualitative climate-related scenario analysis, with disclosure of reliance on the (permanent) structural reliefs*# | Climate-related scenario analysis with more quantitative outcomes |
| Qualitative disclosure of current financial effects of climate-related risks or opportunities as the effects are not separately identifiable or the level of measurement uncertainty is high Qualitative disclosure of anticipated financial effects of climate-related risks or opportunities, with disclosure of reliance on the (permanent) structural reliefs*# | Qualitative disclosure of current financial effects of climate-related risks or opportunities as the effects are not separately identifiable or the level of measurement uncertainty is high Qualitative disclosure of anticipated financial effects of climate-related risks or opportunities, with disclosure of reliance on the (permanent) structural reliefs*# | More quantitative disclosures of current and anticipated financial effects of climate-related risks or opportunities, with disclosure of reliance on the (permanent) structural reliefs*# where necessary |
| Limited disclosure of the amount or percentage of assets or business activities vulnerable to or aligned with climate-related risks and opportunities* | Disclosure of the amount or percentage of assets or business activities vulnerable to or aligned with climate-related risks and opportunities* | Disclosure of the amount or percentage of assets or business activities vulnerable to or aligned with climate-related risks and opportunities* |
| Determined the scope of its value chain, including its breadth and composition, with disclosure of reliance on the (permanent) structural reliefs* | Determined the scope of its value chain, including its breadth and composition, with disclosure of reliance on the (permanent) structural reliefs* | Determined the scope of its value chain, including its breadth and composition, with disclosure of reliance on the (permanent) structural reliefs* |
| Disclosure of reliance on the (temporary) transition reliefs of (a) not using the Greenhouse Gas Protocol and (b) not providing comparative information in respect of the preceding period | Use the Greenhouse Gas Protocol to calculate its GHG emissions Comparative information in respect of the preceding period | Use the Greenhouse Gas Protocol to calculate its GHG emissions Comparative information in respect of the preceding period |
For STI Constituents, to disclose Scope 3 GHG emissions from FYC 2026 For issuers already disclosing Scope 3 GHG emissions, continue to disclose Scope 3 GHG emissions | ||
| * Using all reasonable and supportable information that is available to the issuer at the reporting date without undue cost or effort # Considering the issuer’s skills, capabilities and resources | ||
| ESG factors | Environmental, social and governance factors that affects the issuer's performance and prospects. Also referred to as sustainability issues, or sustainability risks and opportunities. Does not mean philanthropy or other charitable activities. |
| Sustainability reporting | The publication of information on material ESG factors in a comprehensive and strategic manner. |
| Materiality | In relation to ESG factors, the most important ESG risks and opportunities that will act as barriers or enablers to achieving business goals in short, medium and long term. The omission or misstatement of these risks or opportunities could influence the decisions of investors. |
Added on 20 July 2016 and amended on 7 February 2020, 1 January 2022, 1 January 2025 and 25 August 2025.
Practice Note 7.7 Announcement of dividends and other corporate actions
Cross-referenced from Rule 107 and Rule 704(25)
1. Introduction
2. Restricted Period on announcements of bonus issue or rights issue, record date or capital return
3. Announcements of dividend or passing of dividend
4. Announcements of record date for previously announced bonus issues or rights issues, capital return or dividend
Added on 7 February 20207 February 2020.
Practice Note 8.1 Rights Issue Timetable
| Details | Cross References |
| Issue date: 10 May 2002 Effective date: 1 July 2002 | Listing Rule 823 |
The following is the expected timetable for a renounceable rights issue:—
| No of market days after record date (D) | ||
| (a) | To despatch SRAFs to shareholders who hold shares in their securities accounts with CDP, and to despatch PALs to CDP and to shareholders whose names appear on the register | D+3 |
| (b) | Commencement of trading of nil-paid rights | D+3 |
| (c) | Latest day for trading of nil-paid rights | On or after D+9 |
| (d) | Last day for receipt and acceptance of SRAFs | On or after D+13 |
The following is the expected timetable for a non-renounceable rights issue:—
| No of market days after record date (D) | ||
| (a) | To dispatch SRAFs to shareholders who hold shares in their securities accounts with CDP, and to dispatch PALs to CDP and to shareholders whose names appear on the register | D+3 |
| (b) | Last day for receipt and acceptance of SRAFs | On or after D+9 |
Amended on 29 September 201129 September 2011 and 7 February 20207 February 2020.
Practice Note 8.2 Sub-underwriting Arrangements
| Details | Cross References |
| Issue date: 1 January 2011 Effective date: 1 January 2011 | Chapter 8 Part V |
1. Introduction
2. Shareholders' Approval
3. Conditions to be Satisfied by Issuers and Underwriters
Amended on 1 January 20111 January 2011 and 29 September 201129 September 2011.
Practice Note 10.1 Acquisitions and Realisations
| Details | Cross References |
| Issue date: 5 July 2002 Effective date: 8 July 2002 29 September 2011 7 February 2020 Revised on: 24 March 2009 14 September 2011 9 January 2020 | Chapter 10 |
1. Introduction
2. Acquisitions and Disposals in, or in Connection with, the Ordinary Course of an Issuer's Business
3. Computation of Relative Figures under Rule 1006
4. Negative Relative Figures under Rule 1006
5. Factors taken into Account in Arriving at Consideration Value
6. Shareholders' Approvals for Inter-conditional Proposals
7. Waiver of Shareholders' Approval for Major Transactions
Amended on 29 September 201129 September 2011 and 7 February 20207 February 2020.
Practice Note 12.1 Responsibility Statements for Directors, Vendors and Financial Advisers
| Details | Cross References |
| Issue date: 14 September 2011 Effective date: 29 September 2011 | Listing Rules 610(3), 610(4), 1015(5)(c), 1015(5)(d), 1205 and 1206(6) Appendix 8.2 |
1. This Practice Note provides guidance on the wordings for the responsibility statements for directors, vendors, issue managers and financial advisers.
2. Responsibility Statement for Directors and Vendors
"The [directors/vendors] collectively and individually accept full responsibility for the accuracy of the information given in this circular and confirm after making all reasonable enquiries that, to the best of their knowledge and belief, this circular constitutes full and true disclosure of all material facts about the [describe proposed action], the issuer and its subsidiaries, and the [directors/vendors] are not aware of any facts the omission of which would make any statement in this circular misleading, [and where the circular contains a profit forecast, the directors are satisfied that the profit forecast has been stated after due and careful enquiry and consideration]. Where information in the circular has been extracted from published or otherwise publicly available sources or obtained from a named source, the sole responsibility of the [directors/vendors] has been to ensure that such information has been accurately and correctly extracted from those sources and/or reproduced in the circular in its proper form and context."
3. Responsibility Statement for Issue Managers and Financial Advisers
"To the best of the [issue manager's/financial adviser's] knowledge and belief, this circular constitutes full and true disclosure of all material facts about the [describe proposed action], the issuer and its subsidiaries, and the [issue manager/financial adviser] is not aware of any facts the omission of which would make any statement in the document misleading; [and where the document contains a profit forecast, it is satisfied that the profit forecast has been stated by the directors after due and careful enquiry and consideration]."
Added on 29 September 201129 September 2011 and amended on 10 January 202010 January 2020 and 7 February 20207 February 2020.
Practice Note 12.2 Internal Controls and Risk Management Systems
Cross-referenced from Listing Rules 610(5) and 1207(10)
1. Introduction
1.1 This Practice Note provides guidance on the application of Rules 610(5) and 1207(10).
1.2 In its prospectus and annual reports, the issuer's board must comment on the adequacy and effectiveness of the internal controls (including financial, operational, compliance and information technology controls) and risk management systems. A statement on whether the audit committee concurs with the board's comments must also be provided.
Rule 610(5) requires the disclosure to be made in the prospectus whereas Rule 1207(10) requires the disclosure to be in the annual reports.
2. Intent of Rules 610(5) and 1207(10)
2.1 Internal controls (including financial, operational, compliance and information technology controls) and risk management systems serve to safeguard shareholders' investments and company's assets. Internal controls also safeguard the quality of internal and external reports, such as the issuer’s financial reports. Risk management systems include business continuity arrangements.
2.2 A board committee, for example, the audit committee is usually responsible for overseeing internal controls and risk management. The board, which includes executive directors, is also responsible for assessing the adequacy and effectiveness of these internal controls and risk management systems.
2.3 The objective of Rules 610(5) and 1207(10) is to increase transparency and accountability. In providing this comment, the board and the audit committee are required to demonstrate that they have rigorously assessed the (i) internal controls (including financial, operational, compliance and information technology controls) and (ii) risk management systems.
3. Compliance with Rules 610(5) and 1207(10)
3.1 In satisfying Rules 610(5) and 1207(10), the board and the audit committee may ask for an independent audit on internal controls or risk management systems to assure themselves on the adequacy and effectiveness of the systems of internal controls and risk management, or if they are not satisfied with the systems of internal controls or risk management.
3.2 The issuer should maintain proper record of the discussions and decisions of the board and the audit committee.
3.3 Compliance with Rules 610(5) and 1207(10) involves the following disclosures:-
(i) Where the board and the audit committee are satisfied that the issuer has adequate and effective systems of internal controls and risk management, the disclosure must include the basis for such comment.
To avoid doubt, under Rule 246(9), all issuers are required to provide the auditor's report to management on the internal controls and accounting systems. Where material weaknesses exist in a potential issuer's internal controls and accounting systems, there must be adequate disclosure of such weaknesses and the steps to address them in the prospectus, offering memorandum or introductory document. This is in addition to Rule 610(5) which requires the board and audit committee to disclose the basis for their comments on the adequacy and effectiveness of the issuer's systems of internal controls and risk management.
(ii) In relation to Rule 1207(10), where the board and/or the audit committee has commented that internal controls or risk management systems need to be strengthened, or has concerns that internal controls or risk management systems are inadequate, the board must disclose the issues and how it seeks to address and monitor the areas of concerns.
3.4 It is the board and the audit committee’s responsibility to evaluate the adequacy and effectiveness of the issuer’s internal controls and risk management systems. The board and audit committee must ensure that the issuer has internal frameworks to provide for timely escalation of material information from management to the board and audit committee and to enable issuers to fulfil their disclosure obligations under the listing rules. In forming its view on the adequacy and effectiveness of the internal controls, the board should not passively rely on information volunteered by management and should make further inquiries to management if the circumstances require.
3.5 In forming its views, the board and the audit committee should assess if the relevant functions responsible for implementing, operating and monitoring the issuer’s internal controls and policies are competent and adequately resourced. In relation to financial controls, the board and audit committee should assess if the finance function is adequately staffed and if the key personnel (e.g. finance controllers, finance directors, chief accountants, chief financial officers) responsible for preparing or overseeing the preparation of financial statements are experienced, competent and appropriately qualified (such as having relevant professional or other qualifications).
3.6 In circumstances where key positions for the relevant functions are vacant due to staff turnover or if existing personnel lack the required competency, the board and audit committee should disclose this and put in place measures to address the skills shortage expeditiously. This includes implementing interim measures where necessary, such as appointing independent technical professionals with the relevant expertise and appropriate qualifications for assistance as a short-term measure. In addition, where there is uncertainty on the accounting treatment of certain transactions due to changes to accounting policies or occurrence of significant events, the board and the audit committee should seek advice from accounting experts with the appropriate qualifications and technical knowledge of the accounting standards for the financial statements.
4. Format of Disclosure
4.1 There is no prescribed format of disclosure.
4.2 As the board and audit committee are obliged by Rules 610(5) and 1207(10) to provide the specific disclosures in Paragraph 3.3 above, the Exchange recommends the comment be provided in the following ways:-
(i) Disclosure to be made in the section on "Audit Committee", "Internal Controls" or "Risk Management" of the prospectus for compliance with Rule 610(5).
(ii) Disclosure to be made in the Directors' Report or Corporate Governance section of the annual report for compliance with Rule 1207(10).
5. General Principle
5.1 Good disclosures which comply with Rules 610(5) and 1207(10) comprise the following:
(i) The board's comment on the Group's internal controls (including financial, operational, compliance and information technology controls) and risk management systems. A statement on whether the audit committee concurs with the board's comment must also be provided; and
(ii) The basis for the board's comment and if the audit committee does not concur with the board, the basis for the audit committee's comment.
5.2 Should the board or the audit committee comment that the Group's internal controls or risk management systems have material weaknesses, then clear disclosure of these weaknesses and the steps to address them is necessary for investors to make an informed decision about the issuer.
Added on 2 April 2013, amended on 1 January 2019 and 29 October 2025.
Practice Note 13.1 Trading Halt and Suspension
| Details | Cross References | Enquiries |
| Issue date: 3 Nov 2003 7 Jun 2006 1 Aug 2011 14 September 2011 12 October 2017 9 January 2020 Effective date: 10 Nov 2003 1 Sep 2006 1 Aug 2011 29 September 2011 13 November 2017 3 June 2019 7 February 2020 | Listing Rules 1301, 1302, 1303 and paragraph 21 of Appendix 7.1. | Please contact Market Control: — 6236-8820 Hotline |
1. Introduction
Amended on 29 September 201129 September 2011, 3 June 20193 June 2019 and 7 February 20207 February 2020.
2. Trading Hours
Amended on 1 August 20111 August 2011, 13 November 201713 November 2017 and 3 June 20193 June 2019.
3. Procedures for Trading Halt and Suspension
Please call and alert Market Control before releasing the request via SGXNET.
Please call and alert Market Control between 7.30 am and 8.30 am although the SGXNET request can be released anytime after the close of the previous market day and before 8.30am on the day of the Trading Halt or Suspension.
Amended on 1 August 20111 August 2011, 29 September 201129 September 2011, 13 November 201713 November 2017 and 3 June 20193 June 2019.
4. Procedures for Lifting of Trading Halt and Resumption of Trading from Suspension
Please call and alert Market Control before releasing the request via SGXNET.
Please call and alert Market Control between 7.30 am and 8.30 am although the SGXNET request can be released anytime after the close of the previous market day and before 8.30am on the day of the lifting of trading halt or resumption of trading from suspension.
Amended on 1 August 20111 August 2011, 29 September 201129 September 2011, 13 November 201713 November 2017, 3 June 20193 June 2019 and 7 February 20207 February 2020.
5. SGXNET Templates
Issuers must use the correct template when sending in the above requests. Issuers can choose from the following four templates:—
6. Disclosure Obligations
Added on 7 February 20207 February 2020.
Practice Note 13.2 Watch-List [Deleted]
Amended on 29 September 2011, 1 March 2016, 2 December 2016 and 1 June 2020 and deleted on 29 October 2025.
Transitional Practice Note 1 Transitional Arrangements Regarding Continuing Listing Rules [Deleted]
Deleted on 7 February 20207 February 2020.
Transitional Practice Note 2 Transitional Arrangements Regarding Accounting Standards
| Details | Cross References |
| Issue date: 26 March 2018 Effective date: 26 March 2018 | Rule 220 |
1. Introduction
2. Transitional Arrangements for Listing Applicants
3. Transitional Arrangements for Existing Issuers
4. SGX may amend, modify or supplement the above transitional arrangements.
Added on 26 March 201826 March 2018 and amended on 12 February 2021.
Transitional Practice Note 3 Transitional Arrangements Regarding Code of Corporate Governance 2018
| Details | Cross References |
| Issue Date: 28 November 2018 Effective Date: 1 January 2019 1 January 2022 11 January 2023 | Rules 109(2), 210(5)(a), 210(5)(c), 210(5)(d)(i), 210(5)(d)(ii), 210(5)(d)(iii), 710 and 720(5) and 1207(10) |
| Listing Rule | Subject | Effective Date | Transitional Arrangement |
| 710 | Issuer to describe in its annual report its corporate governance practices with specific reference to the principles and provisions of the Code of Corporate Governance 2018 | Financial year commencing on or after 1 January 2019 | For any financial year commencing on or after 1 January 2019, an issuer must describe its corporate governance practices with specific reference to the principles and provisions of the Code of Corporate Governance 2018, in accordance with the amendments to Rule 710 ("Amended Rule 710"). The first batch of annual reports which would have to comply with Amended Rule 710 will likely be issued in 2020 or thereafter. For a financial year commencing prior to 1 January 2019, an issuer may describe its corporate governance practices with specific reference to the principles of the Code of Corporate Governance 2012, in accordance with Rule 710 prior to the relevant amendments. Alternatively, an issuer may elect to adopt Amended Rule 710 early, by describing its corporate governance practices with specific reference to the principles and provisions of the Code of Corporate Governance 2018, in accordance with Amended Rule 710. In this scenario, the issuer should state in its annual report that it is adopting Amended Rule 710 in advance, and would not need to make reference to the Code of Corporate Governance 2012. |
| 1207(10) | The annual report must contain the board's comment on the adequacy and effectiveness of the issuer's internal controls (including financial, operational, compliance and information technology controls ) and risk management systems | Financial year commencing on or after 1 January 2019 | As the issuer may require time to establish its internal controls and risk management systems in accordance with the amendments to Rule 1207(10) ("Amended Rule 1207(10)"), the disclosures required in Amended Rule 1207(10) need only be provided in the annual report for financial years commencing on or after 1 January 2019. The first batch of annual reports which would have to comply with Amended Rule 1207(10) will likely be issued in 2020 or thereafter. |
| 720(5) | All directors must submit themselves for re-nomination and re-appointment at least once every three years | 1 January 2019 | With effect from 1 January 2019, all directors, including executive directors, must submit themselves for re-nomination and re-appointment at least once every three years. (a) Existing directors appointed or re-appointed before 1 January 2019 Within three years of the effective date of this rule, a director appointed or re-appointed before 1 January 2019 must submit himself for re-nomination and re-appointment to the board at a general meeting (i.e. no later than 31 December 2021).As an illustration, if a director was appointed or re-appointed on 30 April 2017, he will have to submit himself for re-nomination and re-appointment to the board by 31 December 2021. As another illustration, if a director has not been subject to re-nomination and re-appointment at least once every three years for any reason prior to 1 January 2019, he will have to submit himself for re-nomination and re-appointment to the board by 31 December 2021. (b) Directors appointed or re-appointed on or after 1 January 2019 A director appointed or re-appointed to the board on or after 1 January 2019 must submit himself for re-nomination and re-appointment to the board at a general meeting by the end of the calendar year of the third anniversary of his appointment or re-appointment.As an illustration, if a director was appointed or re-appointed on 30 April 2019, he will have to submit himself for re-nomination and re-appointment to the board at a general meeting in 2022. This rule will apply to any director appointed or re-appointed to the board including all executive directors. |
| 210(5)(a) | A director who has no prior experience as a director of an issuer listed on the Exchange must undergo training in the roles and responsibilities of a director of a listed issuer as prescribed by the Exchange. | 1 January 2019 | A person with no prior experience as a director of an issuer listed on the Exchange (a "First-time Director") and whose date of appointment to the board of directors is on or after 1 January 2019, must undergo training in the roles and responsibilities of a director of a listed issuer as prescribed by the Exchange. Prior to 1 January 2019, Guideline 1.6 of the Code of Corporate Governance 2012 will operate on a comply-or-explain basis. Guideline 1.6 of the Code of Corporate Governance 2012 states that the issuer should provide training for first-time directors in areas such as accounting, legal and industry-specific knowledge as appropriate. |
| 210(5)(c) | Independent directors must comprise at least one-third of the issuer's board | 1 January 2022 | The number of independent directors must comprise at least one-third of the issuer's board at any time on or after 1 January 2022. To ensure compliance with this requirement, the issuer must ensure that the requisite number of independent directors are appointed prior to 1 January 2022. For example, the issuer may do so at the issuer's annual general meeting in 2021. Issuers should also note the independence tests set out in Rule 210(5)(d) and for which transitional arrangements are set out in this Transitional Practice Note. Prior to 1 January 2022, Guideline 2.1 of the Code of Corporate Governance 2012 will operate on a comply-or-explain basis. Guideline 2.1 of the Code of Corporate Governance 2012 states that there should be a strong and independent element on the Board, with independent directors making up at least one-third of the Board. |
| 210(5)(d)(i) | Director will not be independent if he is employed by the issuer or any of its related corporations for the current or any of the past three financial years | 1 January 2019 | On or after 1 January 2019, a director will not be independent under the circumstances set out in Rule 210(5)(d)(i). |
| 210(5)(d)(ii) | Director will not be independent if he has an immediate family member who is employed or has been employed by the issuer or any of its related corporations for the past three financial years, and whose remuneration is determined by the remuneration committee of the issuer | 1 January 2019 | On or after 1 January 2019, a director will not be independent under the circumstances set out in Rule 210(5)(d)(ii). |
| 210(5)(d)(iii) | This Rule was deleted on 11 January 2023. |
Added on 1 January 2022 and amended on 11 January 2023.
Transitional Practice Note 4 Transitional Arrangements Regarding the Tenure Limit for Independent Directors
1. Introduction
2. Arrangements
Added on 11 January 2023.
Report of the Committee and Code of Corporate Governance
21 March 2001
SINGAPORE
Introduction
Alternative Approaches to Promoting Good Corporate Governance
The Code of Corporate Governance
Board Matters
Remuneration Matters
Accountability and Audit
Communication with Shareholders
Future Evolution of the Code
Board Matters
THE BOARD'S CONDUCT OF AFFAIRS
Principle:
Guidelines:
It is equally important that all directors should receive regular training, particularly on relevant new laws, regulations and changing commercial risks, from time to time.
The company should be responsible for arranging and funding the training of directors. The Board should also disclose in the company's Annual Report the induction, orientation and training provided to new and existing directors.
BOARD COMPOSITION AND GUIDANCE
Principle:
Guidelines:
CHAIRMAN AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
Principle:
Guidelines:
BOARD MEMBERSHIP
Principle:
Guidelines:
BOARD PERFORMANCE
Principle:
Guidelines:
ACCESS TO INFORMATION
Principle:
Guidelines:
1 A first time director is a director who has no prior experience as a director of a listed company.
2 The term "10% shareholder" shall refer to a person who has an interest or interests in one or more voting shares in the company and the total votes attached to that share, or those shares, is not less than 10% of the total votes attached to all the voting shares in the company. "Voting shares" exclude treasury shares.
3 The term "immediate family" shall have the same meaning as currently defined in the Listing Manual of the Singapore Exchange (the "Listing Manual"), i.e. the person's spouse, child, adopted child, step-child, brother, sister and parent.
4 The term "related corporation", in relation to the company, shall have the same meaning as currently defined in the Companies Act, i.e. a corporation that is the company's holding company, subsidiary or fellow subsidiary.
5 Payments for transactions involving standard services with published rates or routine and retail transactions and relationships (for instance credit card or bank or brokerage or mortgage or insurance accounts or transactions) will not be taken into account, unless special or favourable treatment is accorded.
6 A director will be considered "directly associated" with a 10% shareholder when the director is accustomed or under an obligation, whether formal or informal, to act in accordance with the directions, instructions or wishes of the 10% shareholder in relation to the corporate affairs of the corporation. A director will not be considered "directly associated" with a 10% shareholder by reason only of his or her appointment having been proposed by that 10% shareholder.
7 The term "principal commitments" shall include all commitments which involve significant time commitment such as full-time occupation, consultancy work, committee work, non-listed company board representations and directorships and involvement in non-profit organisations. Where a director sits on the boards of non-active related corporations, those appointments should not normally be considered principal commitments.
Remuneration Matters
PROCEDURES FOR DEVELOPING REMUNERATION POLICIES
Principle:
Guidelines:
LEVEL AND MIX OF REMUNERATION
Principle:
Guidelines:
DISCLOSURE ON REMUNERATION
Principle:
9 Every company should provide clear disclosure of its remuneration policies, level and mix of remuneration, and the procedure for setting remuneration, in the company's Annual Report. It should provide disclosure in relation to its remuneration policies to enable investors to understand the link between remuneration paid to directors and key management personnel, and performance.Guidelines:
The annual remuneration report should include the aggregate amount of any termination, retirement and post-employment benefits that may be granted to directors, the CEO and the top five key management personnel (who are not directors or the CEO).
In addition, the company should disclose in aggregate the total remuneration paid to the top five key management personnel (who are not directors or the CEO).
As best practice, companies are also encouraged to fully disclose the remuneration of the said top five key management personnel.
8 The term "key management personnel" shall mean the CEO and other persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of the company.
Accountability and Audit
ACCOUNTABILITY
Principle:
Guidelines:
RISK MANAGEMENT AND INTERNAL CONTROLS
Principle:
Guidelines:
The Board should also comment in the company's Annual Report on whether it has received assurance from the CEO and the CFO:
AUDIT COMMITTEE
Principle:
Guidelines:
INTERNAL AUDIT
Principle:
Guidelines:
9 The Board may wish to refer to the sample terms of reference contained in the Guidebook for Audit Committees in Singapore issued by the Audit Committee Guidance Committee which was established on 15 January 2008 by the Monetary Authority of Singapore, the Accounting and Corporate Regulatory Authority and Singapore Exchange Limited to develop practical guidance for audit committees of listed companies.
Shareholders Rights and Responsibilities
SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS
Principle:
Guidelines:
COMMUNICATION WITH SHAREHOLDERS
Principle:
Guidelines:
CONDUCT OF SHAREHOLDER MEETINGS
Principle:
Guidelines:
Glossary
The following terms, unless the context requires otherwise, have the following meanings:
| Term | Meaning | |
| "AC" | : | Audit Committee |
| "AC Chairman" | : | Chairman of the AC |
| "Board" | : | The board of directors of the company |
| "CEO" | : | Chief executive officer or equivalent |
| "CFO" | : | Chief financial officer or equivalent |
| "Chairman" | : | Chairman of the Board |
| "Companies Act" | : | Companies Act (Chapter 50 of the statutes of Singapore) |
| "directly associated" | : | A director will be considered "directly associated" to a 10% shareholder when the director is accustomed or under an obligation, whether formal or informal, to act in accordance with the directions, instructions or wishes of the 10% shareholderin relation to the corporate affairs of the corporation. A director will not be considered "directly associated" to a 10% shareholder by reason only of his appointment having been proposed by that 10% shareholder |
| "immediate family" | : | As currently defined in the Listing Manual, to mean the person's spouse, child, adopted child, step-child, brother, sister and parent |
| "key management personnel" | : | The CEO and other persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of the company |
| "Listing Manual" | : | The listing manual of the Singapore Exchange |
| "Management" | : | The management of the company |
| "NC" | : | Nominating Committee |
| "NC Chairman" | : | Chairman of the NC |
| "principal commitments" | : | Includes all commitments which involve significant time commitment such as full-time occupation, consultancy work, committee work, non-listed company board representations and directorships and involvement in non-profit organisations. Where a director sits on the Boards of non-active related corporations, those appointments should not normally be considered principal commitments |
| "related corporation" | : | In relation to the company, as currently defined in the Companies Act, to mean a corporation that is the company's holding company, subsidiary or fellow subsidiary |
| "RC" | : | Remuneration Committee |
| "RC Chairman" | : | Chairman of the RC |
| "10% shareholder" | : | A person who has an interest or interests in one or more voting shares in the company; and the total votes attached to that share, or those shares, is not less than 10% of the total votes attached to all the voting shares in the company. "Voting shares" exclude treasury shares |
Reference to any gender shall include reference to any other gender, unless the context otherwise requires
Disclosure of Corporate Governance Arrangements
The Listing Manual requires listed companies to describe in their company's Annual Reports their corporate governance practices with specific reference to the principles of the Code, as well as disclose and explain any deviation from any guideline of the Code. Companies should make a positive confirmation at the start of the corporate governance section of the company's Annual Report that they have adhered to the principles and guidelines of the Code, or specify each area of non-compliance. Many of these guidelines are recommendations for companies to disclose their corporate governance arrangements. For ease of reference, the specific principles and guidelines in the Code with express disclosure requirements are set out below:
| • Delegation of authority, by the Board to any board committee, to make decisions on certain board matters | Guideline 1.3 |
| • The number of meetings of the Board and board committees held in the year, as well as the attendance of every board member at these meetings | Guideline 1.4 |
| • The type of material transactions that require board approval under guidelines | Guideline 1.5 |
| • The induction, orientation and training provided to new and existing directors | Guideline 1.6 |
| • The Board should identify in the company's Annual Report each director it considers to be independent. Where the Board considers a director to be independent in spite of the existence of a relationship as stated in the Code that would otherwise deem a director not to be independent, the nature of the director's relationship and the reasons for considering him as independent should be disclosed | Guideline 2.3 |
| • Where the Board considers an independent director, who has served on the Board for more than nine years from the date of his first appointment, to be independent, the reasons for considering him as independent should be disclosed. | Guideline 2.4 |
| • Relationship between the Chairman and the CEO where they are immediate family members | Guideline 3.1 |
| • Names of the members of the NC and the key terms of reference of the NC, explaining its role and the authority delegated to it by the Board | Guideline 4.1 |
| • The maximum number of listed company board representations which directors may hold should be disclosed | Guideline 4.4 |
| • Process for the selection, appointment and re-appointment of new directors to the Board, including the search and nomination process | Guideline 4.6 |
| • Key information regarding directors, including which directors are executive, non-executive or considered by the NC to be independent | Guideline 4.7 |
| • The Board should state in the company's Annual Report how assessment of the Board, its board committees and each director has been conducted. If an external facilitator has been used, the Board should disclose in the company's Annual Report whether the external facilitator has any other connection with the company or any of its directors. This assessment process should be disclosed in the company's Annual Report | Guideline 5.1 |
| • Names of the members of the RC and the key terms of reference of the RC, explaining its role and the authority delegated to it by the Board | Guideline 7.1 |
| • Names and firms of the remuneration consultants (if any) should be disclosed in the annual remuneration report, including a statement on whether the remuneration consultants have any relationships with the company | Guideline 7.3 |
| • Clear disclosure of remuneration policies, level and mix of remuneration, and procedure for setting remuneration | Principle 9 |
| • Remuneration of directors, the CEO and at least the top five key management personnel (who are not also directors or the CEO) of the company. The annual remuneration report should include the aggregate amount of any termination, retirement and post-employment benefits that may be granted to directors, the CEO and the top five key management personnel (who are not directors or the CEO) | Guideline 9.1 |
| • Fully disclose the remuneration of each individual director and the CEO on a named basis. There will be a breakdown (in percentage or dollar terms) of each director's and the CEO's remuneration earned through base/fixed salary, variable or performance-related income/bonuses, benefits in kind, stock options granted, share-based incentives and awards, and other long-term incentives | Guideline 9.2 |
| • Name and disclose the remuneration of at least the top five key management personnel (who are not directors or the CEO) in bands of S$250,000. There will be a breakdown (in percentage or dollar terms) of each key management personnel's remuneration earned through base/fixed salary, variable or performance-related income/bonuses, benefits in kind, stock options granted, share-based incentives and awards, and other long-term incentives. In addition, the company should disclose in aggregate the total remuneration paid to the top five key management personnel (who are not directors or the CEO). As best practice, companies are also encouraged to fully disclose the remuneration of the said top five key management personnel | Guideline 9.3 |
| • Details of the remuneration of employees who are immediate family members of a director or the CEO, and whose remuneration exceeds S$50,000 during the year. This will be done on a named basis with clear indication of the employee's relationship with the relevant director or the CEO. Disclosure of remuneration should be in incremental bands of S$50,000 | Guideline 9.4 |
| • Details and important terms of employee share schemes | Guideline 9.5 |
| • For greater transparency, companies should disclose more information on the link between remuneration paid to the executive directors and key management personnel, and performance. The annual remuneration report should set out a description of performance conditions to which entitlement to short-term and long-term incentive schemes are subject, an explanation on why such performance conditions were chosen, and a statement of whether such performance conditions are met | Guideline 9.6 |
| • The Board should comment on the adequacy and effectiveness of the internal controls, including financial, operational, compliance and information technology controls, and risk management systems The commentary should include information needed by stakeholders to make an informed assessment of the company's internal control and risk management systems The Board should also comment on whether it has received assurance from the CEO and the CFO: (a) that the financial records have been properly maintained and the financial statements give true and fair view of the company's operations and finances; and (b) regarding the effectiveness of the company's risk management and internal control systems | Guideline 11.3 |
| • Names of the members of the AC and the key terms of reference of the AC, explaining its role and the authority delegated to it by the Board | Guideline 12.1 |
| • Aggregate amount of fees paid to the external auditors for that financial year, and breakdown of fees paid in total for audit and non-audit services respectively, or an appropriate negative statement | Guideline 12.6 |
| • The existence of a whistle-blowing policy should be disclosed in the company's Annual Report | Guideline 12.7 |
| • Summary of the AC's activities and measures taken to keep abreast of changes to accounting standards and issues which have a direct impact on financial statements | Guideline 12.8 |
| • The steps the Board has taken to solicit and understand the views of the shareholders e.g. through analyst briefings, investor roadshows or Investors' Day briefings | Guideline 15.4 |
| • Where dividends are not paid, companies should disclose their reasons. | Guideline 15.5 |
The Role of Shareholders in Engaging with Companies in which they Invest
The Code on Corporate Governance focuses on providing principles and guidelines to listed companies and their Boards to spur them towards a high standard of corporate governance. To ensure that these standards are achieved and sustained in practice, active and constructive shareholder relations is crucial. Bearing in mind the diversity of shareholders in a listed company and their differing investment objectives, this statement sets out certain broad views on the role of shareholders.
The objective of creating sustainable and financially sound enterprises that offer long-term value to shareholders is best served through a constructive relationship between shareholders and the Boards of companies.
Shareholder inputs on governance matters are useful to strengthen the overall environment for good governance policies and practices, and convey shareholders' expectations to the Board. By constructively engaging with the Board, shareholders can help to set the tone and expectation for governance of the company.
A shareholder's vote at general meetings is a direct way of expressing views and expectations to the Board. Hence, shareholders should exercise their right to attend general meetings and vote responsibly. Where relevant, shareholders should communicate to the Board their reasons for disagreeing with any proposal tabled at a general meeting.
Where appropriate, specific shareholder groups and their associations are encouraged to consider adopting international best practices. Initiatives by relevant industry associations or organisations to develop guidelines on their roles as shareholders of listed companies will be welcomed.
For the avoidance of doubt, this statement does not form part of the Code of Corporate Governance. It is aimed at enhancing the quality of engagement between shareholders and companies, so as to help drive higher standards of corporate governance and improve long-term returns to shareholders.
Introduction
Comply or explain
1 Rule 710 of the SGX Listing Rules (Mainboard) / Rule 710 of the SGX Listing Rules (Catalist)
Board Matters
THE BOARD'S CONDUCT OF AFFAIRS
Principle:
Provisions:
BOARD COMPOSITION AND GUIDANCE
Principle:
Provisions:
[Amended on 11 January 2023]
CHAIRMAN AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
Principle:
Provisions:
BOARD MEMBERSHIP
Principle:
Provisions:
BOARD PERFORMANCE
Principle:
Provisions:
2 Rule 210(5)(a) of the SGX Listing Rules (Mainboard) / Rule 406(3)(a) of the SGX Listing Rules (Catalist) requires any director who has had no prior experience as a director of a listed company to undergo training in the roles and responsibilities of a listed company director.
3 Rule 1207(10B) of the SGX Listing Rules (Mainboard) / Rule 1204(10B) of the SGX Listing Rules (Catalist) requires the Board to identify in the company's annual report each director it considers to be independent.
4 The term "related corporation", in relation to the company, has the same meaning as currently defined in the Companies Act (Chapter 50) of Singapore, i.e. a corporation that is the company's holding company, subsidiary or fellow subsidiary.
5 A "substantial shareholder" is a shareholder who has an interest or interests in one or more voting shares (excluding treasury shares) in the company and the total votes attached to that share, or those shares, is not less than 5% of the total votes attached to all voting shares (excluding treasury shares) in the company, in line with the definition set out in section 2 of the Securities and Futures Act (Chapter 289) of Singapore.
6 A director who falls under the circumstances described in Rule 210(5)(d) of the SGX Listing Rules (Mainboard) / Rule 406(3)(d) of the SGX Listing Rules (Catalist) is not independent. The circumstances are as follows: (i) a director who has been employed by the company or any of its related corporations for the current or any of the past three financial years; (ii) a director who has an immediate family member who is, or has been in any of the past three financial years, employed by the company or any of its related corporations and whose remuneration is determined by the Remuneration Committee; (iii) [deleted]; and (iv) a director who has been a director of the company for an aggregate period of more than 9 years (whether before or after listing). Such director may continue to be considered independent until the conclusion of the next annual general meeting of the company. Rule 210(5)(d)(i) and (ii) of the SGX Listing Rules (Mainboard) / Rule 406(3)(d)(i) and (ii) of the SGX Listing Rules (Catalist) came into effect on 1 January 2019. Rule 210(5)(d)(iii) of the SGX Listing Rules (Mainboard) and Rule 406(3)(d)(iii) was deleted on 11 January 2023. Rule 210(5)(d)(iv) of the SGX Listing Rules (Mainboard) / Rule 406(3)(d)(iv) of the SGX Listing Rules (Catalist) takes effect at an issuer’s annual general meeting for the financial year ending on or after 31 December 2023; for further details on transitional arrangements, please refer to Transitional Practice Note 4 of the SGX Listing Rules (Mainboard) and Transitional Practice Note 3 of the SGX Listing Rules (Catalist).
7 Rule 210(5)(c) of the SGX Listing Rules (Mainboard) / Rule 406(3)(c) of the SGX Listing Rules (Catalist) requires independent directors to make up at least one-third of the Board. This rule came into effect on 1 January 2022.
8 The Chairman is not independent when (i) he or she is not an independent director, (ii) he or she is also the CEO, (iii) he or she and the CEO are immediate family members as defined in the Listing Manual of the Singapore Exchange (i.e. the person's spouse, child, adopted child, step-child, brother, sister and parent), (iv) he or she and the CEO have close family ties with each other (i.e. a familial relationship between two parties which extends beyond immediate family members and could influence the impartiality of the Chairman) as determined by the Nominating Committee, or (v) he or she is part of the Management team.
9 Rule 710A(1) of the SGX Listing Rules (Mainboard) / SGX Listing Rules (Catalist) requires issuers to maintain a board diversity policy that addresses gender, skills and experience, and any other relevant aspects of diversity. Rule 710A(2) of the SGX Listing Rules (Mainboard) / SGX Listing Rules (Catalist) further requires the issuer to describe in its annual report its board diversity policy, including the following: (a) the issuer’s targets to achieve diversity on its board; (b) the issuer’s accompanying plans and timelines for achieving the targets; (c) the issuer’s progress towards achieving the targets within the timelines; and (d) a description of how the combination of skills, talents, experience and diversity of its directors serves the needs and plans of the issuer.
10 Rule 1207(10A) of the SGX Listing Rules (Mainboard) / Rule 1204(10A) of the SGX Listing Rules (Catalist) requires the Board to disclose the relationship between the Chairman and the CEO if they are immediate family members.
11 Rule 210(5)(e) of the SGX Listing Rules (Mainboard) / Rule 406(3)(e) of the SGX Listing Rules (Catalist) requires companies to establish one or more committees as may be necessary to perform the functions of an Audit Committee, a Nominating Committee and a Remuneration Committee. Each committee formed has written terms of reference which clearly set out the authority and duties of the committee.
12 The term "key management personnel" shall mean the CEO and other persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of the company.
13 Rule 720(5) of the SGX Listing Rules (Mainboard) / Rule 720(4) of the SGX Listing Rules (Catalist) requires all directors to submit themselves for re-nomination and re-election at least once every three years.
14 Rule 720(6) of the SGX Listing Rules (Mainboard) / Rule 720(5) of the SGX Listing Rules (Catalist) requires key information on directors to be provided together with each resolution on the proposed appointment or re-appointment of directors.
15 Such relationships include business relationships which the director, his or her immediate family member, or an organisation which the director, or his or her immediate family member is a substantial shareholder, partner (with 5% or more stake), executive officer or director in has with the company or any of its related corporations, and the director's direct association with a substantial shareholder of the company, in the current and immediate past financial year. Where the director or his or her immediate family member, or a company that he, she or they are a substantial shareholder in, provides to or receives from the company or its subsidiaries any significant payments or material services, the amount and nature of the service is disclosed.
16 The term "principal commitments" includes all commitments which involve significant time commitment such as full-time occupation, consultancy work, committee work, non-listed company board representations and directorships and involvement in non-profit organisations. Where a director sits on the boards of non-active related corporations, those appointments should not normally be considered principal commitments.
Remuneration Matters
PROCEDURES FOR DEVELOPING REMUNERATION POLICIES
Principle:
Provisions:
LEVEL AND MIX OF REMUNERATION
Principle:
Provisions:
DISCLOSURE ON REMUNERATION
Principle:
Provisions:
[Amended on 11 January 2023]
17 Rule 210(5)(e) of the SGX Listing Rules (Mainboard) / Rule 406(3)(e) of the SGX Listing Rules (Catalist) requires companies to establish one or more committees as may be necessary to perform the functions of an Audit Committee, a Nominating Committee and a Remuneration Committee. Each committee formed should have written terms of reference which clearly set out the authority and duties of the committee.
18 For the financial years ending on or after 31 December 2024, Rule 1207(10D) of the SGX Listing Rules (Mainboard) / Rule 1204(10D) of the SGX Listing Rules (Catalist) requires issuers to disclose in their annual reports, the names, exact amounts and breakdown of remuneration paid to each individual director and the CEO by the issuer and its subsidiaries. Such breakdown must include (in percentage terms) base or fixed salary, variable or performance-related income or bonuses, benefits in kind, stock options granted, share-based incentives and awards, and other long-term incentives.
Accountability and Audit
RISK MANAGEMENT AND INTERNAL CONTROLS
Principle:
Provisions:
AUDIT COMMITTEE
Principle:
Provisions:
19 Rule 610(5) and Rule 719(1) of the SGX Listing Rules (Mainboard) / Rule 407(4)(b) and Rule 719(1) of the SGX Listing Rules (Catalist) require the Board to comment on the adequacy and effectiveness of the company's internal controls and risk management systems, and the AC’s concurrence with the Board’s comments. Where either the Board or the AC comments that the issuer’s group’s internal controls or risk management systems have weaknesses, the issuer must provide clear disclosure on the weaknesses and the steps taken to address them.
20 Rule 210(5)(e) of the SGX Listing Rules (Mainboard) / Rule 406(3)(e) of the SGX Listing Rules (Catalist) requires companies to establish one or more committees as may be necessary to perform the functions of an audit committee, a nominating committee and a remuneration committee. Each committee formed should have written terms of reference which clearly set out the authority and duties of the committee.
Shareholder Rights and Engagement
SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS AND CONDUCT OF GENERAL MEETINGS
Principle:
Provisions:
ENGAGEMENT WITH SHAREHOLDERS
Principle:
Provisions:
21 Rule 704(24) and Rule 704(23) of the SGX Listing Rules (Mainboard) / Rule 407(4)(b) and Rule 719(1) of the SGX Listing Rules (Catalist), require that in the event that the Board decides not to declare or recommend a dividend in respect of the full financial year, the company must expressly disclose the reason(s) for the decision together with the announcement of the financial statements for the full financial year.
Managing Stakeholders Relationships
Engagement with Stakeholders
Principle:
Provisions:
Practice Guidance 1: Board Roles and Director Duties
Board's Role
The Board's role is to:
Scope of Director Duties
Directors should be aware of their duties at law, which includes acting in good faith and the best interests of the company; exercising due care, skills and diligence; and avoiding conflicts of interest. Directors should also put in place policies, structures and mechanisms to ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements, establish appropriate tone-at-the-top, desired organisational culture and standards of ethical behaviour.
While the duties imposed by law are the same for all directors, a listed Board will generally have different classes of directors (executive, non-executive and independent directors) with different roles:
Conflicts of Interest
The Board should have clear policies and procedures for dealing with conflicts of interest. Where the director faces a conflict of interest, he or she should disclose this and recuse himself or herself from meetings and decisions involving the issue. For instance, if the Chairman of the Board (Chairman) is a member of the Nominating Committee (NC), he or she may face a conflict of interest on discussions relating to the succession of the Chairman and should thus recuse himself or herself from such discussions after providing his or her input to the NC on other matters.
Director Competencies
There should be formal communication from the company to each of the directors on their appointment and their roles, duties, obligations and responsibilities, and the expectations of the company. This includes each director developing his or her competencies to effectively discharge his or her duties.
To ensure that directors have the opportunities to develop their skills and knowledge, the Board should develop a policy and criteria for directors' development. The Chairman and the NC Chairman should jointly and regularly review and agree with each director his or her training and professional development needs.
Board Organisation and Support
The Board may form board committees, and decide the scope and the matters delegated to the board committees. Generally, all important decisions should be made at the Board level.
If the Board chooses to form an executive committee (EXCO) and delegate certain matters for the EXCO to decide, it is responsible for understanding the EXCO's discussions and endorsing the EXCO's decisions.
Management provides the Board with information for its meetings and decision making, including board papers and supporting information. In respect of budgets, any material variance between the projections and actual results should also be disclosed and explained.
Relying purely on what is volunteered by Management is unlikely to be enough in all circumstances and further enquiries may be required if the director is to fulfil his or her duties properly. Directors are entitled to request from Management and should be provided with such additional information as needed to make informed decisions. Management should provide the information in a timely manner.
The Board should be supported by the company secretary, whose role should be clearly defined. The company secretary's responsibilities include advising the Board on corporate and administrative matters, as well as facilitating orientation and assisting with professional development as required. The company secretary should attend all board meetings.
Practice Guidance 2: Board Composition and Guidance
Director Independence
There should be a strong and independent element on the Board.
An independent director (ID) should have no relationship (whether familial, business, financial, employment, or otherwise) with the company, its related corporations, substantial shareholders1 or officers, which could interfere or be perceived to interfere with the director's independent judgment.
Rule 210(5)(d) of the SGX Listing Rules (Mainboard)/ Rule 406(3)(d) of the SGX Listing Rules (Catalist) sets out the following specific circumstances in which a director should be deemed to be non-independent:
In addition to these, the Nominating Committee (NC) and Board should consider the following circumstances in which a director should also be deemed to be non-independent:
The above examples are not exhaustive and the NC and Board should determine whether there is any circumstance or relationship which might impact a director's independence, or the perception of his or her independence. Other than the circumstances set out in the SGX Listing Rules, these examples are meant to illustrate situations of likely non-independence and the NC and Board can still consider a director to be independent notwithstanding the existence of any of the above-mentioned situations. However, if the Board, having taking into account the view of the NC, does so, it has to fully disclose the nature of the director's relationship, and why the Board has determined the director to be independent.
Proportion of Non-Executive Directors
A key duty of the Board is to set objectives and goals for Management, monitor the results, and assess and remunerate Management on its performance. Executive directors who are part of Management may face conflicts of interest in these areas. To avoid undue influence of Management over the Board and ensure that appropriate checks and balances are in place, non-executive directors should comprise at least a majority of the Board.
Role of the Lead Independent Director
The lead independent director (Lead ID) plays an additional facilitative role within the Board, and where necessary, he or she may also facilitate communication between the Board and shareholders or other stakeholders of the company. The company should clearly communicate to shareholders and other stakeholders on how the Lead ID can be contacted.
The role of the Lead ID may include chairing Board meetings in the absence of the Chairman, working with the Chairman in leading the Board, and providing a channel to non-executive directors for confidential discussions on any concerns and to resolve conflicts of interest as and when necessary. In addition, the Lead ID may also help the NC conduct annual performance evaluation and develop succession plans for the Chairman and CEO and help the RC design and assess the Chairman's remuneration.
Board Diversity Policy
Principle 2 requires a board to have an appropriate level of independence and diversity of thought and background in its composition to enable it to make decisions in the best interests of the company.
Provision 2.4 expands on the concepts of independence and diversity in Principle 2 by stating that the Board and board committees should be of an appropriate size, and comprise directors who as a group provide the appropriate balance and mix of skills, knowledge, experience, and other aspects of diversity such as gender and age, so as to avoid groupthink and foster constructive debate.
With effect from 1 January 2022, Rule 710A(1) of the SGX Listing Rules (Mainboard) / Rule 710A(1) of the SGX Listing Rules (Catalist) requires issuers to maintain a board diversity policy. The rules take reference from the elements of Provision 2.4, and state that a board diversity policy must address gender, skills and experience, and any other relevant aspects of diversity.
It is recognised that diversity is multi-dimensional in nature, encompassing various aspects. Certain aspects of diversity are widely tracked by investors and other stakeholders globally. The SGX Listing Rules ask that issuers maintain a board diversity policy that minimally addresses gender, skills and experience. Boards may incorporate other aspects of diversity as are relevant for the company.
To provide investors and other stakeholders with relevant information, Rule 710A(2) of the SGX Listing Rules (Mainboard) / Rule 710A(2) of the SGX Listing Rules (Catalist) also requires an issuer to include in the disclosure of its board diversity policy, the following:
The NC is responsible for setting the board diversity policy, including the targets, plans and timelines, for the Board’s approval. The NC should review the progress towards meeting the policy targets and keep the Board updated.
The board diversity policy should have measurable targets that are numerical or quantitative, to be achieved within an appropriate timeline (for example, achieving specific numerical targets for female representation on its board within a specified time period). The accompanying plans for achieving the targets should describe the concrete steps that the company will undertake. Aspirational or qualitative targets (for example, ‘creating an inclusive culture’) may also be included, but these should also be accompanied with a description of the initiatives to be undertaken to translate the aspiration into results.
Companies should provide updates on their progress toward their targets by stating what they achieved within the year under report and what is to be achieved beyond the year under report. If companies face challenges in meeting their stated targets within the relevant timelines, they should provide an explanation and describe their plans to overcome these challenges. Companies should strive to build on their achievements each year, and may consider disclosing how their performance relative to their targets has changed over the years.
The description of how the Board’s combination of skills, talents, experience and diversity serves the needs and plans of the company should be made in the context of the company’s current plans and future strategy.
1 A "substantial shareholder" is a shareholder who has an interest or interests in one or more voting shares (excluding treasury shares) in the company and the total votes attached to that share, or those shares, is not less than 5% of the total votes attached to all voting shares (excluding treasury shares) in the company, in line with the definition set out in section 2 of the Securities and Futures Act (Chapter 289) of Singapore.
2 Rule 210(5)(d)(iv) of the SGX Listing Rules (Mainboard) / Rule 406(3)(d)(iv) of the SGX Listing Rules (Catalist) takes effect at an issuer’s annual general meeting held for the financial year ending on or after 31 December 2023. For further details on transitional arrangements, please refer to Transitional Practice Note 4 of the SGX Listing Rules (Mainboard) and Transitional Practice Note 3 of the SGX Listing Rules (Catalist).
3 Payments for transactions involving standard services with published rates or routine and retail transactions and relationships (for instance credit card or bank or brokerage or mortgage or insurance accounts or transactions) will not be taken into account, unless special or favourable treatment is accorded.
4 A director is considered "directly associated" with a substantial shareholder when he is accustomed or under the obligation, whether formal or informal, to act in accordance with the directions, instructions or wishes of the substantial shareholder in relation to the corporate affairs of the company. A director will not be considered "directly associated" with a substantial shareholder by reason only of his or her appointment having been proposed by that substantial shareholder.
Practice Guidance 3: Chairman and CEO
The separation of the role of the Chairman of the Board (Chairman) from that of the Chief Executive Officer (CEO) avoids concentration of power in one individual, and ensures a degree of checks and balances. Where the Nominating Committee determines that the Chairman and CEO share close family ties, the Chairman is not independent. Such ties include familial relationships beyond immediate family members that could influence the impartiality of the Chairman. Examples of these relationships include those of in-laws, cousins, aunts, uncles and grandparents.
The overall role of the Chairman is to lead and ensure the effectiveness of the Board. This includes:
Externally, the Chairman is the face of the Board, and should ensure effective communication with shareholders and other stakeholders.
Within the company, the Chairman should ensure appropriate relations within the Board, and between the Board and Management, in particular, between the Board and the CEO.
In the boardroom, the Chairman's responsibilities range from setting the Board agenda and conducting effective Board meetings, to ensuring that the culture in the boardroom promotes open interaction and contributions by all.
Practice Guidance 4: Board Membership
Selection, Appointment and Re-appointment Process
The process for the selection, appointment and re-appointment of directors should take into consideration the composition and progressive renewal of the Board, as well as each director's competencies, commitment, contribution and performance (e.g. attendance, preparedness, participation and candour) including, if applicable, his or her performance as an independent director (ID).
The NC, which is responsible for making recommendations to the Board in relation to the appointment and / or re-appointment of directors, should go beyond the Board’s immediate circle of contacts and use a variety of channels including third party search firms, director associations or advertisements to identify a broader range of suitable candidates.
To facilitate investors' understanding of its nomination process, the Board should disclose the following in the corporate governance section of the company’s annual report:
The company should disclose how the Board, with its collection of skills, experience and diversity, meets the needs of the company.
Appointment of Alternate Directors
A director should take on a directorship appointment only if he or she is able to commit the time to discharge the duties of a director, one of which includes attending all Board meetings. Alternate directors4 should only be appointed in exceptional circumstances. In particular, companies should not appoint alternate directors for IDs.
Alternate directors bear all the duties and responsibilities of a director. All rules and procedures that apply to directors similarly apply to alternate directors.
Multiple Directorships
The responsibilities of a director of a listed company are complex and demanding. Directors need to make the substantial time commitment required to fulfill their responsibilities and duties to the company and its shareholders. A director with other major commitments can be, or be perceived to be, ineffective because he or she is unable to allocate sufficient time to properly discharge his or her duties on the Board.
The Board and Nominating Committee (NC) should therefore take into account the number of directorships and principal commitments of each director in assessing whether he is able to or has been adequately carrying out his or her duties. The Board and NC should establish guidelines on what a reasonable and maximum number of such directorships and principal commitments for each director (or type of director) should be. For instance, directors who are full-time executives could have less capacity to take on listed company directorships, as compared to retirees who may be able to focus entirely on directorships. In addition, an appointment as a non-executive chairman of a listed company would likely require more time and commitment as compared to other non-executive directorships.
The Board and NC should take into consideration whether a director had previously served on the board of a company with an adverse track record or with a history of irregularities or is or was under investigation by regulators, and seek clarity on the director’s involvement therein. The Board and NC should also assess whether a director’s resignation from the board of any such company casts any doubt on the director’s qualification and ability to act as a director of the Company.
The Board and NC should also consider other factors in determining the practicality of multiple directorships and principal commitments. For example, scheduling board and committee meetings may be challenging for a director sitting on four boards with similar financial year ends and/or reporting timelines.
Succession Planning
Provision 4.1(a) states that the NC should make recommendations to the Board on the review of succession planning for directors, in particular the Chairman and the CEO, as well as key management personnel (KMP).
It may be the practice in some companies for the CEO to take charge of the succession planning for KMP while the NC takes charge of succession planning for directors, the Chairman and the CEO. In such circumstances, the NC should still review the plans that the CEO has made for KMP succession.
Also, it may be the practice in some companies for a board committee other than the NC to review succession planning for KMP. The Board, having regard to the particular circumstances of the company, has the prerogative to determine that any other board committee should review the plans made for KMP succession.
In reviewing succession plans, it is necessary to have in mind the company’s strategic priorities and the factors affecting the long-term success of the company.
In relation to directors, the NC should aim to maintain an optimal Board composition by considering the trends affecting the company, reviewing the skills needed, and identifying gaps (which includes considering whether there is an appropriate level of diversity of thought). The NC may use these considerations to set appointment criteria for successors.
In relation to KMP succession, the NC, or such other committee determined by the Board, should take an active interest in how key talent is managed within the organization. The committee can consider reviewing the mechanisms for identifying strong candidates and developing them to take on senior positions in the future.
Different time horizons should be considered for succession planning as follows: (1) long-term planning, to identify competencies needed for the company’s strategy and objectives, (2) medium-term planning, for the orderly replacement of Board members and KMP, and (3) contingency planning, for preparedness against sudden and unforeseen changes.
4 An alternate director is generally a person who is appointed to attend Board meetings on behalf of a director when the latter (usually referred to as the principal director) is unable to attend. Section 4(1) of the Companies Act defines a "director" to include alternate directors.
Practice Guidance 5: Board Performance
The Nominating Committee (NC) should decide how the Board's performance may be evaluated and propose objective performance criteria.
The evaluation should consider the Board's composition (balance of skills, experience, independence, knowledge of the company, and diversity), Board practices and conduct, and how the Board as a whole adds value to the company. The performance criteria should be approved by the Board. The Board should consider the use of peer comparisons and other objective third party benchmarks. These performance criteria should not be changed from year to year, and where circumstances deem it necessary for any of the criteria to be changed, the onus should be on the Board to justify this decision.
The evaluation of individual director's performance should aim to assess whether each director is willing and able to constructively challenge and contribute effectively to the Board, and demonstrate commitment to his or her roles on the Board (including the roles of Chairman of the Board (Chairman) and chairman of a board committee). The Chairman should act on the results of the performance evaluation, and, in consultation with the NC, propose, where appropriate, new members to be appointed to the Board, or seek the resignation of directors.
To provide a greater level of objectivity in the evaluation process, the Board may consider the use of external facilitators in the performance assessment. Such facilitators should be independent of the company and its directors.
Practice Guidance 6: Procedures for Developing Remuneration Policies
There should be written terms of reference which clearly spell out authority and duties of the Remuneration Committee (RC). The Board should disclose in the company's annual report the names of the members of the RC and the key terms of reference of the RC, explaining its role and the authority delegated to it by the Board. While remuneration matters are deliberated in detail by the RC, its remit is only to make recommendations to the Board in relation to the framework of remuneration for the Board and key management personnel (KMP) and specific remuneration packages for each director and KMP.
The Board is ultimately accountable for all remuneration decisions. The RC considers all aspects of remuneration (including director's fees, salaries, allowances, bonuses, options, share-based incentives and awards, benefits in kind and termination payments) and should aim to be fair and avoid rewarding poor performance. The RC also reviews the company's obligations arising in the event of termination of the executive directors' and KMP's contracts of service, to ensure that such contracts of service contain fair and reasonable termination clauses which are not overly generous.
The RC should comprise all non-executive directors, with the majority being independent directors to minimise conflicts of interest. If necessary, the RC should seek expert advice inside and/or outside the company on remuneration. A key aspect of remuneration is benchmarking with comparable organisations. Such data is often not available in-house. Where such advice is obtained, the company should disclose the name and firm of the remuneration consultant, if any, including whether the remuneration consultant has any relationship with the company that could affect his or her independence and objectivity.
Practice Guidance 7: Level and Mix of Remuneration
A company's remuneration framework should be tailored to the specific role and circumstances of each director and key management personnel (KMP). This ensures an appropriate remuneration level and mix that recognises the performance, potential and responsibilities of these individuals.
Performance-related remuneration schemes should take account of the risk policies of the company, be symmetric with risk outcomes and be sensitive to the time horizon of risks. There should be appropriate and meaningful measures for the purpose of assessing executive directors' and KMP's performance.
Performance should be measurable, appropriate and meaningful so that they incentivise the right behaviour and values that the company supports. For individuals in control functions (e.g. chief financial officer, chief risk officer, head of the internal audit function), performance measures should be principally based on the achievement of the objectives of their functions. While long-term incentive schemes are generally encouraged for executive directors and KMP, the costs and benefits of such schemes should be carefully evaluated. In normal circumstances, offers of shares or grants of options or other forms of deferred remuneration should vest over a period of time. The use of vesting schedules, whereby only a portion of the benefits can be exercised each year, is strongly encouraged. Executive directors and KMP should be encouraged to hold their shares beyond the vesting period, subject to the need to finance any cost of acquiring the shares and associated tax liability.
The Remuneration Committee should also consider implementing schemes to encourage non-executive directors (NEDs) to hold shares in the company so as to better align the interests of such NEDs with the interests of shareholders. However, NEDs should not be over-compensated to the extent that their independence may be compromised.
Companies should consider the use of contractual provisions to allow them to reclaim incentive components of remuneration from executive directors and KMP in exceptional circumstances, including for example, misstatement of financial results or misconduct resulting in financial loss to the company.
Practice Guidance 8: Disclosure on Remuneration
A company's annual remuneration report should form part of, or be annexed to, the company's annual report. It should be the main means through which the company reports to shareholders on all forms of remuneration and other payments and benefits, for directors and key management personnel (KMP), from itself and its subsidiaries, in respect of the financial year reported on. Companies should make the disclosure regardless of whether shareholder approval has been obtained.
Remuneration disclosures for individual directors and the Chief Executive Officer (CEO) should specify the names, amounts and breakdown of remuneration6.
Remuneration disclosures for at least the top five KMP (who are not directors or the CEO) should specify the names, amounts and breakdown of remuneration in bands no wider than S$250,000 (refer to illustrative examples below).
A breakdown (in percentage terms) of the remuneration earned by each director, the CEO and each of at least the top five KMP (who are not directors or the CEO) should include base/fixed salary, variable or performance-related income/bonuses, benefits in kind, stock options granted, share-based incentives and awards, and other long-term incentives. The disclosures on employee share schemes should cover the important terms such as the potential size of grants, methodology of valuing stock options, exercise price of options that were granted as well as outstanding, whether the exercise price was at the market or otherwise on the date of grant, market price on the date of exercise, the vesting schedule, and the justifications for the terms adopted.
In addition to the disclosure in aggregate of the total remuneration paid to at least the top five KMP (who are not directors or the CEO), the aggregate amount of any termination, retirement and post-employment benefits that may be granted to directors, the CEO and at least the top five KMP (who are not directors or the CEO) should be separately disclosed. In the case of a company with less than five KMP (who are not directors or the CEO), it is acceptable for the company to make the disclosure in respect of all KMP, with the appropriate explanation.
For administrative convenience, the company may round off the disclosed figures to the nearest thousand dollars. The disclosure of remuneration may be in bands no wider than S$250,000 for at least top five KMPs; and no wider than S$100,000 for employees who are substantial shareholders, or are immediate family members of a director, the CEO or a substantial shareholder.
Illustrative Examples of Banding:
A company has five KMP: V, W, X, Y and Z. The KMPs' remuneration are as follows: V is paid S$300,000; W is paid SS300,000; X is paid S$540,000; Y is paid S$650,000; and Z is paid S$1,005,000.
| Applicable bands | Top 5 KMP |
| ≥S$1,000,001–S$1,250,000 | Z |
| ≥S$500,001–S$750,000 | X, Y |
| ≥S$250,000–S$500,000 | V, W |
Disclosure of Relationships between Remuneration, Performance and Value Creation
To facilitate better understanding of the relationships between remuneration, performance and value creation, companies should adopt and disclose the following information:
6 For the financial years ending on or after 31 December 2024, Rule 1207(10D) of the SGX Listing Rules (Mainboard) / Rule 1204(10D) of the SGX Listing Rules (Catalist) requires issuers to disclose in their annual reports, the names, exact amounts and breakdown of remuneration paid to each individual director and the CEO by the issuer and its subsidiaries. Such breakdown must include (in percentage terms) base or fixed salary, variable or performance-related income or bonuses, benefits in kind, stock options granted, share-based incentives and awards, and other long-term incentives.
Practice Guidance 9: Risk Management and Internal Controls
The Board is responsible for the governance of risk, including determining the nature and extent of the significant risks which the company is willing to take.
The Board oversees the company's risk management framework and policies, and ensures that Management maintains a sound system of risk management and internal controls.
The Board may delegate responsibility for risk governance to a board committee, such as the Audit Committee or a separate Board Risk Committee.
The Board, with the assistance of a board committee (where established), should review, at least annually, the adequacy and effectiveness of the company's risk management and internal control systems and comment4 on the same in the company's annual report. Such a review can be carried out internally or with the assistance of any competent third parties.
The Board's commentary in the company's annual report should include:
4 Refer to Rules 610(5) and 1207(10) of the SGX Listing Rules (Mainboard) / Rules 407(4)(b) and 1204(10) of the SGX Listing Rules (Catalist); Main Board Practice Note 12.2/ Catalist Practice Note 21B—Internal Controls and Risk Management Systems.
Practice Guidance 10: Audit Committees
There should be written terms of reference which clearly spell out the authority and duties of the Audit Committee. The Board should disclose in the company's annual report the names of the members of the AC and the key terms of reference of the AC, explaining its role and the authority delegated to it by the Board.
The AC should have explicit authority to investigate any matter within its terms of reference, full access to and co-operation by Management, full discretion to invite any director or executive officer to attend its meetings, and reasonable resources to enable it to discharge its functions.
In respect of appointments and re-appointments of external auditors, the AC should evaluate the performance of the external auditor, taking into consideration the Audit Quality Indicators Disclosure Framework published by the Accounting and Corporate Regulatory Authority (ACRA).
The AC should make recommendations to the Board on establishing an adequate, effective and independent internal audit function. For the avoidance of doubt, the internal audit function can be in-house, outsourced to a reputable accounting/auditing firm or corporation, or performed by a major shareholder, holding company or controlling enterprise with an internal audit staff.
The AC should ensure that the internal audit function is adequately resourced and staffed with persons with the relevant qualifications and experience. The AC should also ensure that the internal auditors comply with the standards set by nationally or internationally recognised professional bodies.
The AC should report to the Board how it has discharged its responsibilities and whether it was able to discharge its duties independently. The activities the ACs should report to the Board include:
1 The Board should then consider whether an immediate announcement is required under Rule 703 of the SGX Listing Rules (Mainboard) / Rule 703 of the SGX Listing Rules (Catalist).
2 Such changes (if any) should be disclosed in the company's annual report.
Practice Guidance 11: Shareholder Rights and Conduct of General Meetings
Dividend policy
The purpose of having and disclosing a dividend policy is to provide an account of how the board stewards the company’s income to create value for shareholders. A dividend policy explains how the cash generated by the company is allocated, the objectives, risks and constraints considered, and why the allocation is appropriate.
It is good for a company to announce its dividend policy as this is a factor that investors may generally consider when assessing the company’s expectations of future cash flows and the extent to which those cash flows can be used for reinvestment, may be available for dividends, or can be used for other purposes. This information is a relevant input into investors’ pricing of the company’s shares and can also attract potential investors that are looking for a particular type of company.
A company would normally consider various factors including its cash and reserves position, business prospects, capital commitments, and projected financial position in deciding whether to declare any dividend and, if so, the level of dividend to be declared. It is helpful to investors when companies that do not intend to distribute dividends nevertheless communicate their considerations for not doing so under their dividend policy disclosure and identify the circumstances that would allow them to do so in the future.
A dividend policy also provides useful information to assist investors in assessing the company’s expectations of cash flows, its ability and propensity to use that cash flows to pay dividends to investors and thus the suitability of the company’s shares as an investment to the investor. A disclosed dividend policy may encourage the company to exercise greater discipline and consistency in the distribution of dividends to shareholders.
It is appropriate to review the dividend policy regularly in light of the changing business environment. Factors to consider include capital expenditure needs, growth opportunities, business risk assessments, economic cycles, and changes in regulation or taxation.
Facilitating shareholder participation at general meetings
While companies are required to meet the minimum notice period for general meetings, companies should consider providing longer notice for meetings, especially when dealing with complex transactions, or where the company has numerous overseas shareholders.
Management is encouraged to make a presentation to shareholders to update them on the company's performance, position and prospects at general meetings. Presentation materials should be made available on SGXNET and the company's website for the benefit of shareholders.
In order to enhance shareholder participation in general meetings, companies should use their best endeavours to avoid scheduling meetings during peak periods when the meetings may coincide with those of other companies, especially if they have a large shareholder base. Companies should consider other avenues of engaging shareholders, such as through townhall meetings, briefings and roadshows, or webcasting meetings and allowing electronic online voting of shares.
Resolutions
In general, resolutions should not be bundled or made inter-conditional on each other. This is to ensure that shareholders are given the right to express their views and exercise their voting rights on each resolution separately. However, in situations where resolutions have to be inter-conditional (such as in meetings to approve a reverse takeover), the company should provide clear explanations.
Companies should provide the necessary information on each resolution to enable shareholders to exercise their vote on an informed basis. For resolutions on the election or re-election of directors, companies should provide sufficient information on the background of directors, their contributions to the company, and the board and committee positions they are expected to hold upon election.
Director involvement during general meetings
Directors should be present for the entire duration of general meetings. The Chairman of the meeting should facilitate constructive dialogue between shareholders and the Board, Management, external auditors and other relevant professionals. The Chairman should allow specific directors, such as board committee chairs or the lead independent director, to answer queries on matters related to their roles.
Directors should take the opportunity to interact with shareholders before and/or after general meetings.
Practice Guidance 12: Engagement with Shareholders
Communication between the Board and shareholders
Beneficial communications between the Board and shareholders would include interim updates that are in addition to the mandatory financial statements. Updates that shareholders would find useful include: a discussion of the significant factors that affected the company's interim performance, relevant market trends, and the foreseeable risks and opportunities that may have a material impact on the company's prospects. Such information provides shareholders a better understanding of the company's performance in the context of the current business environment.
Investor relations policy
Maintaining and disclosing an investor relations policy serves to facilitate effective two-way communication between the company and its shareholders. An investor relations policy informs shareholders on how the company will engage them (e.g. interim updates, as described above, or scheduled shareholder engagement events), and how they can communicate with the company (refer to “Mechanisms for contacting the company”, below). Implementing and publicizing these engagement channels on the company’s website enhances accessibility to shareholders.
A stated investor relations policy also helps to align the stakeholders within the company (e.g. the board, management and the personnel in charge of investor relations) with a coordinated approach to investor engagement.
Mechanisms for contacting the company
Companies should have a dedicated investor relations contact, via an online submission form, email address or contact number, through which shareholders are able to ask questions and receive responses in a timely manner. As shareholder concerns are different from business or customer issues, it is appropriate to have separate and dedicated investor relations contact points. It is also appropriate for these contact points to be operated by the company’s investor relations department or company secretary, as they are acquainted with the matters that investors would be concerned with. The board should have the investor relations function provide regular updates on the feedback received from investors.
Where the company has a lead independent director (Lead ID), the company should provide information as to how shareholders can contact the Lead ID directly, rather than having to go through the company.
Practice Guidance 13: Managing Stakeholder Relationships
In the execution of its duties, the Board should not only consider the company's obligations to its shareholders but also the interests of its material stakeholders. The relationships with material stakeholders may have an impact on the company's long term sustainability.
Stakeholders are parties who may be affected by the company's activities, or whose actions can affect the ability of the company to conduct its activities. The Board should determine the relevant stakeholders, and set policies in relation to material stakeholders identified.
It is accepted practice for sustainability reports to be used to engage stakeholders. The results of such engagements could also inform the contents of these reports.